- Fundamental Clinical Skills
- Internal Medicine
- 1
Pulmonary Edema I: Cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
By Annette Esper, MD; Greg S Martin, MD, MSc, FACP; Gerald W. Staton Jr, MD, FACP
Purchase PDFPulmonary Edema I: Cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
- ANNETTE ESPER, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GREG S MARTIN, MD, MSC, FACPAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GERALD W. STATON JR, MD, FACPProfessor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
Purchase PDFThere are two categories of pulmonary edema: edema caused by increased capillary pressure (hydrostatic or cardiogenic edema) and edema caused by increased capillary permeability (noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, or acute respiratory distress syndrome). This review focuses on cardiogenic pulmonary edema and describes the general approach to patients with suspected cardiogenic pulmonary edema. The pathogenesis, diagnosis, treatment, and outcome of cardiogenic pulmonary edema are reviewed. Figures include chest scans showing pulmonary edema and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, an illustration of the differences between cardiogenic and noncardiogenic edema, and a chart comparing lung mechanics and other variables in experimental models of cardiogenic pulmonary edema and noncardiogenic edema. Tables show clinical characteristics of patients with cardiogenic pulmonary edema and treatment options.
This review contains 3 figures, 4 tables, and 29 references
Keywords: cardiogenic pulmonary edema, congestive heart failure, pulmonary edema, Starling’s law
- 2
Pulmonary Edema I: Cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
By Annette Esper, MD; Greg S Martin, MD, MSc, FACP; Gerald W. Staton Jr, MD, FACP
Purchase PDFPulmonary Edema I: Cardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
- ANNETTE ESPER, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GREG S MARTIN, MD, MSC, FACPAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GERALD W. STATON JR, MD, FACPProfessor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
- 3
Pulmonary Edema II: Noncardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
By Annette Esper, MD; Greg S Martin, MD, MSc, FACP; Gerald W. Staton Jr, MD, FACP
Purchase PDFPulmonary Edema II: Noncardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
- ANNETTE ESPER, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GREG S MARTIN, MD, MSC, FACPAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GERALD W. STATON JR, MD, FACPProfessor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
Purchase PDFThere are two categories of pulmonary edema: edema caused by increased capillary pressure (hydrostatic or cardiogenic edema) and edema caused by increased capillary permeability (noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, or acute respiratory distress syndrome [ARDS]). This review focuses on noncardiogenic pulmonary edema and describes the general approach to patients with suspected pulmonary edema. The pathogenesis, diagnosis, treatment, and outcome of noncardiogenic pulmonary edema are reviewed. Miscellaneous causes of pulmonary edema are discussed, including neurologic insults, exposure to high altitude, reexpansion of a collapsed lung, lung transplantation, upper airway obstruction, drugs, and lung resection. Figures include chest scans showing pulmonary edema and noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, an illustration of the differences between cardiogenic and noncardiogenic edema, and a chart comparing lung mechanics and other variables in experimental models of cardiogenic pulmonary edema and noncardiogenic edema. Tables show clinical characteristics of patients with noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, the definition of ARDS, causes of ARDS, and treatments for ARDS that do not involve ventilation.
This review contains 3 figures, 9 tables, and 64 references
Keywords: acute respiratory distress syndrome, diffuse alveolar damage, noncardiogenic pulmonary edema, pulmonary edema
- 4
Pulmonary Edema II: Noncardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
By Annette Esper, MD; Greg S Martin, MD, MSc, FACP; Gerald W. Staton Jr, MD, FACP
Purchase PDFPulmonary Edema II: Noncardiogenic Pulmonary Edema
- ANNETTE ESPER, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GREG S MARTIN, MD, MSC, FACPAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, 615 Michael Street, Whitehead Building 205, Atlanta, GA 30322
- GERALD W. STATON JR, MD, FACPProfessor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary, Allergy and Critical Care, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
- 5
Quality of Care: Performance Measurement and Quality Improvement in Clinical Practice
By Sonali P. Desai, MD, MPH; Allen Kachalia, MD, JD
Purchase PDFQuality of Care: Performance Measurement and Quality Improvement in Clinical Practice
- SONALI P. DESAI, MD, MPHAmbulatory Director, Patient Safety, Center for Clinical Excellence, Associate Director of Quality, Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA
- ALLEN KACHALIA, MD, JDAssociate Chief Quality Officer, Co-Director, Center for Clinical Excellence, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFAttention to the quality of care within the United States health care system has grown tremendously over the past decade. We have witnessed a significant change in how quality improvement and clinical performance measurement are approached. The current focus on quality and safety stems in part from the increasingly clear realization that more services and technological advancement are not automatically equivalent to high-quality care. Much of the discussion about cost and quality in health care is shifting towards the concept of value. Value is defined as health outcomes achieved per dollar spent (in other words, an assessment of the quality of care per cost). This chapter reviews the current state of quality improvement in health care and, because improvement cannot be determined without measurement, reviews several aspects of effective clinical performance measurement. Since many measures are already in place, the chapter describes some of the organizations involved in quality measurement and improvement, as well the approaches they utilize. It looks at the multiple strategies in place to improve quality, from process management to collaboration, from financial incentives to transparency, and reviews newer models of care delivery that may materialize in the near future. Tables list types of quality measures, characteristics to consider when developing a quality measure, and organizations involved in quality improvement and performance measurement. A figure shows strategies used by the federal government to spur performance measurement and quality improvement.
This review contains 1 figure, 3 tables, and 56 references
Keywords: Quality of care, performance measure, quality improvement, clinical practice, sigma six, transparency
- 6
Quality of Care: Performance Measurement and Quality Improvement in Clinical Practice
By Sonali P. Desai, MD, MPH; Allen Kachalia, MD, JD
Purchase PDFQuality of Care: Performance Measurement and Quality Improvement in Clinical Practice
- SONALI P. DESAI, MD, MPHAmbulatory Director, Patient Safety, Center for Clinical Excellence, Associate Director of Quality, Department of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA
- ALLEN KACHALIA, MD, JDAssociate Chief Quality Officer, Co-Director, Center for Clinical Excellence, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA
- 7
Prostate Cancer
- JONATHAN E. ROSENBERG, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- PHILIP W KANTOFF, MDProfessor of Medicine, Dana-Faber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFProstate cancer is the most commonly diagnosed noncutaneous malignancy in men in the United States. This chapter discusses the epidemiology, pathogenesis, and diagnosis of prostate cancer, as well as risk factors, the use of digital rectal examination and prostate-specific antigen measurement for screening, and staging for the disease. Also reviewed are the natural history of untreated prostate cancer; the treatment of localized and advanced prostate cancer, including prostatectomy, radiation therapy, and androgen deprivation therapy; and the prevention of prostate cancer. Figures illustrate the incidence rates of prostate cancer by race, age-adjusted and/or age-specific cancer of the prostate, the risk of a diagnosis in 20 years (based on being cancer free at certain ages), the 5-year survival rate, and the overall survival in patients with early prostate cancer treated with observation or radical prostatectomy. Tables in this chapter review the clinical staging definitions and the combined-modality staging approach to prostate cancer.
This chapter contains 6 figures, 8 tables and 104 references
Keywords: Prostate cancer, digital rectal exam, PSA, prostatectomy, men's health, prostate cancer screening
- 8
Prostate Cancer
- JONATHAN E. ROSENBERG, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- PHILIP W KANTOFF, MDProfessor of Medicine, Dana-Faber Cancer Institute, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 9
Thrombotic Disorders
- LAWRENCE L K LEUNG, MDChief of Staff, Maureen Lyles D’Ambrogio Professor of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Chief of Staff, Veterans Affairs Palo Alto Health Care System, Stanford, CA
Purchase PDFThe three main elements in the pathophysiology of thrombosis are endothelial injury, a decrease in blood flow, and an imbalance between procoagulant and anticoagulant factors. The latter element can be either hereditary (e.g., antithrombin deficiency) or acquired (e.g., antiphospholipid syndrome). This review details the assessment of patients with thrombotic disorders, hereditary and acquired hypercoagulable states, and the management of venous thromboembolism. Figures show how the degradation of thrombin-activated factor V Leiden by activated protein C (APC) is significantly slower than that of normal activated factor V (factor Va), leading to enhanced thrombin generation; how normal factor V serves as a cofactor of APC in the inhibition of factor VIIIa, whereas factor V Leiden has a poor cofactor function; and how IgG antibodies recognize platelet factor 4–heparin complexes in heparin-induced thrombocytopenia. Tables list inherited and acquired hypercoagulable states, questions for assessing thrombosis, screening tests for patients with suspected hypercoagulable states, clinical features that suggest thrombophilia, frequency and relative risk of venous thrombosis in selected hypercoagulable states, proposed clinical and laboratory criteria for antiphospholipid syndrome, the classification of antiphospholipid antibodies, the 4Ts scoring system for heparin-induced thrombocytopenia, and general guidelines for the management of patients with venous thromboembolism.
This review contains 2 figures, 27 tables, and 174 references
Keywords: Venous thromboembolism, deep vein thrombosis, pulmonary embolism, protein S, protein C, factor V Leiden, heparin-induced thrombosis, antiphospholipid syndrome
- 10
Thrombotic Disorders
- LAWRENCE L K LEUNG, MDChief of Staff, Maureen Lyles D’Ambrogio Professor of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Chief of Staff, Veterans Affairs Palo Alto Health Care System, Stanford, CA
- 11
Cervical Cancer Prevention and Screening
- CAROLYN D. RUNOWICZ, MDAssociate Dean for Women’s Affairs, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Florida International University, Herbert Wertheim College of Medicine, 11200 S.W. 8 Street, AHC2 693, Miami, FL
- ANDREW QUINN, MDResident, PGY-1, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, New York Hospital, New York, NY
Purchase PDFWith the advent of HPV DNA testing and the availability of HPV vaccinations, the recommendations and rationale for screening and prevention of cervical cancer and its precursors have undergone revision, reflecting this new knowledge and understanding of cervical intra-epithelial neoplasia and the role of HPV. This review incorporates the new guidelines and rationale for current screening guidelines for cervical cancer and in the management of patients with atypical or unsatisfactory cervical cytology.
This review contains 4 figures, 4 tables, and 71 references
Keywords: Cervical cancer, Gynecological cancer, HPV, HPV testing, HPV vaccine, Pap smear, HPV DNA, Human papillomavirus
- 12
Cervical Cancer Prevention and Screening
- CAROLYN D. RUNOWICZ, MDAssociate Dean for Women’s Affairs, Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Florida International University, Herbert Wertheim College of Medicine, 11200 S.W. 8 Street, AHC2 693, Miami, FL
- ANDREW QUINN, MDResident, PGY-1, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, New York Hospital, New York, NY
- 13
Medical Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
By Inderjit Singh, MD, MRCPI ; Aaron B Waxman, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFMedical Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
- INDERJIT SINGH, MD, MRCPI Department of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine Brigham and Women’s Hospital Harvard Medical School Boston, USA
- AARON B WAXMAN, MD, PHDPulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Director, Pulmonary Vascular Disease Program, Executive Director, Center for Pulmonary-Heart Diseases, Brigham and Women’s Hospital Heart and Vascular Center, Associate Professor of Medicine/Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe medical management of pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH) has advanced considerably over the years. Once the diagnosis of PAH is made, the medical management includes both conventional and PAH-pathway specific therapies. Five different classes of drugs are now available targeting the endothelin, prostacyclin, and nitric oxide pathways (i.e. endothelin receptor antagonists, phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors, soluble guanylate cyclase stimulators, prostacyclin analogues, and prostacyclin receptor agonists). These targeted therapies are approved for treatment of patients with PAH and chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension (CTEPH) only. Long-term and event-driven studies of novel drugs have led to further improvement in the medical management of PAH and CTEPH. In this review, we will focus on the medical management of patients with PAH and CTEPH.
This review contains 4 figures, 7 Tables and 50 references
Keywords: Pulmonary arterial hypertension, Chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension, Medical management, Pulmonary vasodilators, Phosphodiesterase inhibitor, Soluble guanylate cyclase stimulator, Endothelin receptor antagonist, Prostacyclin receptor agonist
- 14
Medical Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
By Inderjit Singh, MD, MRCPI ; Aaron B Waxman, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFMedical Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
- INDERJIT SINGH, MD, MRCPI Department of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine Brigham and Women’s Hospital Harvard Medical School Boston, USA
- AARON B WAXMAN, MD, PHDPulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Director, Pulmonary Vascular Disease Program, Executive Director, Center for Pulmonary-Heart Diseases, Brigham and Women’s Hospital Heart and Vascular Center, Associate Professor of Medicine/Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 15
Hemostasis and Its Regulation
- LAWRENCE L K LEUNG, MDChief of Staff, Maureen Lyles D’Ambrogio Professor of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Chief of Staff, Veterans Affairs Palo Alto Health Care System, Stanford, CA
Purchase PDFHemostasis, the process of blood clot formation, is a coordinated series of responses to vessel injury. It requires complex interactions between platelets, the clotting cascade, blood flow and shear, endothelial cells, and fibrinolysis. This review covers platelet plug formation, clotting cascade, initiation and propagation of blood clot formation, control mechanisms, overview of blood coagulation, blood coagulation as part of the host defense system, heterogeneity of endothelial cells and vascular bed–specific hemostasis, platelet production and thrombopoietin, and coagulation tests and their use. Figures show activated platelets, platelet aggregation, the classic and revised view of the clotting cascade, the inhibition of thrombin by antithrombin, the protein C/protein S pathway, the synergism between nitric oxide (NO) and prostacyclin (PGI2), tissue-type plasminogen activator, the transformation of fibrinogen to fibrin, activated protein C (APC) and carboxypeptidase B-2 (CPB-2) at the site of vascular injury, and an algorithm detailing the exposure of tissue factor at a vascular wound that initiates the clotting cascade. The table lists natural antithrombotic mechanisms of endothelial cells.
This review contains 10 figures, 4 tables, and 45 references
Keywords: hemostasis, coagulation, fibrinolysis, bleeding disorder, platelets
- 16
Hemostasis and Its Regulation
- LAWRENCE L K LEUNG, MDChief of Staff, Maureen Lyles D’Ambrogio Professor of Medicine, Stanford University School of Medicine, Chief of Staff, Veterans Affairs Palo Alto Health Care System, Stanford, CA
- 17
Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease
- MICHAEL FUCHS, MD, PHDAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, Virginia Commonwealth University Medical Center, Staff Physician, Hepatology Service, Hunter Holmes McGuire Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Richmond, VA
- PUNEET PURI, MDAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, Virginia Commonwealth University Medical Center and Gastrointestinal & Hepatology Service, Hunter Holmes McGuire Department of Veterans Affairs Med¬ical Center, Richmond, VA
Purchase PDFNonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) is defined by the pathologic accumulation of fat in more than 5% of hepatocytes in the absence of significant alcohol consumption (daily intake < 20 g in women and < 30 g in men) and by excluding secondary causes of hepatic steatosis. NAFLD can be categorized into two principal phenotypes: nonalcoholic fatty liver (NAFL) and nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). NAFL is defined by the presence of macrovesicular steatosis without inflammation, whereas NASH sees inflammation and hepatocyte ballooning injury, is associated with varying degrees of fibrosis, and can progress to cirrhosis and end-stage liver disease. This review addresses the epidemiology, etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis of NAFLD. Figures show the spectrum of fatty liver disease, hepatic consequences of insulin resistance, role of liver biopsy in evaluation of NAFLD, histologic features of NASH, and principles of NAFLD. Tables list risk factors and clinical manifestations for NAFLD, physical examination findings in NAFLD, comparison of imaging modalities, and noninvasive fibrosis markers.
This review contains 6 figures, 9 tables and 167 references
Keywords: Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, non-invasive assessment, vibration controlled transient elastography, magnetic resonance elastography, diet and lifestyle treatment
- 18
Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease
- MICHAEL FUCHS, MD, PHDAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, Virginia Commonwealth University Medical Center, Staff Physician, Hepatology Service, Hunter Holmes McGuire Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Richmond, VA
- PUNEET PURI, MDAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, Virginia Commonwealth University Medical Center and Gastrointestinal & Hepatology Service, Hunter Holmes McGuire Department of Veterans Affairs Med¬ical Center, Richmond, VA
- IM Cardiovascular Medicine
- 1
Chronic Stable Angina
- BENJAMIN J SCIRICA, MD, MPHSenior Investigator, TIMI Study Group, Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- J. ANTONIO T. GUTIERREZ, MDCardiovascular Medicine Fellow, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFBy definition, chronic stable angina is angina that has been stable with regard to frequency and severity for at least 2 months. Chronic stable angina is the initial manifestation of coronary heart disease in approximately 50% of patients. Typically, this type of angina occurs in the setting of atherosclerotic coronary arterial narrowing, although other causes are possible. This review covers the epidemiology, pathophysiology, initial evaluation, differential diagnosis, management, and treatment of patients with chronic stable angina. Figures show noninvasive testing and the probability of coronary artery disease; diagnosis of patients with suspected ischemic heart disease; probability of severe coronary artery disease; coronary outcomes for high- versus low-intensity statin therapy; optimal medical therapy (OMT) versus OMT and percutaneous coronary intervention for chronic angina; OMT versus percutaneous coronary intervention for stable coronary heart disease; and coronary artery bypass grafting versus percutaneous coronary intervention for diabetes and coronary artery disease. Tables list the grading of angina pectoris by the Canadian Cardiovascular Society classification system, the differential diagnosis of chest pain, conditions promoting myocardial oxygen supply and demand mismatch, the features of typical angina, the classification of chest pain, a comparison of the pretest likelihood of coronary heart disease (CHD) in low-risk and high-risk symptomatic patients, the posttest probability of significant CHD based on pretest probabilities of CHD and normal or abnormal results of noninvasive studies, survival according to risk groups based on Duke treadmill scores, high- and moderate-intensity statin therapy, revascularization to improve survival compared with medical therapy, revascularization to improve symptoms with significant anatomic (≥ 50% left main or ≥ 70% nonleft main coronary artery disease) or physiologic (fractional flow reserve ≤ 0.80) coronary artery stenoses, and questions recommended by an expert panel for patients with chronic stable angina at follow-up visits.
This review contains 7 figures, 13 tables, and 109 references.
- 2
Hypertension
- MARC P BONACA, MD, MPHVascular Section, Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Assistant Professor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFHypertension is a common chronic disorder with an increasing prevalence in the context of an aging population. Patients with hypertension are at risk for adverse cardiovascular, renal, and neurologic outcomes. Treatment of hypertension reduces this associated risk; therefore, early diagnosis and systematic management are critical in reducing morbidity and mortality. Although hypertension is multifactorial, a large component is related to lifestyle, including excess sodium intake, lack of physical activity, and obesity. Lifestyle intervention and education, therefore, are critical to both prevention and treatment of hypertension. Patients diagnosed with hypertension should be evaluated for their overall risk, with specific therapies and treatment targets guided by their characteristics and comorbidities. Several professional and guideline societies have published recommendations with regard to the diagnosis and treatment of hypertension, which have many similarities but also several areas of discussion and ongoing debate. Recent evolutions in the field include the expanded indications for home-based and ambulatory blood pressure monitoring and outcomes trials, which add important data regarding optimal treatment targets. These evolutions are likely to be addressed in ongoing guideline updates.
This review contains 10 figures, 15 tables, and 67 references.
Key words: ambulatory blood pressure monitoring, antihypertensive therapy, blood pressure, blood pressure targets, cardiovascular risk, high blood pressure, home blood pressure monitoring, hypertension, screening, secondary hypertension
- 3
Approach to the Cardiovascular Patient
- CATHERINE M. OTTO, MDJ. Ward Kennedy-Hamilton Endowed Chair in Cardiology, Professor of Medicine, Departmentof Medicine, Division of Cardiology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA
- DAVID M SHAVELLE, MDAssociate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Keck School of Medicine at USC, Director, Interventional Cardiology Fellowship, Director, Cardiac Catheterization Laboratories, USC Medical Center, Los Angeles County, Los Angeles, CA
Purchase PDFThe complete evaluation of the cardiovascular patient begins with a thorough history and a detailed physical examination. These two initial steps will often lead to the correct diagnosis and assist in excluding life-threatening conditions. The history and physical examination findings should be assessed in the overall clinical status of the patient, including the patient's specific complaints, lifestyle, comorbidities, and treatment expectations. This chapter discusses the cardiovascular conditions that frequently require evaluation: chest pain, dyspnea, palpitations, syncope, claudication, and cardiac murmurs; and reviews the background, history and physical examination, and diagnostic tests available for each. Diagnostic algorithms are provided, and the appropriate use of invasive and noninvasive cardiac testing for each condition is discussed.
This review contains 8 figures, 21 tables, and 57 references
Keywords: Chest pain, cardiac murmur, dyspnea, palpitations, syncope, claudication, peripheral vascular disease, myocardial infarction, dissection, arrhythmia, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, pericarditis
- 4
St-segment Elevation Myocardial Infarction
By Grant William Reed, MD; Christopher Paul Cannon, MD
Purchase PDFSt-segment Elevation Myocardial Infarction
- GRANT WILLIAM REED, MDFellow, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, OH
- CHRISTOPHER PAUL CANNON, MD Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Executive Director of Cardiometabolic Trials, Harvard Clinical Research Institute, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFPatients with acute coronary syndrome fall into two groups: those with unstable angina or non—ST segment elevation (formerly non—Q wave) myocardial infarction (NSTEMI) and those with acute ST segment elevation (formerly Q wave) myocardial infarction (STEMI). STEMI is the focus of this chapter. The epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and complications of STEMI are elaborated. Reperfusion therapy (including time to reperfusion; diagnostic coronary angiography; primary, facilitated, rescue, and late percutaneous coronary intervention [PCI]; thrombolytic therapy and choice of thrombolytic agent; early invasive strategy; coronary artery bypass grafting; and therapeutic hypothermia), medical therapy (including aspirin, P2Y12 inhibitors, glycoprotein IIb/IIIa inhibitors, anticoagulants, nitrates, beta blockers, inhibition of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, oxygen, analgesia, lipid-lowering therapy, prophylactic antiarrhythmics, and magnesium), risk stratification, secondary prevention, and post-STEMI care are also covered.
This review contains 11 figures, 37 tables, and 79 references.
Keywords: ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction, acute coronary syndrome, transmural necrosis, ischemia, antiplatelet therapy, coronary artery bypass graft, percutaneous coronary intervention
- 5
Venous Thromboembolism
- SAMUEL Z. GOLDHABER, MDProfessor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School Director, Venous Thromboembolism Research Group
Purchase PDFVenous thromboembolism, which involves venous thrombosis and pulmonary embolism, is a leading cause of morbidity and mortality in hospitalized patients and is being seen with increasing frequency in outpatients. This chapter discusses the risk factors, etiology, classification, pathophysiology, natural history, prognosis, diagnosis (including venous thrombosis, recurrent venous thrombosis, and pulmonary embolism), prophylaxis, and treatment of venous thromboembolism (including the pharmacology of antithrombotic agents), as well as venous thromboembolism in pregnancy and miscellaneous thromboembolic disorders (including thrombosis of unusual sites).
This review contains 8 figures, 16 tables, and 79 references.
Keywords: Venous thromboembolism, pulmonary embolism, deep vein thrombosis, embolectomy, thrombolysis, hypercoagulability, duplex ultrasonography, D-dimer, anticoagulation
- 6
Diseases of the Aorta
- ANNA M BOOHER, MDClinical Assistant Professor, Division of Cardiovascular Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, MI
- KIM A EAGLE, MDAlbion Walter Hewlett Professor of Internal Medicine, Chief of Clinical Cardiology, Clinical Director, Cardiovascular Center, Division of Cardiovascular Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFThis review covers the major presentations affecting the aorta: aortic aneurysms (abdominal aortic aneurysms and thoracic aortic aneurysms), acute aortic syndromes (including aortic dissection, intramural hematoma, and penetrating atherosclerotic ulcer), other nonacute aortic processes, and traumatic disease of the aorta. The section on abdominal aortic aneurysms covers screening, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, management to reduce the risk of aneurysm rupture, open surgical treatment and endovascular aortic repair, and the role of medical therapy. The section on thoracic aortic aneurysms also covers pathophysiology, etiology, and inherited and inflammatory conditions. Aortic dissections affect either the ascending aorta (type A) or the descending aorta (type B) and may be classified as acute or chronic. The discussion of aortic dissection describes the clinical presentation, diagnostic steps and decisions, and treatment for both type A and type B dissections. The figures include two algorithms: a potential management strategy for patients with thoracic aortic aneurysm and a logical procedure for the evaluation and treatment of a suspected aortic dissection. Figures also include illustrations, computed tomographic images, and echocardiograms of various aortic presentations. Tables list normal aortic dimensions by computed tomographic angiography and echocardiography, etiology and associated factors in diseases of the aorta, revised Ghent criteria for the diagnosis of Marfan syndrome, size criteria for elective surgical intervention in thoracic aortic aneurysm, and independent predictors of in-hospital death. Also included is a follow-up imaging timeline for acute aortic syndromes.
This review contains 9 figures, 6 tables, and 132 references.
- 7
Cardiovascular Biomarkers
- PARUL U GANDHI, MDClinical and Research Fellow, Department of Medicine, Cardiology Division, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- JAMES L JANUZZI JR, MDRoman W. DeSanctis Endowed Clinical Scholar, Department of Medicine, Cardiology Division, Massachusetts General Hospital, Hutter Family Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe value of circulating biomarkers to care for patients with cardiovascular disease has grown significantly over the last few decades. The majority of clinical data focus on the use of natriuretic peptides (NPs) for the diagnosis, prognosis, and management of patients with heart failure (HF) and troponin measurements in patients with suspected or proven acute coronary syndrome (ACS). Part of the reason for the slow adoption of biomarkers beyond these two classes has been limitation in the optimal modes of application of new assays. Future studies are needed to clarify the use of biomarkers, with the ultimate goal of simplifying the diagnosis, prognosis, and patient care of complex cardiovascular conditions. This chapter reviews the use of established biomarkers for HF, ACS, and atrial fibrillation (AF). Tables include a summary of emerging and established cardiovascular biomarkers, characteristics of B-type natriuretic peptide and amino-terminal pro-B-type natriuretic peptide, cutoff points for NP measurement, differential diagnosis of elevated NP concentrations, biomarkers in HF with preserved ejection fraction, summary of NP management trials, third universal definition of myocardial infarction, and guidelines for recommendations of biomarkers in HF. Figures depict the various causes of NP release, the complex mechanism of troponin release in patients with HF, the ischemic and nonischemic etiologies of troponin release, timing of biomarker release during myocardial infarction, and the biomarkers involved in the pathogenesis of AF. Algorithms demonstrate evaluating outpatients with dyspnea in the clinic using NPs in their workup and the use of troponin to assist with determining an appropriate management strategy for a patient with ACS.
This review contains 8 figures, 22 tables, and 208 references
- 8
Diagnosis and Treatment of States of Shock
- AHMED REDA TAHA, MD, FRCP, FCCP, FCCMCritical Care Department, Sheikh Khalifa Medical City, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
Purchase PDFShock remains a diagnosis of significant mortality and morbidity. The current definition defines shock as an acute clinical syndrome that results from inadequate tissue perfusion, which is significantly different from the previous definition of hypotension. Clinical manifestation varies broadly, and is based on the underlying etiology, degree of organ perfusion, and previous organ dysfunction. This review covers the classification, pathogenesis and organ response, evaluation, and management of shock. Figures show the balance between oxygen delivery and oxygen consumption, perfused capillary density, the Krogh Cylinder Model demonstrating the Anoxic-Hypercapnic Lethal Corner, the relation between systolic blood pressure, mean arterial pressure, and diastolic arterial pressure, glycolysis, and the approach to the patient with shock. Tables list clinical and metabolic markers of perfusion alteration to the organs, hemodynamic parameters in different types of shock, normal hemodynamic parameters, problems associated with the use of pulmonary artery catheter, clinical presentation of hypovolemic shock according to severity, causes of cardiogenic shock and cardiogenic pulmonary edema, and receptor activity of different vaspressors and clinical indication.
This review contains 6 figures, 15 tables, and 60 references
Keywords: Shock; Hypovolemic shock; Cardiogenic shock; Neurogenic shock; Vasogenic shock; Septic shock; Obstructive shock
- 9
Cardiac Catheterization and Intervention
By Dharam J. Kumbhani, MD, SM, MRCP, FACC; Deepak L Bhatt, MD, MPH, FACP
Purchase PDFCardiac Catheterization and Intervention
- DHARAM J. KUMBHANI, MD, SM, MRCP, FACCAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, TX
- DEEPAK L BHATT, MD, MPH, FACPExecutive Director of Interventional Cardiovascular Programs, Brigham and Womens Hospital Heart & Vascular Center, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFCardiac catheterization involves the insertion of a catheter (hollow polymer-coated tubing) into a blood vessel of the heart or into one of its chambers. Cardiac catheterization procedures are one of the most commonly performed cardiac procedures today. This review outlines the basics of angiography and coronary anatomy, the technical details of cardiac catheterizations, preferred access sites, and hemodynamic measurements. The basic steps in coronary intervention are listed. Common indications and contraindications for cardiac catheterization and intervention are described, as are appropriate use criteria for diagnostic catheterization and coronary intervention, fractional flow reserve (FFR) and intravascular ultrasonography, and complications of cardiac catheterization and percutaneous coronary intervention. Future directions in the field are discussed. Tables describe normal hemodynamic measurements, derived measurements during right heart catheterization, coronary artery disease prognostic index for medically managed patients, American College of Cardiology (ACC)/American Heart Association (AHA) guidelines regarding indications for coronary angiography, ACC/AHA appropriate use criteria for diagnostic catheterization, common indications for FFR, and risk of cardiac catheterization and coronary angiography. Figures include an overview of coronary anatomy, angiograms of the coronary arteries, images of a normal cardiac cycle and hemodynamic waveforms, the design of a stent, FFR evaluation, basic intravascular ultrasonography measurements, and coronary imaging with an optical coherence tomography system.
This review contains 7 figures, 8 tables, and 62 references.
Keywords: Cardiac catheterization, angiography, balloon angioplasty, coronary artery disease, Fick method, bare metal stent, drug-eluting stent, percutaneous coronary intervention
- 10
Unstable Angina and Other Acute Coronary Syndromes
By R Scott Wright, MD, FACC, FESC, FAHA; Joseph G Murphy, MD, FACC, FESC
Purchase PDFUnstable Angina and Other Acute Coronary Syndromes
- R SCOTT WRIGHT, MD, FACC, FESC, FAHAProfessor of Medicine, Consultant in Cardiology and the Coronary Care Unit, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
- JOSEPH G MURPHY, MD, FACC, FESCProfessor of Medicine, Consultant in Cardiology and the Coronary Care Unit, Chair, Section of Scientific Publications, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
Purchase PDFPatients with coronary artery disease (CAD) present clinically when their disease enters an unstable phase known as an acute coronary syndrome (ACS), in which the cap of a previously stable atheromatous coronary plaque ruptures or erodes, which in turn activates a thrombotic cascade that may lead to coronary artery occlusion, myocardial infarction (MI), cardiogenic shock, and patient death. There are nearly 2 million episodes of ACS in the United States annually; it is the most common reason for hospitalization with CAD and is the leading cause of death in the developed world.
This review contains 2 figures, 13 tables, and 78 references.
Key Words: coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, cardiogenic shock
- 11
St-segment Elevation Myocardial Infarction
By Grant William Reed, MD; Christopher Paul Cannon, MD
Purchase PDFSt-segment Elevation Myocardial Infarction
- GRANT WILLIAM REED, MDFellow, Department of Cardiovascular Medicine, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, OH
- CHRISTOPHER PAUL CANNON, MD Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Executive Director of Cardiometabolic Trials, Harvard Clinical Research Institute, Boston, MA
- 12
Cardiac Catheterization and Intervention
By Dharam J. Kumbhani, MD, SM, MRCP, FACC; Deepak L Bhatt, MD, MPH, FACP
Purchase PDFCardiac Catheterization and Intervention
- DHARAM J. KUMBHANI, MD, SM, MRCP, FACCAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Cardiology, University of Texas Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, TX
- DEEPAK L BHATT, MD, MPH, FACPExecutive Director of Interventional Cardiovascular Programs, Brigham and Womens Hospital Heart & Vascular Center, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 13
Hypertension
- MARC P BONACA, MD, MPHVascular Section, Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Assistant Professor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 14
Chronic Stable Angina
- BENJAMIN J SCIRICA, MD, MPHSenior Investigator, TIMI Study Group, Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- J. ANTONIO T. GUTIERREZ, MDCardiovascular Medicine Fellow, Brigham and Women's Hospital, Boston, MA
- 15
Venous Thromboembolism
- SAMUEL Z. GOLDHABER, MDProfessor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School Director, Venous Thromboembolism Research Group
- 16
Approach to the Cardiovascular Patient
- CATHERINE M. OTTO, MDJ. Ward Kennedy-Hamilton Endowed Chair in Cardiology, Professor of Medicine, Departmentof Medicine, Division of Cardiology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA
- DAVID M SHAVELLE, MDAssociate Clinical Professor of Medicine, Keck School of Medicine at USC, Director, Interventional Cardiology Fellowship, Director, Cardiac Catheterization Laboratories, USC Medical Center, Los Angeles County, Los Angeles, CA
Purchase PDFApproach to the Cardiovascular Patient
- 17
Cardiovascular Biomarkers
- PARUL U GANDHI, MDClinical and Research Fellow, Department of Medicine, Cardiology Division, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- JAMES L JANUZZI JR, MDRoman W. DeSanctis Endowed Clinical Scholar, Department of Medicine, Cardiology Division, Massachusetts General Hospital, Hutter Family Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 18
Diagnosis and Treatment of States of Shock
- AHMED REDA TAHA, MD, FRCP, FCCP, FCCMCritical Care Department, Sheikh Khalifa Medical City, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates
- 19
Pericardial Diseases
- DAVID W. SCHOENFELD , MD, MPH
Purchase PDFDiseases of the pericardium represent a wide range of clinical syndromes that vary substantially in severity, from a benign pericardial effusion to fatal constrictive pericarditis or hemopericardium. Acute pericarditis is the most common pericardial disease, with viral and idiopathic as the most frequent etiologies. Typically, acute pericarditis can be managed as an outpatient with dual-agent therapy consisting of aspirin or nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drug plus colchicine and rarely requires admission. Pericardial effusions are fluid collections in the pericardial cavity. They are a common incidental finding, can be associated with other systemic disease, and at their extreme, cause life-threatening cardiac tamponade. Cardiac tamponade exists on a spectrum with patients who are quasi stable to those where cardiovascular collapse and death are imminent. Cardiac tamponade may be temporized with fluid boluses, but treatment is through pericardiocentesis and occasional surgical intervention. Constrictive pericarditis is progressive process with poor prognosis in which the pericardium becomes rigid and causes diastolic dysfunction, leading to heart failure. Once the diagnosis is made, definitive management is surgical but carries a high operative risk.
This review contains 7 figures, 5 videos, 8 tables, and 43 references
Keywords: cardiac tamponade, constrictive pericarditis, effusive-constrictive pericarditis, pericardial effusion, pericarditis, pericardiocentesis
- 20
- 1
- IM Allergy & Immunology
- 1
Allergic Response
- JOUD HAJJAR, MDAllergy and Immunology Fellow, Department of Internal Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA
- LAWRENCE B SCHWARTZ, MD, PHDCharles & Evelyn Thomas Professor of Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA
Purchase PDFThe term hypersensitivity refers to diseases caused by an immune response, regardless of whether the response is against a pathogen, nonpathogen, or self and regardless of whether the response is directed by antibodies, lymphocytes, or innate pathways. The term anaphylaxis was coined in 1902 by Charles Richet, who received the Nobel Prize in 1913; this systemic allergic response is now known to be an immediate hypersensitivity reaction, initiated by allergen delivered to a host having allergen-specific IgE, thereby causing an IgE-mediated immunologic response and activating mast cells and basophils to secrete bioactive mediators. In 2005, the National Institutes of Health organized a consensus conference to develop a working definition of anaphylaxis, designed to be used by physicians at the bedside, as a serious allergic reaction that is rapid in onset, typically eliciting various combinations of cutaneous, cardiovascular, respiratory, and gastrointestinal manifestations, and may cause death.1,2This facilitated the early treatment of such patients with epinephrine. Confusion arises over the misapplication of the term allergy or hypersensitivity to describe any untoward reaction to food, medications, or environmental exposures. Furthermore, non–IgE-mediated forms of local and systemic mast cell or basophil activation events can occur, causing signs and symptoms similar to those mediated by IgE.
This review contains 3 figures, 11 tables, and 64 references.
Keywords: allergy, hypersensitivity, anaphylaxis, interleukin, chemokines, immunoglobulin E, mast cell, eosinophil
- 2
Urticaria and Angioedema
- JUSTIN R CHEN, MDFellow Physician, Division of Allergy & Immunology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- DAVID A. KHAN, MDProfessor of Internal Medicine and Pediatrics, Division of Allergy & Immunology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
Purchase PDFUrticaria and angioedema are common diseases with diverse origins that constitute a substantial component of medical practice. Urticaria, or hives, refers to one or more areas of intensely pruritic papules or plaques with swelling of the superficial dermis (wheal) surrounded by local erythema (flare). Angioedema refers to deep dermal subcutaneous swelling that may manifest as swelling of the mucosa of the face, tongue, pharynx, larynx, or intestines that can be alarming and, in some cases, life threatening. These conditions are heterogeneous in their presentation and chronicity. Although allergies are responsible for some cases, autoimmunity and dysregulation of the bradykinin system often play a significant role, leading to challenging diagnostic and therapeutic dilemmas. This review discusses the epidemiology, natural history, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and treatment of acute and chronic urticaria and angioedema. Emphasis is placed on physical triggers, the role of proper laboratory testing, and alternative agents for refractory cases. Emerging therapies for hereditary and acquired angioedema syndromes are also covered. Tables list the causes of acute and chronic urticaria, an escalating treatment approach for difficult cases, and a comparison of available parenteral therapies specific to bradykinin-mediated angioedema. Figures illustrate the mechanisms of urticaria, photographs of typical presentations, and an evidence-based diagnostic algorithm for clinicians.
This review contains 9 figures, 8 tables, and 104 references.
- 3
Anaphylaxis
- CEM AKIN, MD, PHDAssociate Physician, Harvard Medical School, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Department of Rheumatology, Immunology, and Allergy, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFAnaphylaxis, a serious allergic reaction, is rapid in onset and marked by flushing, urticaria, angioedema, pruritus, bronchospasm, and abdominal cramping with nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea. It is not uncommon; approximate lifetime prevalence of anaphylaxis was estimated to be 0.5 to 2% or possibly higher due to the common academic belief that the incidence of anaphylactic reactions is underreported. Rarely, anaphylaxis may cause death, most commonly from drugs, foods, and insect stings. This review covers the epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, clinical manifestations, treatment, and prognosis. Figures show inflammatory pathways in allergic inflammation and mast cell degranulation and pathways of activation.
This review contains 2 figures, 5 tables, and 72 references.
Keywords: Anaphylaxis, allergy, shock, auto-injector epinephrine, inflammation, mast cell, venom
- 4
Food Allergies
- EDMOND A. HOOKER, MD, DRPHAssistant Professor, Residency Research Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH
- CHARLES KIRCHER, MD Clinical Instructor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH
Purchase PDFFood allergies are responsible for a considerable number of emergency department visits. Food allergy can be divided into classic (i.e., IgE-mediated) reactions to specific allergens after exposure via skin or mucosal membrane and non–IgE-mediated food allergies, which include T cell–mediated immunity, enteropathies to specific proteins, and mixed disorders (e.g., eosinophilic esophagitis). Food-induced anaphylaxis can be life threatening and requires immediate treatment with epinephrine, even if the causative agent has not been identified. This review describes the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes for patients with food allergies. Figures show IgE-mediated allergic reactions to food and other allergens, classification of adverse reactions to foods, commercially available epinephrine autoinjectors, a sample anaphylaxis action plan, and a map showing school access to epinephrine in the United States as of September 4, 2014. Tables list potential food allergies with estimated self-reported prevalence, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease clinical criteria of anaphylaxis, non–IgE-mediated food intolerance disorders, Rome III diagnostic criteria for irritable bowel syndrome, food allergy mimickers, and potential criteria for prolonged observation.
This review contains 5 highly rendered figures, 6 tables, and 54 references.
- 5
Drug Allergies
By Edmond A. Hooker, MD, DrPH; Natalie P. Kreitzer, MD; Amanda Ventura, MD
Purchase PDFDrug Allergies
- EDMOND A. HOOKER, MD, DRPHAssistant Professor, Residency Research Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Cincinnati, OH
- NATALIE P. KREITZER, MDNeurocritical Care Fellow in Training, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH
- AMANDA VENTURA, MDUniversity of Cincinnati College of Medicine
Purchase PDFAdverse drug reactions (ADRs) are very common, causing approximately 2% of emergency department visits. It is estimated that approximately one-half of these ADRs are preventable. Although most ADRs and allergic reactions are minor, some may be severe, and the emergency physician's first priority should be the identification of anaphylactic or life-threatening reactions. This review examines the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes of ADRs and drug allergies. Figures show the Gell and Coombs system, the four basic immunologic mechanisms for drug reactions, drugs as haptens and prohaptens, chemical structure of different β-lactam antibiotics, and management of the patient with possible drug allergy. Tables list the types of adverse drug reactions, drugs frequently implicated in allergic reactions in the emergency department, classification of allergic reactions, pretreatment protocol for radiocontrast allergy, and important parts of a history and physical examination of a patient with a suspected or confirmed drug hypersensitivity reaction.
This review contains 5 figures, 5 tables, and 128 references.
Keywords: drug allergies, Adverse Drug Reactions (ADRs), Gell and Coombs system, allergic reactions, anaphylactic reactions, radiocontrast allergy, drug hypersensitivity, drug withdrawal
- 6
Anaphylaxis
- CEM AKIN, MD, PHDAssociate Physician, Harvard Medical School, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Department of Rheumatology, Immunology, and Allergy, Boston, MA
- 7
Allergic Response
- JOUD HAJJAR, MDAllergy and Immunology Fellow, Department of Internal Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA
- LAWRENCE B SCHWARTZ, MD, PHDCharles & Evelyn Thomas Professor of Medicine, Department of Internal Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA
- 8
Urticaria and Angioedema
- JUSTIN R CHEN, MDFellow Physician, Division of Allergy & Immunology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- DAVID A. KHAN, MDProfessor of Internal Medicine and Pediatrics, Division of Allergy & Immunology, Department of Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- 9
Drug Allergies
- JAMES L BALDWIN, MDDivision Chief, Division of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, MI
- AIMEE L. SPECK, MDFellow, Division of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFAdverse drug reactions (ADRs) are an important public health problem. An ADR is defined by the World Health Organization as an unintended, noxious response to a drug that occurs at a dose usually tolerated by normal subjects. The classification of ADRs by Rawlins and Thompson divides ADRs into two major subtypes: (1) type A reactions, which are dose dependent and predictable, and (2) type B reactions, which are uncommon and unpredictable. The majority of ADRs are type A reactions, which include four subtypes: overdosage or toxicity, side effects, secondary effects, and interactions. Type B reactions constitute approximately 10 to 15% of all ADRs and include four subtypes: drug intolerance, idiosyncratic reactions, pseudoallergic reactions, and drug hypersensitivity reactions. This chapter reviews the epidemiology of ADRs, risk factors for drug hypersensitivity reactions, the classification of drug reactions, diagnostic tests, reactions to specific drugs, and management of the patient with drug allergy. Figures illustrate drugs as haptens and prohaptens, the Gell and Coombs system, the four basic immunologic mechanisms for drug reactions, the chemical structure of different β-lactam antibiotics, penicillin skin testing, sulfonamide metabolism and haptenation, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drug effects, and patient management. Tables outline the classification of ADRs, drugs frequently implicated in allergic drug reactions, and reagents and concentrations recommended for prick and intradermal skin testing.
This review contains 8 figures, 9 tables, and 60 references
Keywords: Adverse drug reactions, drug hypersensitivity reactions, overdosage, toxicity, Type A reactions, Type B reactions, human leukocyte antigen, pruritus, angioedema, urticarial, bronchospasm, laryngeal edema, rhinoconjunctivitis
- 10
Drug Allergies
- JAMES L BALDWIN, MDDivision Chief, Division of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, Department of Medicine, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, MI
- AIMEE L. SPECK, MDFellow, Division of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, University of Michigan School of Medicine, Ann Arbor, MI
- 1
- IM Dermatology
- 1
Malignant Cutaneous Tumors
- ALLAN C HALPERN, MDChief, Dermatology Service, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- PATRICIA L. MYSKOWSKI, MDAttending Physician, Dermatology Service, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
Purchase PDFThis chapter reviews the most common malignant cutaneous tumors. The section on malignant tumors of the epidermis discusses nonmelanoma skin cancer (i.e., basal cell carcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma) and malignant melanoma. The section on malignant tumors of the dermis covers metastatic tumors, primary tumors (Merkel cell carcinoma, Paget disease, extramammary Paget disease, angiosarcoma, and dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans), and Kaposi sarcoma (i.e., classic Kaposi sarcoma, African Kaposi sarcoma, organ-transplant Kaposi sarcoma, and HIV-associated Kaposi sarcoma). The final section covers cutaneous lymphomas. The coverage of each disease includes a discussion of epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis. Tables provide the adjusted estimated relative risks of melanoma by nevus type and number, the American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) TNM classification and staging system, the estimated probability of 10-year survival in patients with primary cutaneous melanoma, and an overview of overview of therapy for cutaneous T cell lymphoma. Figures illustrate the presentation of many malignant cutaneous tumors.
This review contains 10 figures, 11 tables, and 111 references.
- 2
Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
By Neil H. Shear, MD, FRCPC; Sandra Knowles, BScPhm; Lori Shapiro, MD, FRCPC
Purchase PDFCutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
- NEIL H. SHEAR, MD, FRCPCProfessor and Chief of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, Divisions of Dermatology and Clinical Pharmacology, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
- SANDRA KNOWLES, BSCPHMAssistant Professor (Status Only), Department of Pharmacy, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
- LORI SHAPIRO, MD, FRCPCAssistant Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Division of Dermatology, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
Purchase PDFAn adverse drug reaction is defined as any noxious, unintended, and undesired effect of a drug that occurs at doses used in humans for prophylaxis, diagnosis, or therapy. A cutaneous eruption is one of the most common manifestations of an adverse drug reaction. This chapter reviews the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, clinical manifestations, and differential diagnosis of adverse drug reactions, as well as laboratory tests for them. Also discussed are the types of cutaneous eruption: exanthematous eruption, urticarial eruption, blistering eruption, pustular eruption, and others. The simple and complex forms of each type of eruption are reviewed. The chapter includes 4 tables and 12 figures. Tables present the warning signs of a serious drug eruption, clinical features of hypersensitivity syndrome reaction and serum sickness-like reaction, characteristics of Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis, and clinical pearls to identify anticoagulant-induced skin necrosis. Figures illustrate hypersensitivity syndrome reaction, a fixed drug eruption from tetracycline, pseudoporphyria from naproxen, linear immunoglobulin A disease induced by vancomycin, pemphigus foliaceus from taking enalapril, pemphigus vulgaris from taking penicillamine, toxic epidermal necrolysis after starting phenytoin therapy, acneiform drug eruption due to gefitinib, acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis from cloxacillin, coumarin-induced skin necrosis, a lichenoid drug eruption associated with ramipril, and leukocytoclastic vasculitis from hydrochlorothiazide.
This chapter contains 12 figures, 8 tables and 108 references
Keywords: Adverse drug reaction, rash, urticaria, blisters, pustular eruption, exanthema, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis, skin necrosis
- 3
Benign Cutaneous Tumors
- ELIZABETH A ABEL, MDAdjunct Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA, Private Practice, California Skin Institute, Mountain View, CA
Purchase PDFTumors of the cutaneous surface may arise from the epidermis, dermis, or subcutaneous tissue or from any of the specialized cell types in the skin or its appendages. Broad categories include tumors derived from epithelial, melanocytic, or connective tissue structures. Within each location or cell type, lesions are classified as benign, malignant, or, in certain cases, premalignant. Benign epithelial tumors include tumors of the surface epidermis that form keratin, tumors of the epidermal appendages, and cysts of the skin. Melanocytic (pigment-forming) lesions are very common. One of the most frequently encountered forms is the nevus cell nevus. Tumors that are derived from connective tissue include fibromas, histiocytomas, lipomas, leiomyomas, and hemangiomas. This chapter provides an overview of each type of tumor, including sections on epithelial tumors, tumors of the epidermal appendages, familial tumor syndromes, melanocytic tumors, neural tumors, connective tissue tumors, vascular birthmarks, acquired vascular disorders, Kimura disease, lipoma, leiomyoma, and lymphangioma circumscriptum. The sections discuss various forms and their diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment. Figures accompany the descriptions.
This review contains 22 tables, 26 figures, and 88 references
Keywords: Epithelial tumor, melanosis, cyst, angioma, hemangioma, neurofibromatosis, lipoma, leiomyoma, seborrheic dermatitis, nevus
- 4
Approach to the Diagnosis of Skin Disease
By Robert T Brodell, MD; Stephen E Helms, MD; Lindsey B Dolohanty, MD
Purchase PDFApproach to the Diagnosis of Skin Disease
- ROBERT T BRODELL, MDProfessor and Chair, Department of Dermatology and Professor of Pathology, University of Mississippi Medical School, Jackson, MI, Instructor in Dermatology, University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry, Rochester, NY
- STEPHEN E HELMS, MDAssociate Professor of Internal Medicine, Dermatology Section, Northeastern Ohio Universities College of Medicine, Rootstown, Ohio, Assistant Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Case Western Reserve University School of Medicine, Cleveland, Ohio, Professor of Dermatology, University of Mississippi Medical School, Jackson, MI
- LINDSEY B DOLOHANTY, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Dermatology, University of Rochester School of Medicine, Rochester, NY
Purchase PDFThe diagnosis of skin disease is not something that changes radically year to year. In fact, for hundreds of years physicians have been assessing the skin to diagnose and treat skin diseases and to “view” internal diseases. The latest edition of this review provides several updates that enhance our approach to the diagnosis of skin disease with active links to updated digital references and atlases. These will be valuable to students, residents, and physicians interested in improving their dermatologic diagnostic skills. A new algorithm highlights our suggested approach to cutaneous diagnoses. It is our hope that readers will begin to “think like dermatologists” as they digest the contents of this review.
Key words: Macule, papule, vesicle, bulla, plaque, excoriation, scale, ulceration, diagnosis, errors
This review contains 13 figures, 5 tables, 17 references, and 7 additional readings.
- 5
Fungal, Bacterial, and Viral Infections of the Skin
- JAN V. HIRSCHMANN, MDProfessor of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Staff Physician, Puget Sound VA Medical Center, Seattle, WA
Purchase PDFThe skin can become infected by viruses, fungi, and bacteria, including some that ordinarily are harmless colonizing organisms. The most common fungal infections are caused by dermatophytes, which can involve the hair, nails, and skin. Potassium hydroxide (KOH) preparations of specimens from affected areas typically demonstrate hyphae, and either topical or systemic antifungal therapy usually cures or controls the process. The most common bacterial pathogens are Staphylococcus aureus and group A streptococci, which, alone or together, can cause a wide variety of disorders, including impetigo, ecthyma, and cellulitis. Topical antibiotics may suffice for impetigo, but ecthyma and cellulitis require systemic treatment. S. aureus, including methicillin-resistant strains, can also cause furuncles, carbuncles, and cutaneous abscesses. For these infections, incision and drainage without antibiotics are usually curative. Warts are the most common cutaneous viral infection, and eradication can be difficult, especially where the skin is thick, such as the palms and soles, or the patient is immunocompromised. Most therapies consist of trying to destroy the viruses by mechanical, chemical, or immune mechanisms. This review covers dermatophyte infections, yeast infections, bacterial infections, and viral infections of the skin. Figures show the classic annular lesion of tinea corporis, a typical kerion presenting as a zoophilic Microsporum canis infection of the scalp (tinea capitis), tinea corporis, tinea barbae, tinea pedis between and under the toes and on the plantar surface, inflammatory tinea pedis, tinea unguium, tinea manuum, angular cheilitis, prominent satellite lesions of discrete vesicles associated with candidiasis, facial candidiasis, Candida paronychia, tinea versicolor, nonbullous impetigo, bullous impetigo, ecthyma, leg cellulitis, erythema and edema on the cheeks, eyelids, and nose, furuncle, carbuncle, nasal folliculitis, pitted keratolysis, trichomycosis axillaris, necrotizing fasciitis, Fournier gangrene, folliculitis, plantar wart, condyloma acuminatum, and benign lesions of bowenoid papulosis. Tables list dermatophyte species, terminology of dermatophyte infections, topical agents for dermatophyte infections, treatment options for impetigo (adult doses), and treatment options for erythrasma.
This review contains 29 figures, 12 tables, and 36 references
Keywords: Staphylococcus aureus, methicillin-resistant strains, furuncles, carbuncles, cutaneous abscesses, dermatophytes, zoophilic Microsporum canis, andidiasis, facial candidiasis, Candida paronychia, tinea versicolor, nonbullous impetigo, bullous impetigo, ecthyma, leg cellulitis, erythema
- 6
Acne Vulgaris and Rosacea
- JAMES Q DEL ROSSO, DOAdjunct Clinical Professor (Dermatology), Touro University College of Osteopathic Medicine, Henderson, NV
Purchase PDFAcne vulgaris is the most common disorder seen in general dermatology practice, accounting for approximately 10% of visits each year. Both sexes and all ethnicities are affected, usually in the late preteenage or early teenage years. Both inflammatory and comedonal lesions of acne vulgaris characteristically involve the face, but truncal involvement is also relatively common. Multiple clinical presentations may be observed, with severity often progressing over time during adolescence. Severe forms of acne vulgaris can be especially disfiguring and debilitating, and are more likely to lead to permanent scarring. Therapeutic options are chosen primarily on the basis of clinical severity, with adjustments in treatment made on the basis of response or disease progression. Rosacea begins in adulthood, usually in the third decade of life or later. The disorder predominantly affects the central face in fair-skinned people, mostly those of northern European ancestry, although individuals of any race may be affected. Rosacea may present as one or more of a variety of clinical phenotypes (subtypes); it is a chronic disorder characterized by periods of exacerbation and remission. Fortunately, rosacea is not associated with scarring, although a subset of patients may develop localized proliferations of sebaceous and fibrous tissue called a phyma. Like acne vulgaris, rosacea may also adversely impact quality of life. Figures in this chapter illustrate acne vulgaris and inflammatory papules. Tables detail laboratory evaluation for women with acne vulgaris and hyperandrogenism, surgical/physical modality options for specific acne lesions and acne scars, major topical therapies for acne vulgaris, and commonly prescribed systemic therapies for acne. This chapter contains 50 references.
- 7
Psoriasis
- ELIZABETH A ABEL, MDAdjunct Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA, Private Practice, California Skin Institute, Mountain View, CA
- MARK LEBWOHL, MDSol and Clara Kest Professor and Chairman, Department of Dermatology, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York City, NY
Purchase PDFPsoriasis is an immune-mediated inflammatory cutaneous disorder characterized by chronic, scaling, erythematous patches and plaques of skin. It can begin at any age and can vary in severity. Psoriasis can manifest itself in several different forms, including pustular and erythrodermic forms. In addition to involving the skin, psoriasis frequently involves the nails, and some patients may experience inflammation of the joints (psoriatic arthritis). Because of its highly visible nature, psoriasis can compromise both the personal and the working lives of its victims. Breakthroughs in the treatment of psoriasis have led to a better understanding of its pathogenesis.
This review contains 12 figures, 8 tables, and 79 references.
Keywords: Psoriases, Pustulosis of Palms and Soles, Pustulosis Palmaris et Plantaris, Palmoplantaris Pustulosis, Pustular Psoriasis of Palms and Soles
- 8
Malignant Cutaneous Tumors
- ALLAN C HALPERN, MDChief, Dermatology Service, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- PATRICIA L. MYSKOWSKI, MDAttending Physician, Dermatology Service, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- 9
Fungal, Bacterial, and Viral Infections of the Skin
- JAN V. HIRSCHMANN, MDProfessor of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine, Staff Physician, Puget Sound VA Medical Center, Seattle, WA
- 10
Benign Cutaneous Tumors
- ELIZABETH A ABEL, MDAdjunct Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA, Private Practice, California Skin Institute, Mountain View, CA
- 11
Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
By Neil H. Shear, MD, FRCPC; Sandra Knowles, BScPhm; Lori Shapiro, MD, FRCPC
Purchase PDFCutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
- NEIL H. SHEAR, MD, FRCPCProfessor and Chief of Dermatology, Department of Medicine, Divisions of Dermatology and Clinical Pharmacology, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
- SANDRA KNOWLES, BSCPHMAssistant Professor (Status Only), Department of Pharmacy, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
- LORI SHAPIRO, MD, FRCPCAssistant Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Division of Dermatology, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
- 1
- IM Endocrinology & Metabolism
- 1
Adrenal Insufficiency
- D. LYNN LORIAUX, MD, PHD, MACPProfessor of Medicine and Chief, Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Oregon Health and Science University, Portland, OR
Purchase PDFAdrenal insufficiency (Addison disease) can be categorized as primary or secondary; the former results from adrenal cortex destruction, whereas the latter is caused by disruption of pituitary secretion of adrenocorticotropic hormone. The clinical pictures are the same, and their signs can be differentiated only by the presence of hyperpigmentation and vitiligo in autoimmune disease. Diagnosing both chronic and acute syndromes requires laboratory confirmation; however, the only available diagnostic test for adrenal insufficiency is cosyntropin stimulation. Relative adrenal insufficiency is a hypothetical situation stemming from misinterpretation of this test, and there is no pathophysiologic evidence of its existence. The most common form of congenital adrenal hyperplasia is the 21-hydroxylase deficiency syndrome.
This review contains 1 figure, 5 tables and 7 references
Keywords: Adrenal insufficiency, Addison disease, adrenocorticotropic hormone, cosyntropin, congenital adrenal hyperplasia
- 2
Adrenal Hypertension
- NAOMI D.L. FISHER, MDDivision of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Hypertension, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- GAIL K ADLER, MD, PHDDivision of Endocrinology, Diabetes, and Hypertension, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe secondary causes of hypertension are associated with the excess of the principal hormones produced by the adrenal glands: cortisol, epinephrine, and aldosterone. Excess aldosterone production is recognized as primary hyperaldosteronism, or primary aldosteronism (PA). Individuals with PA are at increased risk for a variety of disorders, including atrial fibrillation, coronary artery disease, myocardial infarction, and stroke. Pheochromocytoma is a very rare tumor (accounting for fewer than one in 10,000 hypertension cases) and is marked by high secretions of catecholamines, mostly epinephrine as well as norepinephrine. Cushing disease and Cushing syndrome are addressed in a separate review.
This review contains 5 highly rendered figures, 4 tables, and 39 references.
- 3
Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus
- JOSEPH I. WOLFSDORF, MB, BCHProfessor of Pediatrics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- KATHARINE GARVEY, MD, MPHInstructor of Pediatrics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFType 1 diabetes mellitus is a heterogeneous metabolic disease characterized by destruction of the pancreatic beta cells resulting in an absolute deficiency of insulin secretion with subsequent hyperglycemia. This review details the definition and classification, epidemiology, pathophysiology, pathogenesis, prevention, diagnosis, and management of type 1 diabetes mellitus. Figures show the opposing actions of insulin and glucagon, particularly within the liver, on substrate flow and plasma levels; plasma glucose, insulin and C-peptide levels; the structure of human proinsulin; the cellular actions of insulin; measurement of insulin levels after the administration of glucose; the pathways that lead from insulin deficiency to the major clinical manifestations of type 1 diabetes mellitus; the pathogenesis of type 1 autoimmune diabetes mellitus; the relationship between hemoglobin A1C and calculated average glucose level; basal-bolus and insulin pump regimens; and management of diabetic ketoacidosis. Tables list the etiologic classification of diabetes mellitus, criteria for the diagnosis of diabetes, American Diabetes Association standards for glycemic control in diabetes mellitus, insulin preparations, potential advantages of continuous subcutaneous insulin infusion compared with multiple daily injections, cardiovascular risk factor screening and treatment, and typical admission laboratory findings and monitoring in diabetic ketoacidosis.
This review contains 10 highly rendered figures, 7 tables, and 66 references.
- 4
Adrenal Insufficiency
- D. LYNN LORIAUX, MD, PHD, MACPProfessor of Medicine and Chief, Division of Endocrinology and Metabolism, Oregon Health and Science University, Portland, OR
- 1
- IM Ethics & Professionalism
- IM Gastroenterology
- 1
Constipation
- CHARLES H KNOWLES, MBBCHIR, PHD, FRCS
Purchase PDFThis review presents an overview of the management of constipation. The review addresses the diagnosis of primary and secondary forms and then discusses in greater detail the investigative workup and modern management of chronic constipation (primary). The review addresses what simple and more advanced investigations are relevant for determining pathophysiology and gives an overview of treatment options, including pharmacologic, behavioral, and surgical approaches for thus defined subgroups of patients (evacuation disorder, slow transit constipation).
This review contains 3 figures, 6 tables, and 89 references.
- 2
Irritable Bowel Syndrome With Diarrhea
- JUDY NEE, MDInstructor in Medicine, Harvard Medical School, BIDMC, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- JACQUELINE L. WOLF, MDAssociate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, BIDMC, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFIrritable bowel syndrome (IBS) is a complex, functional gastrointestinal condition characterized by abdominal pain and alteration in bowel habits without an organic cause. One of the subcategories of this disorder is IBS with diarrhea (IBS-D). Clinically, patients who present with more than 3 months of abdominal pain or discomfort associated with an increase in stool frequency and/or loose stool form are defined as having IBS-D. This review addresses IBS-D, detailing the epidemiology, etiology and genetics, pathophysiology and pathogenesis, diagnosis, clinical manifestations and physical examination findings, differential diagnosis, treatment, emerging therapies, complications, and prognosis. Figures show potential mechanisms and pathophysiology of IBS, IBS-D suspected by clinical assessment and Rome III criteria, pharmacologic and nonpharmacologic treatment options, potential mechanisms of action of probiotics, and potential treatment modalities. Tables list the Rome criteria for IBS, alarm signs and symptoms suggestive of alternative diagnoses, IBS criteria, differential diagnosis of IBS-D, dietary advice options for IBS-D, and alternative and emerging therapies in IBS-D.
This review contains 5 highly rendered figures, 6 tables, and 99 references.
- 3
Esophageal Disorders
- MICHAEL F. VAEZI, MD, PHD, MSC (EPI)Professor of Medicine, Clinical Director of Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, TN
Purchase PDFTypically, symptoms that may indicate the presence of an esophageal disorder include heartburn, dysphagia, odynophagia, and regurgitation. Endoscopy is the technique of choice to evaluate the mucosa of the esophagus and to detect structural abnormalities, whereas esophageal manometry is the standard test to diagnose motor disorders of the esophageal body and the lower esophageal sphincter. This review examines normal esophageal anatomy and physiology, the diagnosis of esophageal disorders, disease states causing dysphagia, and gastroesophageal reflux disease. Figures show the cross-sectional anatomy of the esophagus; an algorithm for the evaluation of dysphagia; the anatomy of the gastroesophageal junction; esophagograms of patients with achalasia, late-stage achalasia, and diffuse esophageal spasm; endoscopic views of esophageal strictures; a proximal esophageal web on barium swallow in a patient with Plummer-Vinson syndrome; an endoscopic view of the esophagus of a 25-year-old man with a 3-year history of severe dysphagia; photographs of midesophageal traction diverticulum, multiple epiphrenic diverticula, long-segment Barrett esophagus, and severe Candida esophagitis; and a treatment algorithm for extraesophageal manifestations of gastroesophageal reflux disease. Tables list the high-resolution manometry classification of esophageal motility disorders, causes of esophageal strictures, classic endoscopic findings in patients with eosinophilic esophagitis, the Los Angeles classification of erosive esophagitis, categories of dysplasia, surveillance of Barrett metaplasia, medications implicated in pill-induced esophagitis, and classification of caustic esophageal injury.
This review contains 13 figures, 40 tables, and 82 references
Keywords: achalasia, dysphagia, esophagus, reflux, strictures, diverticula, endoscopy, larynx
- 4
Gastrointestinal Motility and Functional Disorders
- ADIL E BHARUCHA, MBBS, MDProfessor of Medicine, Director, Motility Interest Group, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
Purchase PDFGastrointestinal (GI) motility disorders represent diseases characterized by abnormal, predominantly impaired, sometimes exaggerated, movement of contents through the GI tract due to neuromuscular dysfunctions in the absence of mucosal disease and mechanical causes of impaired passage. By contrast, functional GI disorders represent illnesses, defined only by GI symptoms, which occur in the absence of mucosal or structural abnormality or of known biochemical or metabolic disorders. The first section of this chapter discusses the enteric and extrinsic neural regulation of GI sensorimotor functions and normal GI motility in humans. Disorders such as gastroparesis (including diabetic gastroparesis, idiopathic gastroparesis, and postsurgical gastroparesis), dumping syndrome, intestinal pseudo-obstruction, small intestinal bacterial overgrowth, megacolon (including Hirschsprung disease, toxic megacolon, and colonic pseudo-obstruction), chronic constipation (including defecatory disorders, normal transit constipation, and slow transit constipation), functional dyspepsia, functional diarrhea and irritable bowel syndrome, and fecal incontinence are then discussed in depth. Tables present a comparison of GI motility and functional disorders, the causes of gastroparesis, the etiology of intestinal pseudo-obstruction and fecal incontinence, common medical conditions and medications associated with constipation, and the symptom severity scale in fecal incontinence. Illustrations, graphs, magnetic resonance images, and algorithms are provided.
This chapter contains 10 highly rendered figures, 6 tables, 92 references, and 5 MCQs. - 5
Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
- JENNIFER NAYOR, MDClinical Research Fellow, Division of Gastroenterology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- JOHN R. SALTZMAN, MDDirector of Endoscopy, Division of Gastroenterology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFOf patients who present with major gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding, 20 to 30% will ultimately be diagnosed with bleeding originating from a lower GI source. Lower GI bleeding has traditionally been defined as bleeding originating from a source distal to the ligament of Treitz; however, with the advent of capsule endoscopy and deep enteroscopy allowing for visualization of the entire small bowel, the definition has been updated to GI bleeding originating from a source distal to the ileocecal valve. Lower GI bleeding can range from occult blood loss to massive bleeding with hemodynamic instability and predominantly affects older individuals, with a mean age at presentation of 63 to 77 years. Comorbid illness, which is a risk factor for mortality from GI bleeding, is also more common with increasing age. Most deaths related to GI bleeding are not due to uncontrolled hemorrhage but exacerbation of underlying comorbidities or nosocomial complications. This review covers the following areas: evaluation of lower GI bleeding (including physical examination and diagnostic tests), initial management, and differential diagnosis. Disorders addressed in the differential diagnosis include diverticulosis, arteriovenous malformations (AVMs), ischemic colitis, anorectal disorders, radiation proctitis, postpolypectomy bleeding, and colorectal neoplasms. Figures show an algorithm for management of patients with suspected lower GI bleeding, tagged red blood cell scans, diverticular bleeding, colonic AVM, ischemic colitis, bleeding hemorrhoid, chronic radiation proctitis, and ileocolonic valve polyp. Tables list descriptive terms for rectal bleeding and suggested location of bleeding, imaging modalities and differential diagnosis for lower GI bleeding, endoscopic techniques for hemostasis, and an internal hemorrhoids grading system.
This review contains 9 figures, 8 tables, and 103 references.
- 6
Peptic Ulcer Diseases
- EDWARD A LEW, MD, MPHStaff Gastroenterologist, VA Boston Healthcare System, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFPeptic ulcers are defects or breaks in the inner lining of the gastrointestinal (GI) tract. Although the pathogenesis is multifactorial they tend to arise when there is an imbalance between protective and aggressive factors, such as when GI mucosal defense mechanisms are impaired in the presence of gastric acid and pepsin. Peptic ulcers extend through the mucosa and the muscularis mucosae, a thin layer of smooth muscle separating the mucosa from the deeper submucosa, muscularis propria, and serosa. Peptic ulcer disease affects up to 10% of men and 4% of women in Western countries at some time in their lives. This chapter discusses the pathogenesis of peptic ulcer disease and the etiologic contribution of Helicobacter pylori infection, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, and gastrinoma or other hypersecretory states. Also addressed are rare and unusual causes for ulcers and GI bleeding. A section on the diagnosis of peptic ulcers discusses clinical manifestations, physical examination findings, laboratory and imaging studies, and surgical diagnosis. Differential diagnosis is also reviewed. Tests to establish the etiology of peptic ulcer disease include endoscopy, quantitative serologic tests, the urea breath test, and the fecal antigen test. Discussed separately are treatments for uncomplicated duodenal ulcers, uncomplicated gastric ulcers, intractable duodenal or gastric ulcers, complicated peptic ulcers (bleeding ulcers, acute stress ulcers, perforated ulcers, obstructing ulcers, fistulizing ulcers, and Cameron ulcers), H. pylori ulcers, and gastric cancer. Figures illustrate the etiopathogenesis of peptic ulcers, prevalence of H. pylori infection in duodenal and gastric ulcer patients compared with normal controls, the approach to a patient with new and undiagnosed ulcerlike symptoms refractory to antisecretory therapy, an upper GI series showing an uncomplicated duodenal ulcer, a chest x-ray showing pneumoperitoneum from a perforated duodenal ulcer, gastric biopsy samples showing H. pylori organisms, and the approach to treatment and follow-up in patients with either complicated or uncomplicated duodenal or gastric ulcer. Tables list differential diagnoses of peptic ulcer disease, commonly used regimens to eradicate H. pylori, additional antimicrobial agents with activity against H. pylori, and FDA-approved antisecretory drugs for active peptic ulcer disease.
This chapter contains 5 figures, 6 tables and 78 references.
- 7
Diverticulosis, Diverticulitis, and Appendicitis
- WILLIAM V. HARFORD, MD, FACPProfessor, Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Director, GI Endoscopy, VA Medical Center, Dallas, TX
Purchase PDFColonic diverticula are herniations of colonic mucosa and submucosa through the muscularis propria. They occur where perforating arteries traverse the circular muscle layer, in parallel rows between the mesenteric and antimesenteric taenia. Colonic diverticular disease may present as diverticulosis, diverticulitis, or diverticular bleeding. Of patients with known diverticulosis, only 10% to 20% will develop diverticulitis. Diverticulitis varies in presentation and severity. This chapter discusses the diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and management of diverticulitis and its complications. Appendicitis is generally caused by obstruction of the lumen of the appendix, followed by infection. In the United States, the lifetime risk of appendicitis is about 9% for males and 7% for females. This chapter also discusses the diagnosis of appendicitis (including typical and atypical presentations and appendicitis as it presents in special groups of patients) and its management.
This review contains 3 figures, 21 tables, and 76 references.
Keywords: Diverticulosis, diverticulitis, gastrointestinal bleeding, appendicitis, abdominal infection, appendiceal perforation, antibiotics, appendectomy, colectomy, laparoscopy
- 8
Repair of Ventral Abdominal Wall Hernias
By Michael J. Rosen, MD, FACS; Clayton C. Petro, MD
Purchase PDFRepair of Ventral Abdominal Wall Hernias
- MICHAEL J. ROSEN, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery and Chief, Division of Gastrointestinal and General Surgery, Department of General Surgery, Co-Director, Case Comprehensive Hernia Center, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Cleveland, OH
- CLAYTON C. PETRO, MDGeneral Surgery Research Scholar, Department of General Surgery, Case Comprehensive Hernia Center, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Cleveland, OH
Purchase PDFThe repair of noninguinal abdominal wall defects is one of the most common procedures general surgeons perform. Despite this, there is little agreement or consensus in the literature as to the ideal approach for this difficult problem. In recent years, population-based studies have provided better data on the true failure rates associated with the various herniorrhaphies. Wound morbidity has also emerged as an important outcome measure, and definitions by the Ventral Hernia Working Group (VHWG) have begun to standardize such benchmarks. Future evidence will come from the large multi-institutional collaborations currently forming. This topic review discusses the classification of ventral hernias, abdominal wall anatomy, and choices of prosthetic materials. Incisional hernia repair is discussed, as are the operative steps and techniques for both an open and a laparoscopic ventral hernia repair. Special circumstances, including loss of abdominal domain and contaminated surgical fields, periumbilical hernia repair, and atypical ventral hernias are also described.
This review contains 10 figures, 18 tables, and 71 references.
Keywords: Hernia, incisional hernia, mesh, laparotomy, laparoscopy, incarceration, surgical site infection, hernia repair
- 9
Cystic Tumors of the Pancreas
- NICHOLAS J. ZYROMSKI, MDAssociate Professor, Department of Surgery, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, IN
Purchase PDFPancreatic cysts are common, affecting up to 10% of the general population. Widespread use of abdominal cross-sectional imaging has increasingly identified asymptomatic patients with "incidental" pancreatic cysts. Our understanding of common pancreatic cysts has improved; however, the ideal management of patients with pancreatic cysts (particularly those with malignant potential) has not been standardized. This review discusses the clinical approach to patients with pancreatic cysts, with particular attention to those with "premalignant" cysts such as intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasms (IPMNs).
This review contains 17 figures, 13 tables, and 42 references.
Keywords: Pancreatic tumor, cyst, branch duct intraductal papillary neoplasm, main duct intraductal papillary neoplasm, incidental finding, mucinous neoplasm
- 10
Repair of Ventral Abdominal Wall Hernias
By Michael J. Rosen, MD, FACS; Clayton C. Petro, MD
Purchase PDFRepair of Ventral Abdominal Wall Hernias
- MICHAEL J. ROSEN, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery and Chief, Division of Gastrointestinal and General Surgery, Department of General Surgery, Co-Director, Case Comprehensive Hernia Center, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Cleveland, OH
- CLAYTON C. PETRO, MDGeneral Surgery Research Scholar, Department of General Surgery, Case Comprehensive Hernia Center, University Hospitals Case Medical Center, Cleveland, OH
- 11
Diverticulosis, Diverticulitis, and Appendicitis
- WILLIAM V. HARFORD, MD, FACPProfessor, Internal Medicine, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Director, GI Endoscopy, VA Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- 12
Esophageal Disorders
- MICHAEL F. VAEZI, MD, PHD, MSC (EPI)Professor of Medicine, Clinical Director of Division of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Nutrition, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, TN
- 13
Alcoholic Liver Disease
By Alexander S. Vogel, MD; Tibor Krisko, MD; György Baffy, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFAlcoholic Liver Disease
- ALEXANDER S. VOGEL, MDDepartment of Medicine, VA Boston Healthcare System and Brigham and Women's Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- TIBOR KRISKO, MDDepartment of Medicine, VA Boston Healthcare System and Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- GYÖRGY BAFFY, MD, PHDDepartment of Medicine, VA Boston Healthcare System and Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFAlcohol-associated liver disease encompasses all forms of liver injury related to the consumption of alcohol, one of the most common hepatotoxic agents in the world. The spectrum of this disease ranges from steatosis, which is present in everyone who drinks alcohol in excess, to cirrhosis, which occurs in approximately 10 to 15% of individuals with alcohol abuse and conveys an annual risk of 1 to 2% for the development of hepatocellular carcinoma. Despite the prevalence of alcohol-associated liver disease and its profound impact on health, questions remain surrounding its pathogenesis and management. This review of alcohol-associated liver disease addresses the epidemiology, etiology and genetics, pathophysiology and pathogenesis, diagnosis, differential diagnosis and comorbidities, treatment, complications, measures of quality of care, and prognosis and outcome measurements.
This review contains 6 highly rendered figures, 6 tables, and 50 references.
Keywords: Alcohol-associated Liver Disease (ALD), alcohol, cirrhosis, liver injury, Alcohol Use Disorder (AUD), alcohol-associated hepatitis, substance abuse
- 14
Peptic Ulcer Diseases
- EDWARD A LEW, MD, MPHStaff Gastroenterologist, VA Boston Healthcare System, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 15
Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding
- JENNIFER NAYOR, MDClinical Research Fellow, Division of Gastroenterology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- JOHN R. SALTZMAN, MDDirector of Endoscopy, Division of Gastroenterology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- Constipation
- Peptic Ulcer Disease
- 1
- IM Geriatric Medicine
- 1
Approach to the Geriatric Patient
By Tia Kostas, MD; Mark Simone, MD; James L Rudolph, MD, SM
Purchase PDFApproach to the Geriatric Patient
- TIA KOSTAS, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Section of Geriatrics & Palliative Medicine, Department of Medicine, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL
- MARK SIMONE, MDInstructor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Associate Program Director-Primary Care, Mount auburn Hospital Internal Medicine Residency, Director, Quality Improvement, Division of Geriatric Medicine, Department of Medicine, Mount Auburn Hospital, Cambridge, MA
- JAMES L RUDOLPH, MD, SMAssociate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Chief (Interim) Geriatrics and Palliative Care, Director, Boston, GRECC, VA Boston Healthcare System, Jamaica Plain, MA, Acting Clinical Chief, Associate Epidemiologist, Division of Aging, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFAs of 2012, over one in eight Americans is over the age of 65, and this number is rising, particularly in the 85+ age group. This segment of the population has a rate of hospitalization three times higher than that for persons of all ages. General internists and family medicine physicians provide a large portion of care for this age group and should therefore be comfortable using a comprehensive approach to geriatric assessment. This review describes general considerations regarding geriatric care, including the process of taking a functional history and clinical implications of geriatric care. The geriatric assessment process is discussed in terms of physical, cognitive, social, and medical domains. The benefits of geriatric assessment in primary care, specialty care, and hospitalized patients are described. Tables outline activities of daily living, sensory changes with aging, major causes of visual impairment in the geriatric population, major neurocognitive disorder diagnostic criteria, medications to avoid or use with caution based on Beers criteria and Screening Tool of Older individuals’ Potentially inappropriate Prescriptions criteria, U.S. Preventive Services Task Force–recommended services relevant to older adults, and vaccinations in older adults. Figures illustrate the key vulnerabilities of older adults; outcomes linked to functional dependence; common disorders associated with cognitive concerns; domains of cognition and examples of impairment in theDiagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, fifth edition; the social and medical domains of geriatric assessment; barriers to medication adherence in older patients; and resources for medication appropriateness in older adults.
This review contains 8 highly rendered figures, 8 tables, 110 references, and 5 MCQs.
- 2
Assessment of the Geriatric Patient
- MICHELLE MARTINCHEK, MD
Purchase PDFGeriatric syndromes are complex conditions that are common in older adults and often have multiple contributing factors. These syndromes do not fit into discrete disease or organ system categories like other conditions. As the population of older adults continues to grow, it is important that providers are equipped to assess older adults for these geriatric syndromes. These syndromes are associated with functional disability and other poor outcomes. Examples of these syndromes include cognitive impairment, delirium, falls, frailty, weight loss, and pressure ulcers. Understanding the epidemiology, pathogenesis, and predisposing factors may help providers identify patients at risk for these syndromes. Furthermore, a thorough assessment is key in the evaluation of these syndromes.
This review contains 4 figures, 17 tables and 52 references
Key Words: cognition, dementia, delirium, fall, frailty, gait, geriatric, malnutrition, pressure ulcer, weight loss
- 3
Management of the Geriatric Patient
- MICHELLE MARTINCHEK, MD
Purchase PDFGeriatric syndromes are complex conditions in older adults that often have many contributing factors. Examples of common geriatric syndromes include cognitive impairment, delirium, falls, frailty, weight loss, and pressure ulcers. Identifying the patients at risk for these syndromes and enacting preventive measures are also important to try to reduce the impact that many of these syndromes may have on outcomes. These syndromes can happen across many different care settings including in the community, outpatient setting, hospital, and nursing facilities. Once these syndromes are identified, management techniques often include multifactorial approaches and use both nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic means. Management strategies may include assistance from interdisciplinary team members, families, and caregivers of the patient.
This review contains 4 figures, 5 tables and 30 references
Keywords:cognition, delirium, dementia, fall, frailty, gait, geriatric, malnutrition, pressure ulcer, weight loss
- 4
- 1
- IM Hematology
- 1
Acute Leukemia
- RICHARD A. LARSON, MDProfessor of Medicine, Pritzker School of Medicine, University of Chicago. Chicago, IL
- ROLAND B WALTER, MD, PHD, MSAssistant Member, Clinical Research Division, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, Seattle, WA, Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of Hematology/Department of Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, WA
Purchase PDFThe acute leukemias are malignant clonal disorders characterized by aberrant differentiation and proliferation of transformed hematopoietic progenitor cells. These cells accumulate within the bone marrow and lead to suppression of the production of normal blood cells, with resulting symptoms from varying degrees of anemia, neutropenia, and thrombocytopenia or from infiltration into tissues. They are currently classified by their presumed cell of origin, although the field is moving rapidly to genetic subclassification. This review covers epidemiology; etiology; classification of leukemia by morphology, immunophenotyping, and cytogenetic/molecular abnormalities; cytogenetics of acute leukemia; general principles of therapy; acute myeloid leukemia; acute lymphoblastic leukemia; and future possibilities. The figure shows the incidence of acute leukemias in the United States. Tables list World Health Organization (WHO) classification of acute myeloid leukemia and related neoplasms, expression of cell surface and cytoplasmic markers for the diagnosis of acute myeloid leukemia and mixed-phenotype acute leukemia, WHO classification of acute lymphoblastic leukemia, WHO classification of acute leukemias of ambiguous lineage, WHO classification of myelodysplastic syndromes, European LeukemiaNet cytogenetic and molecular genetic subsets in acute myeloid leukemia with prognostic importance, cytogenetic and molecular subtypes of acute lymphoblastic leukemia, terminology used in leukemia treatment, and treatment outcome for adults with acute leukemia.
This review contains 2 figures, 15 tables, and 119 references.
Keywords: Acute leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, cancer, cytogenetics, chromosomal abnormality
- 2
Lymphomas
- KIERON DUNLEAVY, MDAttending Physician/Investigator, Lymphoma Therapeutics Section, Metabolism Branch, National Cancer Institute, Bethesoa, Maryland
- WYNDHAM H WILSON, MD, PHDSenior Investigator, Chief, Lymphoma Therapeutics Section, Metabolism Branch, National Cancer Institute, Bethesoa, Maryland
Purchase PDFLymphoma is the fifth most common type of cancer in the United States, with 74,490 new cases estimated in 2009. Approximately 15% of patients with lymphoma have Hodgkin lymphoma; the remainder have one of the non-Hodgkin lymphomas. The incidence of non-Hodgkin lymphoma has increased steadily over recent decades. This chapter reviews the epidemiology, classification, clinical features, pathology, diagnostic evaluation, staging and prognosis, and treatment of Hodgkin and non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Other topics discussed include the acute and chronic effects of therapy for Hodgkin disease, as well as the subtypes of non-Hodgkin lymphomas, including indolent B cell lymphoma, follicular lymphoma, small lymphocytic lymphoma, mantle cell lymphoma, marginal-zone lymphoma, diffuse large B cell lymphoma (DLBCL), primary central nervous system lymphoma (PCNSL), Burkitt lymphoma, and HIV-related non-Hodgkin lymphoma. Figures illustrate the cellular appearance of Hodgkin lymphoma subtypes and DLBCL, diagnosis of DLBCL subtypes by gene expression, computed tomography and plain chest film in primary mediastinal cell lymphoma, MRI of the brain in PCNSL, and gene expression and gene expression predictors of survival among patients with DLBCL treated with rituximab, cyclophosphamide, hydroxydaunorubicin, vincristine [Oncovin], and prednisone (R-CHOP). Tables describe the Ann Arbor classification and the Cotswold modification for staging of lymphoma; the International Prognostic Score for advanced Hodgkin lymphoma; the World Health Organization classification of hematopoietic neoplasms; chromosomal translocations in non-Hodgkin lymphoma; the Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group performance scale; the International Prognostic Index for aggressive non-Hodgkin lymphoma; and the Follicular Lymphoma International Prognostic Index. This chapter has 185 references.
- 3
Acute Leukemia
- RICHARD A. LARSON, MDProfessor of Medicine, Pritzker School of Medicine, University of Chicago. Chicago, IL
- ROLAND B WALTER, MD, PHD, MSAssistant Member, Clinical Research Division, Fred Hutchinson Cancer Research Center, Seattle, WA, Associate Professor of Medicine, Division of Hematology/Department of Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, WA
- 1
- IM Hepatology
- 1
Evaluating the Patient With Liver Disease
- ANDREW J MUIR, MD, MHSClinical Director of Hepatology, Division of Gastroenterology, Department of Medicine, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC
Purchase PDFUntil the advanced stages of cirrhosis, the identification of liver disease can be challenging for clinicians. In the earlier stages of the condition, most forms of chronic liver disease are asymptomatic or associated with vague and rather nonspecific complaints, such as fatigue. Even in the setting of cirrhosis, liver enzymes may be normal or mildly elevated. Patients with liver disease are currently recognized through a variety of routes, including screening programs, routine laboratory testing, and imaging performed for other complaints.
This review contains 5 figures, 10 tables and 64 references
Key Words: Primary biliary cirrhosis, Variceal hemorrhage, hepatocellular carcinoma, Hepatitis A, B and C, Discriminant function, Liver biopsy, Alcoholic liver disease, Autoimmune hepatitis, Hemochromatosis, Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, Wilson disease
- 2
Cirrhosis and Complications of Portal Hypertension
By Andres Cardenas, MD; Isabel Graupera, MD; Elsa Sola, MD; Pere Ginès, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFCirrhosis and Complications of Portal Hypertension
- ANDRES CARDENAS, MDGI Unit, Hospital Clínic and University of Barcelona, Institut d’Investigacions Biomèdiques August Pi-Sunyer, Ciber de Enfermedades Hepaticas y Digestivas, Instituto Reina Sofía de Investigación Nefrológica, Barcelona, Spain
- ISABEL GRAUPERA, MDLiver Unit, Hospital Clínic and University of Barcelona, Institut d’Investigacions Biomèdiques August Pi-Sunyer, Ciber de Enfermedades Hepaticas y Digestivas, Instituto Reina Sofía de Investigación Nefrológica, Barcelona, Spain
- ELSA SOLA, MDLiver Unit, Hospital Clínic and University of Barcelona, Institut d’Investigacions Biomèdiques August Pi-Sunyer, Ciber de Enfermedades Hepaticas y Digestivas, Instituto Reina Sofía de Investigación Nefrológica, Barcelona, Spain
- PERE GINÈS, MD, PHDChairman, Liver Unit, Hospital Clínic, Professor of Medicine, University of Barcelona, Institut d’Investigacions Biomèdiques August Pi-Sunyer, Ciber de Enfermedades Hepaticas y Digestivas, Instituto Reina Sofía de Investigación Nefrológica, Barcelona, Spain
Purchase PDFCirrhosis is the most advanced stage of all the different types of chronic liver diseases. It is defined as a diffuse disorganization of normal hepatic structure by extensive fibrosis associated with regenerative nodules. Hepatic fibrosis is potentially reversible if the causative agent is removed. However, advanced cirrhosis leads to major alterations in the hepatic vascular bed and is usually irreversible. Cirrhosis is a progressive and severe clinical condition associated with considerable morbidity and high mortality. It leads to a wide spectrum of characteristic clinical manifestations, mainly attributable to hepatic insufficiency and portal hypertension. Major complications of portal hypertension include ascites, gastrointestinal (GI) variceal bleeding, hepatic encephalopathy (HE), renal failure, and bacterial infections. In recent years, major advances in the understanding of the natural history and pathophysiology of cirrhosis and the treatment of its complications have led to improved management, quality of life, and life expectancy of patients with this disease. Cirrhosis is also a risk factor for developing hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). Decompensated cirrhosis carries a poor short-term prognosis; thus, orthotopic liver transplantation (OLT) should always be considered in suitable candidates. This chapter describes the epidemiology, etiology and genetic factors, pathogenesis, diagnosis, general management, and treatment of cirrhosis. Complications of cirrhosis are discussed, including ascites, spontaneous bacterial peritonitis, dilutional hyponatremia, hepatorenal syndrome, variceal bleeding, hepatopulmonary syndrome and postpulmonary hypertension, HE, and HCC. Indications and contraindications for liver transplantation are described. Figures show liver biopsy results and ultrasound images in cirrhosis from hepatitis C, a patient with tense ascites, transjugular intrahepatic portosystemic shunting (TIPS), large esophageal varices with red spots, and HCC. Tables outline the main causes of cirrhosis and the diagnostic methods for identifying them, the Child-Pugh score, diagnostic criteria for hepatorenal syndrome, grades of HE, and indications for liver transplantation.
This chapter contains 6 highly rendered figures, 8 tables, 73 references.
- 1
- IM Infectious Diseases
- 1
Urinary Tract Infections
- SIGAL YAWETZ, MDAssociate Physician, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFUrinary tract infection (UTI) is the most common bacterial infection, affecting women far more than men. Aerobic gram-negative bacteria are the most common uropathogens causing UTI, with Escherichia coli remaining the most predominant organism in complicated infections. UTI can result in a variety of infections and inflammations, from asymptomatic bacteriuria to typical symptomatic cystitis to acute pyelonephritis, as well as bacterial prostatitis in men.
In general, antimicrobial therapy is warranted for any symptomatic infection of the urinary tract. However, new consensus treatment guidelines for uncomplicated UTI in women, set by the Infectious Diseases Society of America and the European Society for Microbiology of Infection Diseases in 2010, account for the increasing antimicrobial resistance of pathogens and focus on first-line empirical treatment regimens. To reduce the use of antibiotics, treatment and prevention of recurrent UTI may involve several strategies on varying levels of effectiveness; some of the more well-tested options include probiotics, antiseptics, and topical estrogen. Antimicrobial approaches should be reserved for women in whom these options prove to be ineffective.
This review contains 7 highly rendered figures, 7 tables, and 120 references.
- 2
Acute Pneumonia
- JOHN I HOGAN, MD
- BENJAMIN DAVIS, MD
Purchase PDFAcute pneumonia continues to represent a major source of morbidity, mortality, and healthcare expenditure in the U.S. It is imperative that clinicians at all levels of training have a firm understanding of this potentially deadly infection and its numerous complications. The current state of our diagnostic capabilities often dictates that clinicians will need to make important therapeutic decisions in patients presenting with acute pneumonia before identifying a culprit pathogen. Only after understanding the pathogenesis of pneumonia under different clinical circumstances can one devise rational empiric therapeutic regimens. In this practical review we offer a succinct description of the epidemiology and pathogenesis of acute pneumonia. We then proceed to discuss the evaluation and management of patients presenting with acute pneumonia with emphasis on the most valuable clinical trials and major guidelines that we use to inform our clinical decisions. Despite significant advances in the field of infectious disease over the past century, clinicians continue to recognize pneumonia, the infection of the pulmonary parenchyma, as a major source of morbidity and mortality. In this article we attempt to provide the general practitioner with a practical review of acute pneumonia and its complications. Prioritizing the needs of the general practitioner, we most thoroughly address community acquired pneumonia (CAP). Though we do not intend for this review to be completely comprehensive, in this article we also briefly discuss healthcare associated pneumonia (HCAP), hospital associated pneumonia (HAP), and ventilator associated pneumonia (VAP). Focusing much of our attention on the most important clinical trials and guidelines underpinning the diagnosis and management of this common problem, we hope that this publication will serve as a useful review to aid in clinical decision making.
This review contains 1 figure, 6 tables and 65 references
Key Words: Pneumonia, viral pneumonia, bacterial pneumonia, community-acquired pneumonia, ventilator-associated pneumonia, VAP, healthcare-associated pneumonia, hospital-acquired pneumonia
- 3
Vaccines and Vaccination
- LINDSEY OBRADOVICH, PHARMD, MSCSenior Research Pharmacist, Investigational Drug Service, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- NICHOLAS C ISSA, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Division of Infectious Diseases, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe advent of vaccination began a new era in the world and in medicine. From the eradication of smallpox and near-eradication of polio to the significant reduction in many childhood diseases, vaccination has saved countless lives. Progress continues today in the form of safer and more effective vaccines, along with new vaccines against old and emerging pathogens that threaten worldwide pandemics. Several vaccines have been approved recently by the Food and Drug Administration, including a more immunogenic pneumococcal vaccine, new meningococcal serotype B vaccines, a 9-valent HPV vaccine, and the first adjuvanted influenza vaccine. Additional advancement with improved vaccines against herpes zoster and novel vaccines against emerging pathogens (Ebola and Zika viruses) is on the horizon. In this review, we discuss the immune mechanisms by which vaccines induce protection, the different types of vaccines, and the most recent recommendations by the Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices for vaccination schedules in adults. Key information for the general practitioner is presented in a concise and easy-to-read format, summarized in tables whenever possible. Vaccination in special populations, such as pregnant women, immunocompromised patients, international travelers, and health care workers, is also included in this review. A list of guidelines is also included.
This review contains 7 figures, 13 tables, and 57 references.
Key words: immunocompromised host, postexposure prophylaxis, travel, vaccination, vaccine
- 4
Specific Antibiotic Agents
By Alyssa R. Letourneau, MD, MPH; Michael S. Calderwood, MD, MPH
Purchase PDFSpecific Antibiotic Agents
- ALYSSA R. LETOURNEAU, MD, MPHDepartment of Medicine , Harvard Medical School, Assistant Director, Antimicrobial Stewardship Program, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- MICHAEL S. CALDERWOOD, MD, MPHAssistant Professor, Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Assistant Hospital Epidemiologist/Associate Director, Antimicrobial Stewardship, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe simultaneous use of multiple antibiotics in a shotgun fashion should be avoided because of the problems of drug toxicity and hypersensitivity reactions, microbial superinfections, and antagonisms between certain agents. Most bacterial infections can be treated satisfactorily with a single antibiotic agent. There are a limited number of situations, however, in which the simultaneous administration of different antibiotics is warranted. This review covers specific antimicrobial agents, including β-lactam antibiotics, aminoglycosides, polymyxins, tetracyclines, macrolides, clindamycin, nitroimidazoles, chloramphenicol, vancomycin, lipoglycopeptides, oxazolidinones, daptomycin, streptogramins, sulfonamides and trimethoprim, fluoroquinolones, nitrofurantoin, fosfomycin, rifamycins, and fidaxomicin, and provides empirical therapy recommendations. Figures show an overview of penicillin antibiotics, an overview of β-lactam/β-lactamase inhibitor combinations, and a positive D-zone test for inducible clindamycin resistance. Tables list antibacterial guidelines for initial inpatient empirical therapy and empirical sepsis guidelines.
This review contains 3 figures, 5 tables, and 51 references.
Keywords: β-Lactam Antibiotics ,penicillins,Cephalosporins, Carbapenems , monobactams, Gentamicin, Tobramycin, Polymyxins, Tetracyclines, Clarithromycin, Clindamycin
- 5
Urinary Tract Infections
- SIGAL YAWETZ, MDAssociate Physician, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFUrinary tract infection (UTI) is the most common bacterial infection, affecting women far more than men. Aerobic gram-negative bacteria are the most common uropathogens causing UTI, with Escherichia coli remaining the most predominant organism in complicated infections. UTI can result in a variety of infections and inflammations, from asymptomatic bacteriuria to typical symptomatic cystitis to acute pyelonephritis, as well as bacterial prostatitis in men.
In general, antimicrobial therapy is warranted for any symptomatic infection of the urinary tract. However, new consensus treatment guidelines for uncomplicated UTI in women, set by the Infectious Diseases Society of America and the European Society for Microbiology of Infection Diseases in 2010, account for the increasing antimicrobial resistance of pathogens and focus on first-line empirical treatment regimens. To reduce the use of antibiotics, treatment and prevention of recurrent UTI may involve several strategies on varying levels of effectiveness; some of the more well-tested options include probiotics, antiseptics, and topical estrogen. Antimicrobial approaches should be reserved for women in whom these options prove to be ineffective.
This review contains 7 highly rendered figures, 7 tables, and 120 references.
- 6
HIV and AIDS
- DANIEL R. KURITZKES, MD, FACP
Purchase PDFIn the quarter-century since the first report of AIDS in the United States, HIV infection has spread throughout the population, disproportionately affecting black women, Hispanic women, and men who have sex with men. The prognosis for persons infected with HIV has improved dramatically with the introduction and evolution of highly active antiretroviral therapy (HAART). The underlying principle of HAART is that a combination of potent antiretrovirals, each of which requires different mutations in the HIV genome for resistance to develop, can suppress replication sufficiently to prevent mutation and the emergence of resistance. The prospect that currently available antiretroviral therapy (ART) regimens may suppress HIV replication indefinitely provides the hope that infected patients will have life expectancies similar to those of age-matched uninfected individuals. For these patients, HIV care has shifted from an emphasis on treatment and prevention of the complications of HIV disease itself to a focus on suppression of HIV replication and management of short- and long-term complications of HIV, ART toxicities, and aging. This chapter describes the epidemiology, pathophysiology and pathogenesis, prevention, diagnosis, and management of acute and chronic HIV infection and AIDS, with figures and tables illustrating each chapter section.
This review contains 9 figures, 32 tables, and 257 references - 7
- 8
Urinary Tract Infections
- SIGAL YAWETZ, MDAssociate Physician, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA; Assistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 9
Vaccines and Vaccination
- LINDSEY OBRADOVICH, PHARMD, MSCSenior Research Pharmacist, Investigational Drug Service, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- NICHOLAS C ISSA, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Division of Infectious Diseases, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- 10
- 1
- IM Interdisciplinary Medicine
- 1
Physicians' Role in Curbing the Worst Drug Crisis in America: Prescription Opioid Abuse
By Sairam Atluri, MD, FIPP; Gururau Sudarshan, MD, FRCA
Purchase PDFPhysicians' Role in Curbing the Worst Drug Crisis in America: Prescription Opioid Abuse
- SAIRAM ATLURI, MD, FIPPDirector, Tristate Pain Management Institute, Cincinnati, OH
- GURURAU SUDARSHAN, MD, FRCADirector, Cincinnati Pain Physicians, Cincinnati, OH
Purchase PDFOpioids have an important role in the management of acute, cancer, and chronic pain. However, their indiscriminate use in chronic pain has led, in part, to the epidemic of prescription drug abuse, resulting in a dramatic increase in morbidity and mortality in America. Most of this abuse originates from legitimate prescriptions by physicians. Prescribing opioids to chronic pain patients while restricting them to those who abuse them is very challenging, and physicians seek appropriate and unbiased prescribing guidelines. Our review, based on analysis of the available literature, focuses on striking a balance between overprescribing and underprescribing. The core concept of this strategy relies in using screening tools to identify patients who are at high risk for opioid abuse along with diligent monitoring using prescription monitoring programs and urine drug screens, while also limiting opioid doses. Hopefully, using these principles, physicians can more confidently prescribe opioids to those who would benefit from these powerful drugs and at the same time keep opioids away from those who could potentially be harmed.
Key Words: abuse, addiction, chronic pain, dose limitation, misuse, monitoring, opioids, overdose, screening
- 2
Diet and Exercise in the Treatment of Obesity
Purchase PDFDiet and Exercise in the Treatment of Obesity
Purchase PDF - 3
Diet
- ELIZABETH G NABEL, MD, FACPPresident, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFAn unhealthy diet is a major risk factor for chronic diseases such as cardiovascular diseases, cancer, diabetes, and conditions related to obesity. In the 20th century, the average American diet shifted from one based on fresh, minimally processed vegetable foods to one based on animal products and highly refined, processed foods, leading to an increased consumption of calories, fat, cholesterol, refined sugar, animal protein, sodium, and alcohol and far less fiber and starch than was healthful. As a result, more than one third of US adults are obese, with an estimated medical cost of $147 billion. Physicians have an important role in educating patients about healthful nutrition and in providing dietary guidelines. This module discusses the role of energy in weight loss; the structure of fat and cholesterol, their effects on blood lipid levels and cardiovascular risk, and related dietary recommendations; carbohydrates; dietary fiber; proteins; vitamin and mineral consumption; water and food consumption; and the relationship between diet and health. Tables review the principles of a healthy diet; recommended daily intake of fat and other nutrients; types of dietary fiber and representative food sources; types of vitamins; essential minerals and trace elements; and dietary guidelines for healthy people. Figures include a graph showing the percentage of adults who are healthy weight, overweight, and obese and the structure of fat and cholesterol.
This review contains 2 highly rendered figures, 6 tables, and 37 references.
- 4
Exercise
- ELIZABETH G NABEL, MD, FACPPresident, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFNumerous observational studies have demonstrated an inverse relationship between physical activity and risk of many chronic illnesses. The protective effect of exercise is strongest against coronary artery disease, hypertension, stroke, type 2 diabetes mellitus, obesity, anxiety, depression, osteoporosis, and cancers of the colon and breast. Despite these proven benefits, only 25% of adults in the United States exercise at recommended levels. Globally, physical inactivity is the fourth leading risk factor for death, followed by overweight and obesity. This module describes exercise physiology, including cardiovascular response to dynamic exercise, pulmonary response, musculoskeletal response, metabolic effects, effects on blood lipid levels, hematologic effects, effects on vascular inflammation, effects on body fluids, and psychological effects. Exercise and the elderly and the relationship between exercise and longevity are reviewed. Prescribing exercise and complications of exercise are also discussed. Tables describe the categories of patients screened for possible coronary artery disease, exercise time required to consume 2,000 kcal, and exercise advice for patients. Figures include a graph showing the number of adults who met the federal physical activity guidelines criteria, the top 10 global risk factors for death in 2004, the process of providing energy for the muscle, and trends in physician prescriptions for exercise.
This module contains 4 highly rendered figures, 3 tables, 35 references, and 5 MCQs.
- 5
Medical Evaluation of the Surgical Patient
By Marie Gerhard-Herman, MD; Jonathan Gates, MD
Purchase PDFMedical Evaluation of the Surgical Patient
- MARIE GERHARD-HERMAN, MDDepartment of Medicine, Cardiovascular Division, Brigham and Womens Hospital, Boston, MA
- JONATHAN GATES, MDDirector of the Burn and Trauma Unit, Department of Surgery, Brigham and Womens Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFMedical evaluation prior to surgery includes risk assessment and the institution of therapies to decrease perioperative morbidity and mortality to improve patient outcomes. The most effective medical consultation for surgical patients begins with an assessment of the individual patient and knowledge of the planned surgery and anesthesia followed by clear communication of a concise and specific recommended plan of perioperative care to the surgical team. This chapter describes anesthetic, cardiac, pulmonary, hepatic, nutritional, and endocrine risk assessment. Perioperative thrombotic management and postoperative care and complications, including fluid management; pulmonary, cardiac, renal complications; and delirium are discussed. Tables outline the American Society of Anesthesiologists class and perioperative mortality risk, a comparison of the Revised Cardiac Risk Index and National Surgery Quality Improvement Program, Duke Activity Status Index, high-risk stress test findings, markers for increased perioperative risk in pulmonary hypertension, aortic stenosis and nonemergent noncardiac surgery, risk factors for pulmonary complications in noncardiac surgery, the Model for End-Stage Liver Disease score to predict postoperative mortality, venous thromboembolism risk factors and options for pharmacologic prophylactic regimens, perioperative management of warfarin, and Brigham and Women’s Hospital guidelines for postoperative blood product replacement. Figures include a care algorithm for noncardiac surgery, an illustration of types of myocardial infarction, and an algorithm for the treatment of postoperative delirium.
This review contains 3 highly rendered figures, 12 tables, and 68 references.
- 6
Psychoactive Medications
- MARK J NEAVYN, MDDirector of Medical Toxicology, Department of Emergency Medicine, Hartford Hospital, Hartford, CT
- KAVITA M BABU, MDFellowship Director, Division of Medical Toxicology, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Massachusetts Medical School, Worcester, MA
Purchase PDFPsychoactive medications are defined as medications that affect the central nervous system neurotransmitter pathways with the intention to modulate mood or consciousness. This broad category of medications includes sedative-hypnotic agents such as benzodiazepines and barbiturates, antidepressants, neuroleptics, and mood stabilizers. The principal source of exposure for these medications is through prescription drug use and misuse. This review discusses the principles of toxicity, immediate stabilization, diagnosis and definitive therapy, and disposition and outcomes related to sedative-hypnotics, antidepressants, neuroleptics, and lithium. Tables include common benzodiazepine and barbiturate compounds, dosing instructions for multidose activated charcoal, flumazenil dosing recommendations, commonly available tricyclic and atypical (noncyclic) antidepressants, dosing recommendations for sodium bicarbonate in serum alkalinization, benzodiazepine dosing recommendations in serotonin syndrome, dosing recommendations for cyproheptadine, signs and symptoms that differentiate neuroleptic malignant syndrome from serotonin syndrome, and indications for renal replacement therapy based on lithium concentration and clinical setting. Figures show action potentials in the His-Purkinje syndrome, an electrocardiogram tracing demonstrating a terminal R wave, and a QT interval nomogram.
This review contains 2 highly rendered figures, 9 tables, and 101 references.
- 7
Patient With Lumbar Spondylosis and Diskogenic Pain
- JIANGUO CHENG, MD, PHD, FIPPProfessor of Anesthesiology of Case Western Reserve University Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Vice President for Scientific Affairs, American Academy of Pain Medicine, Director, Cleveland Clinic Pain Medicine Fellowship Program, Departments of Pain Management and Neurosciences, Cleveland Clinic Anesthesiology Institute and Lerner Research Institute, Cleveland, OH
Purchase PDFDiskogenic low back pain (LBP), defined as pain that originates from a damaged vertebral disk, is a common cause of LBP. It is characterized by a three-phase cascade of degeneration marked by dysfunction, instability, and stabilization. A distinct pathologic characteristic of the disks from patients with diskogenic LBP has been found to be the formation of the zones of vascularized granulation tissue, with extensive innervation extending from the outer layer of the annulus fibrosus into the nucleus pulposus along a torn fissure. In addition, there appears to be an association between microbial infection and symptomatic disk degeneration. Low-virulence microorganisms, in particular Propionibacterium acnes, might be causing a chronic low-grade infection in the lower intervertebral disks in some patients. The diagnosis of diskogenic pain is primarily based on clinical manifestations, physical examinations, imaging studies, and provocative diskography. Diskogenic pain should be differentiated from other axial back pain conditions, such as facet arthropathy, sacroiliac joint pain, myofascial strain and pain, vertebral compression fracture, and other, less common conditions. Treatment options should be tailored to individual needs. Early and gradual physical and behavioral therapies are encouraged. Pharmacologic therapy, composed primarily of analgesics, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs, muscle relaxants, and antidepressants, may have modest positive effects. A subset of patients with Modic type I changes in magnetic resonance imaging may benefit antibiotic therapy directed at the infected disks by P. acnes and other low-virulence microorganisms. There is evidence that supports the use of epidural steroid injections and intradiskal injections (methylene blue, ozone, steroids) for diskogenic pain. Additional options include intradiskal biacuplasty, gray ramus communicans nerve blocks/radiofrequency ablation, and intradiskal stem cell injections for disk repair/regeneration, all of which have gained support in clinical trials. These treatment modalities have shown promise to provide equal or even better outcomes compared with surgical spinal fusion or total disk replacement with an artificial disk.
This review contains 2 figures, 12 tables and 153 references
Keywords: Lumbar spondylosis, low back pain, diskogenic pain, herniated disk, annulus fibrosus, nucleus pulposus, osteoarthritis
- 8
Patient With Lumbar Spondylosis and Diskogenic Pain
- JIANGUO CHENG, MD, PHD, FIPPProfessor of Anesthesiology of Case Western Reserve University Cleveland Clinic Lerner College of Medicine, Vice President for Scientific Affairs, American Academy of Pain Medicine, Director, Cleveland Clinic Pain Medicine Fellowship Program, Departments of Pain Management and Neurosciences, Cleveland Clinic Anesthesiology Institute and Lerner Research Institute, Cleveland, OH
- 9
Postherpetic Neuralgia: A Patient’s and a Physician’s Perspective
By James H. Diaz, MD, MHA, MPH, DrPH, FACA, DABA, FACPM
Purchase PDFPostherpetic Neuralgia: A Patient’s and a Physician’s Perspective
- JAMES H. DIAZ, MD, MHA, MPH, DRPH, FACA, DABA, FACPM
Purchase PDFHerpes zoster can plague anyone who has had varicella or has received the varicella or chickenpox vaccine. The incidence of herpes zoster increases with age and rises exponentially after 60 years of age. Postherpetic neuralgia (PHN) may occur after herpes zoster at any age but typically occurs after 50 years of age, with over 40% of persons over 60 years of age suffering from PHN after a shingles attack. Up to 1 million new cases of herpes zoster and 200,000 new cases of PHN may now be anticipated in the United States every year, with the incidence rate increasing as the population grows and ages with prolonged life expectancies. Although new antiviral medications will improve and shorten the course of herpes zoster, they do not guarantee the prevention of PHN. Given the high prevalence of PHN in an aging population and the availability of primary prevention by vaccination, the objectives of this review are to describe the epidemiology, pathophysiology, and clinical manifestations of zoster and PHN and to recommend a combination of strategies for the clinical management and prevention of PHN.
This review contains 6 figures, 6 tables and 15 references
Keywords: evidence-based pain medicine, herpes zoster, neuropathic pain, postherpetic neuralgia
- 10
Postherpetic Neuralgia: A Patient’s and a Physician’s Perspective
By James H. Diaz, MD, MHA, MPH, DrPH, FACA, DABA, FACPM
Purchase PDFPostherpetic Neuralgia: A Patient’s and a Physician’s Perspective
- JAMES H. DIAZ, MD, MHA, MPH, DRPH, FACA, DABA, FACPM
- 11
Serotonin Syndrome
- RAVI MIRPURI, DOChief Resident, Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation University of California, Irvine, Orange, CA
- DANIELLE PERRET KARIMI, MDAssociate Dean, Graduate Medical Education, Associate Physician, Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, University of California, Irvine, Orange, CA
Purchase PDFSerotonin syndrome (SS) is a complication that occurs due to drug interactions that result in an increase in serotonin in the central nervous system. This syndrome is classically described as a triad of altered mental status, autonomic hyperactivity, and neuromuscular abnormalities that can be life threatening. As such, prompt detection is crucial so that treatment can be delivered to prevent long-term complications from hyperthermia, malignant hypertension, and/or cardiac arrhythmias. Determining the diagnosis can be difficult as several other conditions have similarities to SS; these include malignant hyperthermia, neuroleptic malignant syndrome, and anticholinergic toxicity. If appropriately managed, SS typically resolves within 24 hours once all serotoninergic medications are discontinued. If inappropriately prescribed, serotoninergic drugs such as antibiotics, analgesics, supplements, or antidepressants may all contribute toward inducing this preventable syndrome, if given in excess. This comprehensive review of SS provides the clinician with a detailed understanding of the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of this complex disease state.
This review contains 5 tables and 26 references
Keywords: Serotonin syndrome, altered mental status, hyperactivity, hyperthermia, neuromucular disorder, antidepressants
- 12
Serotonin Syndrome
- RAVI MIRPURI, DOChief Resident, Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation University of California, Irvine, Orange, CA
- DANIELLE PERRET KARIMI, MDAssociate Dean, Graduate Medical Education, Associate Physician, Department of Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation, University of California, Irvine, Orange, CA
- 1
- IM Nephrology
- 1
Chronic Kidney Failure and Dialysis
- RAGHU V DURVASULA, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA
- JONATHAN HIMMELFARB, MDDepartment of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA
Purchase PDFChronic kidney disease (CKD) is a clinical syndrome arising from progressive kidney injury, formerly known as chronic renal failure, chronic renal disease, and chronic renal insufficiency. It is classified into five stages based primarily on glomerular filtration rate (GFR). This article discusses the epidemiology of CKD and end-stage renal disease (ESRD), as well as etiology and genetics, pathophysiology, and pathogenesis. The section on diagnosis looks at clinical manifestations and physical findings, laboratory (and other) tests, imaging studies, and biopsy. A short section on differential diagnosis is followed by a discussion of treatment, including hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis. Long-term complications of patients on dialysis include cardiovascular disease, renal osteodystrophy, dialysis-related amyloidosis, and acquired cystic disease (renal cell carcinoma). The final section addresses prognosis and socioeconomic burden. Figures include the classification system for CKD, prevalence of CKD in the United States, rising prevalence, risk of, and leading causes of ESRD in the United States, plus the changing prevalence of ESRD over time, clinical manifestations of uremia, and an overview of hemodialysis circuit. Tables look at the burden of CKD relative to other chronic disorders, the specific hereditary causes of kidney disease, and situations when serum creatinine does not accurately predict GFR. Other tables list equations for estimating GFR, the causes of CKD without shrunken kidneys, and clinical features distinguishing chronic kidney disease from acute kidney injury. ESRD and indications for initiation of dialysis are presented, as well as typical composition of dialysate and reasons for failure of peritoneal dialysis.
This review contains 8 figures, 17 tables and 77 references
Keywords: Renal disease, chronic kidney disease, hemodialysis, peritoneal dialysis, end-stage renal disease, glomerular filtration rate, mineral bone disease
- 2
Nephrolithiasis
- JOSÉ LUIZ NISHIURA, MD, PHDAssociate Researcher, Nephrology Division, Federal University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil.
- ITA PFEFERMAN HEILBERG, MD, PHDAssociate Professor, Nephrology Division, Federal University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil.
Purchase PDFNephrolithiasis is a highly prevalent condition, but its incidence varies depending on race, gender, and geographic location. Approximately half of patients form at least one recurrent stone within 10 years of the first episode. Renal stones are usually composed of calcium salts (calcium oxalate monohydrate or dihydrate, calcium phosphate), uric acid, or, less frequently, cystine and struvite (magnesium, ammonium, and phosphate). Calcium oxalate stones, the most commonly encountered ones, may result from urinary calcium oxalate precipitation on the Randall plaque, which is a hydroxyapatite deposit in the interstitium of the kidney medulla. Uric acid nephrolithiasis, which is common among patients with metabolic syndrome or diabetes mellitus, is caused by an excessively acidic urinary pH as a renal manifestation of insulin resistance. The medical evaluation of the kidney stone patient must be focused on identifying anatomic abnormalities of the urinary tract, associated systemic diseases, use of lithogenic drugs or supplements, and, mostly, urinary risk factors such as low urine volume, hypercalciuria, hyperuricosuria, hypocitraturia, hyperoxaluria, and abnormalities in urine pH that can be affected by dietary habits, environmental factors, and genetic traits. Metabolic evaluation requires a urinalysis, stone analysis (if available), serum chemistry, and urinary parameters, preferably obtained by two nonconsecutive 24-hour urine collections under a random diet. Targeted medication and dietary advice are effective to reduce the risk of recurrence. Clinical, radiologic, and laboratory follow-ups are needed to prevent stone growth and new stone formation, to assess treatment adherence or effectiveness to dietary recommendations, and to allow adjustment of pharmacologic treatment.
This review contains 5 figures, 3 tables, and 107 references.
- 3
Acute Kidney Injury - Part I
- PAUL W SANDERS, MD, FACPProfessor and Director, Nephrology Research and Training Center, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Chief, Renal Section, Birmingham Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Birmingham, AL
- ANUPAM AGARWAL, MD, FASNProfessor and Director, Division of Nephrology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL
Purchase PDFAcute renal failure (ARF) has been defined as a syndrome in which an abrupt decrease in renal function produces retention of nitrogenous waste products. Translating this abstract description into a clinically useful, accurate, and widely accepted definition has been challenging, in large part because of the focus on serum creatinine concentration, which is easily obtained but has the inherent limitation of poor detection of rapid or subtle, but clinically important, changes in the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). In recent years, therefore, the term acute kidney injury (AKI) has replaced ARF because AKI denotes the entire clinical spectrum from mild increases in serum creatinine to overt renal failure. AKI is defined by the Risk-Injury-Failure-Loss-ESRD (RIFLE) criteria, based on serum creatinine concentration and urine flow rate. The Acute Kidney Injury Network (AKIN) subsequently modified the definition further and divided AKI into three stages. This chapter includes discussions of the etiology and diagnosis of AKI in hospitalized patients and community-acquired AKI. The specific causes, management, and complications of AKI are also discussed. Figures illustrate the pathophysiologic classification of AKI and the effect of hyperkalemia on cardiac conduction—electrocardiogram (ECG) changes. A worksheet for following patients with AKI is provided.
This review contains 3 figures, 21 tables, and 46 references
Keywords: Acute kidney injury, dialysis, contrast, rhabdomyolysis, nephropathy, urinalysis, multiple myeloma, ethylene glycol, sepsis, hepatorenal syndrome
- 4
Acute Kidney Injury - Part II: Special Situations
By Paul W Sanders, MD, FACP; Anupam Agarwal, MD, FASN
Purchase PDFAcute Kidney Injury - Part II: Special Situations
- PAUL W SANDERS, MD, FACPProfessor and Director, Nephrology Research and Training Center, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Chief, Renal Section, Birmingham Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Birmingham, AL
- ANUPAM AGARWAL, MD, FASNProfessor and Director, Division of Nephrology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL
Purchase PDFAcute renal failure (ARF) has been defined as a syndrome in which an abrupt decrease in renal function produces retention of nitrogenous waste products. Translating this abstract description into a clinically useful, accurate, and widely accepted definition has been challenging, in large part because of the focus on serum creatinine concentration, which is easily obtained but has the inherent limitation of poor detection of rapid or subtle, but clinically important, changes in the glomerular filtration rate (GFR). In recent years, therefore, the term acute kidney injury (AKI) has replaced ARF because AKI denotes the entire clinical spectrum from mild increases in serum creatinine to overt renal failure. AKI is defined by the Risk-Injury-Failure-Loss-ESRD (RIFLE) criteria, based on serum creatinine concentration and urine flow rate. The Acute Kidney Injury Network (AKIN) subsequently modified the definition further and divided AKI into three stages. This part of the AKI review specifically discusses special situations: rhabdomyolysis, aristolochic acid nephropathy, acute urate nephropathy, acute phosphate nephropathy, AKI in multiple myeloma, ehytlene glycol poisoning, contrast-induced nephropathy, AKI in sepsis, hepatorenal syndrome, and AKI in pregnancy.
This review contains 10 tables, and 47 references.
Keywords:Acute kidney injury, dialysis, contrast, rhabdomyolysis, nephropathy, urinalysis, multiple myeloma, ethylene glycol, sepsis, hepatorenal syndrome
- 5
Nephrolithiasis
- JOSÉ LUIZ NISHIURA, MD, PHDAssociate Researcher, Nephrology Division, Federal University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil.
- ITA PFEFERMAN HEILBERG, MD, PHDAssociate Professor, Nephrology Division, Federal University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil.
- 6
Chronic Kidney Failure and Dialysis
- RAGHU V DURVASULA, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA
- JONATHAN HIMMELFARB, MDDepartment of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, University of Washington School of Medicine, Seattle, WA
- 1
- IM Neurology
- 1
Dizziness
- KEVIN A. KERBER, MD, MSAssistant Professor, Department of Neurology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- ROBERT W. BALOH, MDProfessor, Departments of Neurology and Surgery (Head and Neck), UCLA Medical Center, Reed Neurological Research Center, Los Angeles, CA
Purchase PDFDizziness is the quintessential symptom presentation in all of clinical medicine. It is a common reason that patients present to a physician. This chapter provides background information about the vestibular system, then reviews key aspects of history-taking and examination of the patient, then discusses specific disorders and common presentation types. Throughout the chapter the focus is on neurologic and vestibular disorders. Normal vestibular anatomy and physiology are discussed, followed by recommendations for history-taking and the physical examination. Specific disorders that cause dizziness are explored, along with common causes of non-specific dizziness. Common presentations are discussed, including acute severe dizziness, recurrent attacks, and recurrent positional vertigo. Finally, the chapter looks at laboratory investigations in diagnosis and management. Figures include population prevalence of dizziness symptoms, the anatomy of inner structures, primary afferent vestibular nerve activity, the head thrust test, the Dix-Hallpike maneuver, the supine positional test, the canalith repositioning procedure, and the barbecue roll maneuver. Tables list physiologic properties and clinical features of the components of the peripheral vestibular system, information to be acquired from history of the present illness, common symptoms patients report as dizziness, examination components, distinguishing among common peripheral and central vertigo syndromes, common causes of nonspecific dizziness, types of dizziness presentations, relevant imaging abnormalities on neuroimaging studies, vestibular testing components, and medical therapy for symptomatic dizziness.
This review contains 8 highly rendered figures, 11 tables, and 69 references.
- 2
Stroke and Other Cerebrovascular Diseases
By Scott E. Kasner, MD, MSCE, FAHA, FAAN; Christina A Wilson, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFStroke and Other Cerebrovascular Diseases
- SCOTT E. KASNER, MD, MSCE, FAHA, FAANProfessor, Department of Neurology, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Director, Comprehensive Stroke Center, University of Pennsylvania Health System, Philadelphia, PA
- CHRISTINA A WILSON, MD, PHDAssistant Professor, Department of Neurology, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL
Purchase PDFStroke is a leading cause of neurologic morbidity and mortality, and rapid treatment is key for a good outcome. This review addresses the epidemiology, common presenting symptoms, causes, and treatment of ischemic stroke, intracerebral hemorrhage, and subarachnoid hemorrhage. Current recommendations for the emergent evaluation and treatment of an acute ischemic stroke are highlighted, including recently updated indications and contraindications for intravenous recombinant tissue plasminogen activator administration and recent guidelines for the expanded role of endovascular mechanical embolectomy for stroke due to acute large vessel occlusion. An algorithm of diagnostic evaluations to assist with identification of the cause of ischemic stroke is offered. Evidence-based primary and secondary stroke prevention is discussed, including the ideal choice of antithrombotic based on identified stroke mechanism and optimal risk factor management. Best practice supportive measures for the post-stroke patient are highlighted, including recent guidelines for the management of elevated intracranial pressure. Management of uncommon causes of ischemic stroke is also addressed.
This review contains 7 figures, 9 tables, and 84 references.
Key Words:Intracerebral hemorrhage, ischemic stroke, recombinant tissue plasminogen activator, subarachnoid hemorrhage, antiplatelet therapy, endovascular therapy
- 3
Clinical Aspects of Alzheimer Disease
- DAVID KNOPMAN, MDProfessor of Neurology, Department of Neurology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
Purchase PDFThe clinical diagnosis of Alzheimer disease (AD) has been well established, but there is a widespread misunderstanding about the relationship between dementia (a syndrome) and AD (a cause of dementia). AD is the most common etiology that causes dementia in mid- and late life. The prototypical clinical presentation is that of a gradually worsening problem with learning new information, that is, a short-term memory deficit, accompanied by cognitive impairment in other domains, including language, spatial cognition, and executive functioning, as well as changes in personality and behavior. A key element of the diagnosis of dementia is that daily functioning is impaired. The concept of mild cognitive impairment (MCI) as the earliest symptomatic presentation of a dementing illness is now widely accepted. MCI due to AD typically presents with isolated problems with learning and memory without substantial loss of ability to function in daily life. Less common variants of AD are now recognized and include a disorder in which spatial and visual cognitive dysfunction occurs or in which word-finding problems predominate at the onset of symptoms. Although AD as a cause of dementia is the most common among etiologies, AD often co-occurs with other neurodegenerative diseases and with cerebrovascular disease. The presence of multietiology dementia in which AD is a contributor is particularly common in the eighth decade of life and beyond.
This review contains 1 figure, 3 tables, and 28 references
Keywords: Alzheimer disease, cognitive impairment, dementia, mild cognitive impairment
- 4
Epilepsy and Related Disorders
- BARBARA DWORETZKY, MDAssociate Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Chief, Division of Epilepsy, EEG, and Sleep Neurology, Director, The Edward B. Bromfield Epilepsy Program, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- JONG WOO LEE, MD, PHDAssistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Director, ICU EEG Monitoring, The Edward B. Bromfield Epilepsy Program, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFEpilepsy is a chronic disorder of the brain characterized by recurrent unprovoked seizures. A seizure is a sudden change in behavior that is accompanied by electrical discharges in the brain. Many patients presenting with a first-ever seizure are surprised to find that it is a very common event. A reversible or avoidable seizure precipitant, such as alcohol, argues against underlying epilepsy and therefore against treatment with medication. This chapter discusses the epidemiology, etiology, and classification of epilepsy and provides detailed descriptions of neonatal syndromes, syndromes of infancy and early childhood, and syndromes of late childhood and adolescence. The pathophysiology, diagnosis, and differential diagnosis are described, as are syncope, migraine, and psychogenic nonepileptic seizures. Two case histories are provided, as are sections on treatment (polytherapy, brand-name versus generic drugs, surgery, stimulation therapy, dietary treatments), complications of epilepsy and related disorders, prognosis, and quality measures. Special topics discussed are women?s issues and the elderly. Figures illustrate a left midtemporal epileptic discharge, wave activity during drowsiness, cortical dysplasias, convulsive syncope, rhythmic theta activity, right hippocamal sclerosis, and right temporal hypometabolism. Tables describe international classifications of epileptic seizures and of epilepsies, epilepsy syndromes and related seizure disorders, differential diagnosis of seizure, differentiating epileptic versus nonepileptic seizures, antiepileptic drugs, status epilepticus protocol for treatment, when to consider referral to a specialist, and quality measures in epilepsy.
This review contains 7 figures, 17 tables and 38 references
Keywords: Seizures, focal (partial)seizure, generalized seizures, Myoclonic seizures, Atonic seizures, Concurrent electromyographyTonic-clonic (grand mal) seizures
- 5
Headache
- BENJAMIN W FRIEDMAN, MD, MSProfessor of Emergency Medicine, Department of Emergency Medicine,Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Montefi ore Medical Center, Bronx, NY
Purchase PDFHeadaches are one of the most common complaints of patients seen by emergency physicians. They can be classified as primary headaches, which have no identifiable underlying cause, and secondary headaches, which are classified according to their cause. The majority of headaches are benign in origin, and most patients with headache can be treated successfully in the emergency department and discharged home; however, some have potentially life-threatening causes, and consideration of a broad differential diagnosis for all patients is essential. This review covers the primary headache disorders, pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes. The figure shows areas of the brain sensitive to pain. Tables review differential diagnosis of headache, International Headache Society primary headache criteria, clinical characteristics of secondary headaches, high-risk clinical characteristics among patients with a headache peaking in intensity within 1 hour, drugs associated with headache, and parenteral treatment of acute migraine.
This review contains 1 figure, 9 tables, and 58 references.
Key words: migraine, calcitonin gene related peptide, greater occipital nerve block, venous sinus thrombosis, reversible cerebral vasoconstriction syndrome, Ottawa, subarachnoid, cluster headache, trigeminal autonomic cephalalgias, post-traumatic headache
- 6
Blunt Cerebrovascular Injuries
- CLAY COTHREN BURLEW, MD, FACSProgram Director, Trauma and Acute Care Surgery Fellowship, Department of Surgery, Denver Health Medical Center, Associate Professor of Surgery, University of Colorado, Denver, CO
Purchase PDFBlunt cerebrovascular injuries (BCVIs) are increasingly recognized in trauma patients, with 1 to 3% of all blunt trauma patients being diagnosed with a carotid artery injury or a vertebral artery injury. Specific injury patterns are associated with BCVI and serve as the trigger for injury screening in asymptomatic patients. Multislice (> 64-slice) computed tomographic angiography is the routine imaging test performed to identify BCVI. Once an injury is identified, antithrombotic treatment almost universally prevents BCVI-related stroke. Endovascular therapy for BCVI is reserved for those patients who are markedly symptomatic or have an enlarging pseudoaneurysm on repeat imaging.
This review contains 3 figures, 4 tables, and 39 references.
Key Words: blunt cerebrovascular injuries, blunt trauma, carotid artery injury, stroke, vertebral artery injury
- 7
Parkinsonism and Related Disorders
- ELIZABETH J. SLOW, MD, PHDAssistant Professor, Morton and Gloria Shulman Movement Disorders Clinic and The Edmond J. Safra Program in Parkinson’s Disease, Toronto Western Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON
- ANTHONY E. LANG, MDProfessor, Morton and Gloria Shulman Movement Disorders Clinic and The Edmond J. Safra Program in Parkinson’s Disease, Toronto Western Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON
Purchase PDFParkinsonism describes the core clinical criteria of tremor, bradykinesia, rigidity, and postural instability. There is a large differential diagnosis, but the most common cause of parkinsonism is due to Parkinson disease. This review details the epidemiology, etiology/genetics, pathogenesis, diagnosis and differential diagnosis, management, and prognosis of Parkinson disease, dementia with Lewy bodies, progressive supranuclear palsy, corticobasal degeneration, vascular parkinsonism, normal pressure hydrocephalus, and drug-induced parkinsonism.
This review contains 8 figures, 32 tables, and 73 references.
Keywords: Parkinson disease, parkinsonism, levodopa, cogwheel ridigity, multiple system atrophy, dementia, substantia nigra, palsy, neurodegenerative disease, hydrocephalus, Lewy body, Lewy neurite
- 8
Stroke and Other Cerebrovascular Diseases
By Scott E. Kasner, MD, MSCE, FAHA, FAAN; Christina A Wilson, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFStroke and Other Cerebrovascular Diseases
- SCOTT E. KASNER, MD, MSCE, FAHA, FAANProfessor, Department of Neurology, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, Director, Comprehensive Stroke Center, University of Pennsylvania Health System, Philadelphia, PA
- CHRISTINA A WILSON, MD, PHDAssistant Professor, Department of Neurology, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL
- 9
Acute Kidney Injury - Part I
- PAUL W SANDERS, MD, FACPProfessor and Director, Nephrology Research and Training Center, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Chief, Renal Section, Birmingham Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Birmingham, AL
- ANUPAM AGARWAL, MD, FASNProfessor and Director, Division of Nephrology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL
- 10
Blunt Cerebrovascular Injuries
- CLAY COTHREN BURLEW, MD, FACSProgram Director, Trauma and Acute Care Surgery Fellowship, Department of Surgery, Denver Health Medical Center, Associate Professor of Surgery, University of Colorado, Denver, CO
- 11
Epilepsy and Related Disorders
- BARBARA DWORETZKY, MDAssociate Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Chief, Division of Epilepsy, EEG, and Sleep Neurology, Director, The Edward B. Bromfield Epilepsy Program, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- JONG WOO LEE, MD, PHDAssistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Director, ICU EEG Monitoring, The Edward B. Bromfield Epilepsy Program, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- 12
Nerve Blocks and Neurostimulation in the Treatment of Migraine
By Matthew S Robbins, MD
Purchase PDFNerve Blocks and Neurostimulation in the Treatment of Migraine
- MATTHEW S ROBBINS, MDAssociate Professor of Clinical Neurology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Chief of Neurology, Jack D. Weiler Hospital, Montefiore Medical Center, Director of Inpatient Services, Montefiore Headache Center, Associate Program Director, Neurology Residency, Bronx, NY
Purchase PDFPeripheral nerve and sphenopalatine ganglion blocks are a safe, effective treatment option for headache disorders, although, despite a wealth of anecdotal experience, the evidence is conflicting for efficacy in chronic migraine prophylaxis. Neurostimulation has emerged as an effective treatment modality for migraine with both noninvasive and minimally invasive options available. Such options include transcutaneous supraorbital nerve stimulation for prophylaxis and single-pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation for the acute treatment of migraine with aura. Although occipital nerve stimulation may be effective for some patients with intractable chronic migraine, the evidence is mixed and procedure-related complications are common. Emerging treatment modalities for acute and preventive treatment of migraine include noninvasive vagus nerve stimulation and implanted sphenopalatine ganglion stimulation.
This review contains 5 figures, 7 tables, and 108 references
Keywords: headache, migraine, neurostimulation, nerve block, pain
- 13
Nerve Blocks and Neurostimulation in the Treatment of Migraine
By Matthew S Robbins, MD
Purchase PDFNerve Blocks and Neurostimulation in the Treatment of Migraine
- MATTHEW S ROBBINS, MDAssociate Professor of Clinical Neurology, Albert Einstein College of Medicine, Chief of Neurology, Jack D. Weiler Hospital, Montefiore Medical Center, Director of Inpatient Services, Montefiore Headache Center, Associate Program Director, Neurology Residency, Bronx, NY
- 1
- IM Oncology
- 1
Colorectal Cancer
- CATHY ENG, MD, FACPAssociate Professor, Associate Director of the Colorectal Center, The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX
Purchase PDFColorectal cancer is the third most common cancer and the second leading cause of cancer death in the United States. Although environmental factors, including diet and lifestyle, clearly play a role in the etiology of colorectal cancer, as many as 25% of patients with colorectal cancer have a family history of the disease, which suggests the involvement of a genetic factor. Inherited colon cancers can be divided into two main types: the well-studied but rare familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP) syndrome, and the increasingly well-characterized, more common hereditary nonpolyposis colorectal cancer (HNPCC, a.k.a. Lynch Syndrome). The prevention, screening, diagnosis, and treatment of cancers of the colon and rectum are covered in this chapter. Figures illustrate various forms of adenomatous polyps, the tumor, node, metastasis (TNM) staging system for colorectal cancer, and the five-year survival rate in patients with colorectal carcinoma. Tables describe risk factors; possible chemopreventive agents; evidence supporting the effectiveness of screening tests; features and usage issues with different fecal occult blood tests; recommendations for early detection, screening, and surveillance for patients at different levels of risk; colorectal cancer staging systems; indicators of poor prognosis; and chemotherapeutic and biologic agents in the treatment of colorectal cancer. This chapter contains 197 references.
- 2
Cancer Epidemiology and Prevention
- ALFRED I. NEUGUT, MD, PHD, FACPMyron Studner Professor of Cancer Research, Professor of Medicine and Public Health, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY
- DAVID P WU, MDPostdoctoral Clinical Fellow in Hematology Oncology, Columbia University Medical Center, New York, NY
Purchase PDFRecently surpassing heart disease, cancer is now the leading cause of death (one in four) in the United States. Worldwide, cancer control is becoming increasingly important as life expectancy improves because of lower infant mortality and fewer deaths from infectious diseases. Morbidity and mortality from many forms of cancer can be controlled through primary or secondary prevention. Primary prevention can be defined as risk modification to lower cancer occurrence. Secondary prevention refers to the use of screening tests to detect cancers at early stages. Environmental carcinogens, inherited factors that predispose to cancer, and screening and early detection are covered in major sections. Also included are discussions of infectious agents, occupational carcinogens, iatrogenic causes, carcinogens affecting the reproductive system, and miscellaneous environmental causes. Tables outline established causes of human cancer, common hereditary cancers and syndromes attributable to germline mutations in predisposing genes, and the American Cancer Society’s recommendations for early detection of cancer. This chapter contains 138 references.
- 3
Tumor Immunology
By Rachel L Maus, PhD; Haidong Dong, MD, PhD; Svetomir N Markovic, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFTumor Immunology
- RACHEL L MAUS, PHDResearch Fellow, Department of Immunology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
- HAIDONG DONG, MD, PHDConsultant, Associate Professor of Immunology, Departments of Urology and Immunology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
- SVETOMIR N MARKOVIC, MD, PHDConsultant, Professor of Medicine and Oncology, Departments of Oncology, Immunology and Hematology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
Purchase PDFThe immune system has effectively evolved to protect the host against foreign invaders, including bacterial, viral, and parasitic infiltrates. Less clear has been the interaction and the protective effects the immune system mounts against its own infiltrates: cancer cells. Here we consider the dynamic interactions between cancer and the associated host immune response by highlighting the key players involved in engaging an effective antitumor immune response and the mechanisms responsible for enabling the evolution of cancer cells to escape immunosurveillance. By developing an appreciation for the dual function of the immune system in the setting of cancer biology, we also consider the clever strategies that have been employed to uncover tumor targets, including tumor-associated antigens and the mechanisms for enhancing or reengaging the immune system to mount an effective antitumor immune response. Finally, we incorporate these key findings into the context of immunotherapy, a rapidly evolving field aimed at combating tumor escape by enabling the host immune system to regain its tumor-eradicating functions.
This review contains 5 figures, 9 tables and 60 references
Key words: adoptive T cell therapy, checkpoint inhibitors, cytokine therapy, immunotherapy, neutralizing antibodies, tumor immunity, tumor microenvironment, vaccines
- 4
Breast Cancer
- NANCY E DAVIDSON, MDDirector, University of Pittsburgh Cancer Institute and UPMC Cancer Center, Hillman Professor of Oncology, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA
Purchase PDFInvasive breast cancer, the most common nonskin cancer in women in the United States, will be diagnosed in 235,000 women in this country in 2013 and is expected to result in approximately 40,000 deaths. Incidence and mortality reached a plateau and appear to be dropping in both the United States and parts of western Europe. This decline has been attributed to several factors, such as early detection through the use of screening mammography and appropriate use of systemic adjuvant therapy, as well as decreased use of hormone replacement therapy. However, the global burden of breast cancer remains great, and global breast cancer incidence increased from 641,000 in 1980 to 1,643,000 in 2010, an annual rate of increase of 3.1%. This chapter examines the etiology, epidemiology, prevention, screening, staging, and prognosis of breast cancer. The diagnoses and treatments of the four stages of breast cancer are also included. Figures include algorithms used for the systemic treatment of stage IV breast cancer and hormone therapy for women with stage IV breast cancer. Tables describe selected outcomes from the National Surgical Adjuvant Breast and Bowel Project (NSABP) P-1 and P-2 chemoprevention trials, tamoxifen chemoprevention trials for breast cancer, the TNM staging system and stage groupings for breast cancer, some commonly used adjuvant chemotherapy regimens, an algorithm for suggested treatment for patients with operable breast cancer from the 2011 St. Gallen consensus conference, guidelines for surveillance of asymptomatic early breast cancer survivors from the American Society of Clinical Oncology, and newer agents for metastatic breast cancer commercially available in the United States.
This review contains 2 highly rendered figures, 8 tables, and 108 references.
- 1
- IM Palliative Medicine
- 1
Practicing Evidence-based Medicine
- MICHAEL BARNETT, MDFellow in General Internal Medicine, Division of General Internal Medicine and Primary Care, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- NITEESH CHOUDHRY, MD, PHDAssociate Professor, Division of Pharmacoepidemiology and Pharmacoeconomics, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFToday, a plethora of resources for evidence-based medicine (EBM) are available via alert services, compendia, and more. In theory, a clinician researching a topic or looking for information regarding a clinical decision should easily find the literature or synopses needed. However, the real challenge lies in recognizing which resources (out of hundreds or possibly thousands) present the best and most reliable evidence. As well, evidence from research is only part of the decision calculus, and the clinician, not the evidence, makes the final decisions. Medical decision analysis attempts to formalize the process and reduce it to algebra, but it is difficult or impossible to represent all the components of a decision mathematically and validly let alone do so in “real time” for individual patients. This review discusses these challenges and more, including how to ask answerable questions, understand the hierarchy for evidence-based information resources, critically appraise evidence, and apply research results to patient care. Figures show the total number of new articles in Medline from 1965 to 2012, a “4S” hierarchy of preappraised medicine, percentage of physician and medical student respondents with a correct or incorrect answer to a question about calculating the positive predictive value of a hypothetical screening test, a nomogram for Bayes’s rule, an example of nomogram use for pulmonary embolism, and a model for evidence-informed clinical decisions. Tables list selected barriers to the implementation of EBM; Patient, Intervention, Comparison, and Outcome (PICO) framework for formulating clinical questions; guides for assessing medical texts for evidence-based features; clinically useful measures of disease frequency and statistical significance and precision; definitions of clinically useful measures of diagnostic test performance and interpretation; definitions of clinically useful measures of treatment effects from clinical trials; summary of results and derived calculations from the North American Symptomatic Carotid Endarterectomy Trial (NASCET); and selected number needed to treat values for common therapies.
This review contains 6 highly rendered figures, 9 tables, and 28 references.
- 1
- IM Psychiatry
- 1
Overview of Anxiety Disorders
- JON E GRANT, JD, MD, MPH
Purchase PDFAnxiety disorders are the most common psychiatric disorders among adults in the United States. Although anxiety disorders generally result in significant psychosocial impairment, most adults do not seek treatment until many years after the onset of the anxiety disorder. The treatment literature for anxiety disorder has grown tremendously since the 1980s, and both psychotherapy and medications may prove beneficial for people with anxiety disorders. This review presents a general overview of the anxiety disorders.
This review contains 10 tables, and 36 references.
Key words: agoraphobia, anxiety disorder, generalized anxiety disorder, panic disorder, separation anxiety disorder, social anxiety disorder, specific phobia, treatment of anxiety
- 2
Depressive Disorders: Update on Diagnosis, Etiology, and Treatment
By Isabelle E. Bauer, PhD; Antonio L Teixeira, MD, PhD; Marsal Sanches, MD, PhD; Jair C. Soares, MD
Purchase PDFDepressive Disorders: Update on Diagnosis, Etiology, and Treatment
- ISABELLE E. BAUER, PHDDepartment of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, McGovern Medical School, Houston, TX
- ANTONIO L TEIXEIRA, MD, PHDDepartment of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, McGovern Medical School, Houston, TX
- MARSAL SANCHES, MD, PHDDepartment of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, McGovern Medical School, Houston, TX
- JAIR C. SOARES, MDDepartment of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of Texas Health Science Center at Houston, McGovern Medical School, Houston, TX
Purchase PDFThis review discusses the changes in the diagnostic criteria for depressive disorders as outlined in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, fifth edition (DSM-5), and recent findings exploring the etiology of and treatment strategies for these disorders. Depressive disorders are typically characterized by depression in the absence of a lifetime history of mania or hypomania. New developments in the DSM-5 include the recognition of new types of depressive disorders, such as disruptive mood dysregulation disorder, persistent depressive disorder, premenstrual dysphoric disorder, and the addition of catatonic features as a specifier for persistent depressive disorder. These diagnostic changes have important implications for the prognosis and treatment of this condition. A thorough understanding of both the clinical phenotype and the biosignature of these conditions is essential to provide individualized, long-term, effective treatments to affected individuals.
This review contains 1 table and 52 references
Key words: brain volumes, depressive disorders, DSM-5, hormones, inflammation, neuropeptides, somatic therapy, stress
- 3
Personality Disorders
By Yosefa A. Ehrlich, BS; Amir Garakani, MD; Stephanie R Pavlos, MA; Larry Siever, MD
Purchase PDFPersonality Disorders
- YOSEFA A. EHRLICH, BSDoctoral Student in Clinical Psychology, City University of New York Graduate Center, New York, NY
- AMIR GARAKANI, MDAssistant Clinical Professor of Psychiatry, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY
- STEPHANIE R PAVLOS, MADoctoral Student in Clinical Psychology, St. Johns University, Queens, NY
- LARRY SIEVER, MDProfessor of Psychiatry, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY
Purchase PDFPersonality can be defined as an organizational system of self that shapes the manner in which a person interacts with his or her environment. Personality traits develop in adolescence or early adulthood and are thought to be shaped by early childhood experiences and enduring throughout a lifetime. Personality traits that prevent an individual from being able to function in society or that cause significant distress are diagnosed as personality disorders. A thorough history is needed to rule out other psychiatric and medical disorders. This chapter reviews the diagnostic criteria, differential diagnosis, comorbidity, prevalence, etiology (including genetics and neurobiology), prognosis, and treatment of paranoid, schizoid, schizotypal, borderline, antisocial, narcissistic, histrionic, avoidant, obsessive-compulsive, and dependent personality disorders. A discussion of the relevance of personality disorders to primary care practices and approaches to managing such patients is also included. Tables describe the diagnostic criteria of each personality disorder. Figures illustrate the prevalence of personality disorders in the general and psychiatric populations; schizotypal personality disorder in the community, general population, and clinical population; childhood trauma in individuals with personality disorder; and comorbid disorders in individuals with borderline personality disorder. A model of brain processing in borderline personality disorder is also featured.
This chapter contains 5 highly rendered figures, 10 tables, 230 references, and 5 MCQs.
- 4
Overview of Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders
By James A. Wilcox, MD, PhD; Donald W. Black, MD
Purchase PDFOverview of Schizophrenia and Other Psychotic Disorders
- JAMES A. WILCOX, MD, PHD
- DONALD W. BLACK, MD
Purchase PDFPsychotic disorders are among the most disabling conditions and constitute a major public health problem. Described throughout recorded time, they affect as many as 5% of the population and cause a disproportionate amount of suffering and loss to society. In the chapter on schizophrenia spectrum and other psychotic disorders, the DSM-5 lists delusional disorder, brief psychotic disorder, schizophreniform disorder, schizophrenia, and schizoaffective disorder, as well as categories for substance- or medically induced psychotic disorders. The term psychosis indicates that the individual has a severe inability to interpret the surrounding environment in a realistic way. Symptoms include hallucinations, delusions, and bizarre behavior. Psychotic disorders are associated with premature death, mostly attributable to suicide. The pathophysiology and etiology of psychotic disorders are only now beginning to be understood, and treatment for these conditions remains suboptimal. Researchers are currently refining the cause of these symptoms and developing more effective treatments.
This review contains 6 tables, and 37 references
Key words: Brief psychotic disorder, delusions, hallucinations, psychosis, schizoaffective disorder, schizophrenia, schizophreniform disorder
- 5
Sleep Disorders
- SUDHANSU CHOKROVERTY, MD, FRCP, FACPProfessor and Director of Sleep Research, Medical Director of Devry Technology Training Program, Co-Chair Emeritus of Neurology, Department of Neurology, JFK Neuroscience Institute, Edison, NJ, Professor of Neuroscience, Seton Hall University, South Orange, NJ, Clinical Professor of Neurology, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, New Brunswick, NJ
Purchase PDFRecent research has generated an enormous fund of knowledge about the neurobiology of sleep and wakefulness. Sleeping and waking brain circuits can now be studied by sophisticated neuroimaging techniques that map different areas of the brain during different sleep states and stages. Although the exact biologic functions of sleep are not known, sleep is essential, and sleep deprivation leads to impaired attention and decreased performance. Sleep is also believed to have restorative, conservative, adaptive, thermoregulatory, and consolidative functions. This review discusses the physiology of sleep, including its two independent states, rapid eye movement (REM) and non–rapid eye movement (NREM) sleep, as well as functional neuroanatomy, physiologic changes during sleep, and circadian rhythms. The classification and diagnosis of sleep disorders are discussed generally. The diagnosis and treatment of the following disorders are described: obstructive sleep apnea syndrome, narcolepsy-cataplexy sydrome, idiopathic hypersomnia, restless legs syndrome (RLS) and periodic limb movements in sleep, circadian rhythm sleep disorders, insomnias, nocturnal frontal lobe epilepsy, and parasomnias. Sleep-related movement disorders and the relationship between sleep and psychiatric disorders are also discussed. Tables describe behavioral and physiologic characteristics of states of awareness, the international classification of sleep disorders, common sleep complaints, comorbid insomnia disorders, causes of excessive daytime somnolence, laboratory tests to assess sleep disorders, essential diagnostic criteria for RLS and Willis-Ekbom disease, and drug therapy for insomnia. Figures include polysomnographic recording showing wakefulness in an adult; stage 1, 2, and 3 NREM sleep in an adult; REM sleep in an adult; a patient with sleep apnea syndrome; a patient with Cheyne-Stokes breathing; a patient with RLS; and a patient with dream-enacting behavior; schematic sagittal section of the brainstem of the cat; schematic diagram of the McCarley-Hobson model of REM sleep mechanism; the Lu-Saper “flip-flop” model; the Luppi model to explain REM sleep mechanism; and a wrist actigraph from a man with bipolar disorder.
This review contains 14 figures, 20 tables, 124 references
Keywords: sleep disorder, rapid eye movement, non-rapid eye movement, insomnia, narcolepsy, circardian rhythm sleep disorder, restless legs syndrome, parasomnia
- 6
Overview of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
- DANA DOWNS, MA, MSWClinical Research Manager (Retired), Department of Psychiatry, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- CAROL NORTH, MD, MPEMedical Director, The Altshuler Center for Education & Research at Metrocare Services, The Nancy and Ray L. Hunt Chair in Crisis Psychiatry and Professor of Psychiatry, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
Purchase PDFPosttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is a psychiatric disorder that may follow exposure to trauma. The experience of trauma has potential personal implications. Some individuals develop PTSD after trauma; others may be more resilient, experiencing distress but not succumbing to psychopathology; and yet others may emerge from the experience with new strength and direction.
This review contains 1 figure, 7 tables, and 48 references
Keyword: Posttraumatic stress disorder, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), deep brain stimulation, vagal nerve stimulation, transcranial direct current stimulation, Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis
- 7
Overview of Substance Use Disorders
By Alexander W Thompson, MD, MBA, MPH; Timothy Ando, MD; Emily Morse, DO
Purchase PDFOverview of Substance Use Disorders
- ALEXANDER W THOMPSON, MD, MBA, MPHClinical associate professor, Department of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA.
- TIMOTHY ANDO, MDPsychiatry Resident, Department of Psychiatry, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA
- EMILY MORSE, DOChief Resident in Psychiatry, Department of Psychiatry, University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA
Purchase PDFSubstance use disorders are a major source of morbidity and mortality, contributing to a significant proportion of deaths in the United States and worldwide each year. A substantial rise in deaths related to drug overdoses in recent decades has drawn increasing public attention to this issue. However, the majority of individuals struggling with substance use disorders remain untreated. The financial costs and health burden are substantial. This review provides a broad overview of substance-related and addictive disorders. The evolution of the classification system is described, and the diagnostic criteria for the various substance use disorders are reviewed. Epidemiology and etiologic considerations, including neurobiological pathways, genetics, environmental influences, and dimensional risk factors, are examined. Finally, individual substances and their related disorders are reviewed, including alcohol, caffeine, cannabis, hallucinogens, inhalants, opioids, sedative/hypnotics, stimulants, tobacco, and other or unknown substances. Intoxication and withdrawal syndromes are described where applicable, and clinical management concepts are discussed.
This review contains 6 figures, 5 tables, and 71 references.
Key words: abuse, addiction, alcohol, caffeine, cannabis, dependence, diagnosis, DSM-5, epidemiology, hallucinogen, hypnotic, inhalant, intoxication, methamphetamine, nicotine, opioid, sedative, stimulant, substance use disorders, tobacco, tolerance, withdrawal
- 8
The Psychiatric Interview and Mental Status Examination
- DONALD W. BLACK, MD
Purchase PDFThe interview and mental status examination are integral to the comprehensive patient assessment and typically follow a standard approach that most medical students and residents learn. The psychiatrist should adjust his or her interview style and information-gathering approach to suit the patient and the situation. For example, inpatients are typically more symptomatic than outpatients, may be in the hospital on an involuntary basis, and may be too ill to participate in even the briefest interview. Note taking is an essential task but should not interfere with patient rapport. The interview should be organized in a systematic fashion that, although covering all essential elements, is relatively stereotyped so that it allows the psychiatrist to commit the format to memory that, once learned, can be varied. The psychiatrist should start by documenting the patient’s identifying characteristics (age, gender, marital status) and then proceed to the chief complaint, history of the present illness, past medical history, family and social history, use of drugs and alcohol, medications, and previous treatments. A formal mental status includes assessment of the patient’s appearance, attitude, and behavior; orientation and sensorium; mood and affect; psychomotor activity; thought process, speech, and thought content; memory and cognition (including attention and abstraction); and judgment and insight. With the data collected, the psychiatrist will construct an accurate history of the symptoms that will serve as the basis for developing a differential diagnosis, followed by the development of a comprehensive treatment plan.
This review contains 1 figure, 5 tables, and 14 references
Keywords: assessment, differential diagnosis, interviewing, mental status examination, treatment plan
- 9
Bipolar Disorders and Their Clinical Management, Part I: Epidemiology, Etiology, Genetics, and Neurobiology
By Vladimir Maletic, MD; Bernadette DeMuri-Maletic, MD
Purchase PDFBipolar Disorders and Their Clinical Management, Part I: Epidemiology, Etiology, Genetics, and Neurobiology
- VLADIMIR MALETIC, MD
- BERNADETTE DEMURI-MALETIC, MDClinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Mental Health Sciences, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI
Purchase PDFThe concept of bipolar disorders has undergone a substantial evolution over the course of the past two decades. Emerging scientific research no longer supports the notion of bipolar disorder as a discrete neurobiologic entity. Most likely, there are a number of different biotypes with similar phenotypical manifestations. Advancements in genetic research suggest that bipolar disorders have a polygenetic pattern of inheritance, sharing common genetic underpinnings with a number of other psychiatric disorders, including schizophrenia, autistic spectrum disorder, and major depressive disorder. Contemporary etiological theories are discussed in some detail, inclusive of the role of immune disturbances, oxidative stress, and changes in neuroplasticity and neurotransmission, which underpin functional and structural brain changes associated with bipolar disorders. Contemporary epidemiologic research and understanding of disease evolution are discussed from the perspective of its clinical relevance. Our review provides a succinct summary of relevant literature.
This review contains 4 figures, 2 tables, and 80 references.
Key Words: bipolar disorders, endocrine disturbances, epidemiology, genetics, glia, immunity, neurobiology, neuroplasticity, neurotransmitters
- 10
Bipolar Disorders and Their Clinical Management, Part II: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Treatment
By Bernadette DeMuri-Maletic, MD; Vladimir Maletic, MD, MS
Purchase PDFBipolar Disorders and Their Clinical Management, Part II: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Treatment
- BERNADETTE DEMURI-MALETIC, MDClinical Assistant Professor of Psychiatry and Mental Health Sciences, Medical College of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, WI
- VLADIMIR MALETIC, MD, MSClinical Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, University of South Carolina School of Medicine, Greenville, SC
Purchase PDFBipolar disorder is a biologically and phenotypically diverse disorder and its diagnosis and treatment provides a significant challenge to even the most seasoned clinician. We provide an update on the diagnosis and differential diagnosis of bipolar disorder, reflecting recent changes in DSM-5. Our review provides a succinct summary of the treatment literature, encompassing pharmacologic and psychosocial interventions for bipolar depression, mania/hypomania, mixed states, and prevention of disease recurrence. We provide a brief critical review of emerging treatment modalities, including those used in treatment resistance. Challenges involved in maintaining adherence are further discussed. Additionally, we review common treatment adverse effects and provide recommendations for proper side effect monitoring. There is evidence of significant functional impairment in patients with bipolar disorder and we conclude with a discussion of the impact of impairment on prognosis and quality of life.
This review contains 4 figures, 7 tables, and 45 references.
Key Words: bipolar disorders, differential diagnosis, maintenance pharmacotherapy, prognosis, psychosocial interventions, treatment, quality of life
- 11
Mistreatment of Elders
- EMILY I GORMAN, MDDepartment of Emergency Medicine, Boston Medical Center and Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, MA
- JUDITH LINDEN, MDAssociate Professor and Vice Chair for Education, Department of Emergency Medicine, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFElder mistreatment affects a considerable proportion of individuals older than 60 to 65 years of age and may include intentional abuse (physical, sexual, emotional, or financial) and neglect. As the proportion of the population that is older than 65 years of age increases, elder mistreatment will become an increasingly common issue. Only a minority of cases of elder abuse are reported; thus, an interview with the patient should be conducted in private if elder mistreatment is suspected. Patient risk factors for elder mistreatment include cognitive or behavioral impairment, poor physical health, and poor social supports. This review examines the approach to the patient, as well as definitive treatment, disposition, and outcomes for victims of elder abuse. The figure shows an algorithm for elder abuse assessment and intervention. Tables list types of elder abuse, factors predisposing to elder mistreatment, indicators of abuse, and the Elder Abuse Suspicion Index.
This review contains 1 highly rendered figure, 4 tables, and 42 references.
- 12
Overview of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder
- DANA DOWNS, MA, MSWClinical Research Manager (Retired), Department of Psychiatry, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- CAROL NORTH, MD, MPEMedical Director, The Altshuler Center for Education & Research at Metrocare Services, The Nancy and Ray L. Hunt Chair in Crisis Psychiatry and Professor of Psychiatry, The University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- 13
- 14
Epidemiology of Mental Disorders
- STEPHAN ARNDT, PHDDirector, Iowa Consortium for Substance Abuse Research and Evaluation, Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Carver College of Medicine, Professor, Department of Biostatistics, College of Public Health, The University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA
- CAROLYN TURVEY, PHD, MSProfessor, Department of Psychiatry, Carver College of Medicine, The University of Iowa, Iowa City IA
Purchase PDFThis review describes the contribution of psychiatric epidemiology to our understanding of the distribution and determinants of psychiatric disorders. First, it describes basic concepts within epidemiology, such as prevalence, incidence, case definition, bias, and confounding, and their specific meaning within psychiatric research. The two basic study designs in epidemiology, cohort and case-control, are then reviewed. This discussion includes a tutorial on how to calculate key measures of association: risk ratio and odds ratio. Major community-based studies in psychiatric epidemiology are then reviewed, focusing on the Epidemiologic Catchment Area Study, the National Comorbidity Study and the National Comorbidity Study Replication, the National Survey of American Life, the National Latino and Asian American Study of Mental Health, and the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. The review concludes with a discussion of pharmacoepidemiology and how it is critical to our understanding of the full impact of psychiatric medications postmarketing. In the future, epidemiology will be revolutionized with “big data” collection in both institutional and community settings. Nonetheless, the basic concepts presented in this review will continue to be relevant and critical to drawing sound, evidence-based conclusions about the true nature, correlates, and causes of psychiatric disorders.
This review contains 13 tables, and 63 references.
Key words: case-control study, cohort study, community-based studies, measures of association, pharmacoepidemiology, psychiatric epidemiology
- 15
Epidemiology of Mental Disorders
- STEPHAN ARNDT, PHDDirector, Iowa Consortium for Substance Abuse Research and Evaluation, Professor, Department of Psychiatry, Carver College of Medicine, Professor, Department of Biostatistics, College of Public Health, The University of Iowa, Iowa City, IA
- CAROLYN TURVEY, PHD, MSProfessor, Department of Psychiatry, Carver College of Medicine, The University of Iowa, Iowa City IA
- 16
Sleep Disorders
- SUDHANSU CHOKROVERTY, MD, FRCP, FACPProfessor and Director of Sleep Research, Medical Director of Devry Technology Training Program, Co-Chair Emeritus of Neurology, Department of Neurology, JFK Neuroscience Institute, Edison, NJ, Professor of Neuroscience, Seton Hall University, South Orange, NJ, Clinical Professor of Neurology, Robert Wood Johnson Medical School, New Brunswick, NJ
- 17
Antipsychotics
By Shadi Doroudgar, PharMD, BCPS, CGP, BCPP; Elham Eftekhari, Pharm D Candidate
Purchase PDFAntipsychotics
- SHADI DOROUDGAR, PHARMD, BCPS, CGP, BCPPAssistant Professor, Clinical Sciences Department, Touro University California College of Pharmacy, Vallejo, California
- ELHAM EFTEKHARI, PHARM D CANDIDATETouro University California College of Pharmacy
Purchase PDFAntipsychotics are used to treat a variety of disorders. They are commonly used in the management of psychiatric symptoms of schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. However, among other uses, they also have shown efficacy in treating symptoms of autism, nausea/vomiting, and hiccups. In the case of psychiatric uses, long-term maintenance treatment is typically needed to avoid relapse of symptoms. Antipsychotic choice based on the efficacy is difficult; therefore, in many cases side-effect profile of an agent becomes relevant when deciding on a treatment regimen. Side effects of antipsychotics include extrapyramidal symptoms, metabolic adverse effects, hematologic changes, anticholinergic effects, and QTc prolongation. As clinicians, it is important to be aware of these side effects and their monitoring parameters. These can be managed by discontinuing a drug, decreasing dosage, changing the drug to a different antipsychotic, and using another drug for their treatment.
This review contains 7 tables and 99 references
Keywords: antipsychotics, atypical antipsychotics, clozapine, D2 receptor, extrapyramidal symptoms, FDA-approved, REMS, typical antipsychotics
- 18
Antipsychotics
By Shadi Doroudgar, PharMD, BCPS, CGP, BCPP; Elham Eftekhari, Pharm D Candidate
Purchase PDFAntipsychotics
- SHADI DOROUDGAR, PHARMD, BCPS, CGP, BCPPAssistant Professor, Clinical Sciences Department, Touro University California College of Pharmacy, Vallejo, California
- ELHAM EFTEKHARI, PHARM D CANDIDATETouro University California College of Pharmacy
- 19
Catatonia
By Brendan Carroll, MD; Donald W. Black, MD; Francisco Appiani, MD; Jo Ellen Wilson, MD; Rebecca Miesle, OMS-III
Purchase PDFCatatonia
- BRENDAN CARROLL, MDClinical Assistant Professor, Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, USA; Interim Residency Training Director, Grandview Hospital, Kettering health system, Chillicothe VA Medical Center, Chillicothe, Ohio, USA
- DONALD W. BLACK, MD
- FRANCISCO APPIANI, MDStaff Physician, Program of Clinical Pharmacology. Direction of Teaching and Research. Hospital de Clínicas José de San Martín. Facultad de Medicina. Universidad de Buenos Aires. Director of ACEDEN (Asociacion Civil para el Estudio y Desarrollo de las Neurosciences), Buenos Aires, Argentina
- JO ELLEN WILSON, MDAssociate Professor of Psychiatry, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee, USA and Attending Physician, Psychiatry Service, Nashville VAMC, Nashville, Tennessee, USA
- REBECCA MIESLE, OMS-IIIOUHCOM-Central Ohio CORE, Ohio University, Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine, Athens, Ohio, USA
Purchase PDFCatatonia is a syndrome, not a discrete illness, and was first recognized by Kahlbaum in the 19th century. Catatonia is underdiagnosed and often goes unrecognized despite its clinical significance and treatment implications. The syndrome’s motor symptoms include muteness, rigidity, and stupor. Catatonia has been associated with various psychiatric, medical, and neurologic disorders and is no longer only considered a subtype of schizophrenia. There is no known etiology, but its rapid improvement with benzodiazepines suggests that γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA), an inhibitory neurotransmitter, is involved. Patients displaying catatonic symptoms should have a comprehensive evaluation to rule out medical and neurologic causes and to assess hydration and nutritional status. Patients can have significant nursing care needs, and some might need tube feedings. Benzodiazepines are the first-line treatment, with electroconvulsive therapy reserved for those who fail to respond or have an inadequate response to benzodiazepines. Psychiatrists and other clinicians should understand the diagnosis and treatment of catatonia.
This review contains 4 tables and 52 references
Keywords: bipolar disorder, catatonia, delirium, GABA, glutamate, major depressive disorder, schizophrenia
- 20
Catatonia
By Brendan Carroll, MD; Donald W. Black, MD; Francisco Appiani, MD; Jo Ellen Wilson, MD; Rebecca Miesle, OMS-III
Purchase PDFCatatonia
- BRENDAN CARROLL, MDClinical Assistant Professor, Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, USA; Interim Residency Training Director, Grandview Hospital, Kettering health system, Chillicothe VA Medical Center, Chillicothe, Ohio, USA
- DONALD W. BLACK, MD
- FRANCISCO APPIANI, MDStaff Physician, Program of Clinical Pharmacology. Direction of Teaching and Research. Hospital de Clínicas José de San Martín. Facultad de Medicina. Universidad de Buenos Aires. Director of ACEDEN (Asociacion Civil para el Estudio y Desarrollo de las Neurosciences), Buenos Aires, Argentina
- JO ELLEN WILSON, MDAssociate Professor of Psychiatry, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee, USA and Attending Physician, Psychiatry Service, Nashville VAMC, Nashville, Tennessee, USA
- REBECCA MIESLE, OMS-IIIOUHCOM-Central Ohio CORE, Ohio University, Heritage College of Osteopathic Medicine, Athens, Ohio, USA
- 1
- IM Pulmonary & Critical Care Medicine
- 1
Approach to the Patient With Shock
- DAVID C MACKENZIE, MD, CMDirector of Emergency Ultrasound, Maine Medicine Medical Center, Portland ME, Assistant Professor of Emergency Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThere are four main categories of shock: hypovolemic, distributive, cardiogenic, and obstructive. Although the main end point (i.e., inadequate delivery of oxygenated blood to the body’s tissues and organs) of each of these categories of shock is the same, the pathophysiologic mechanisms differ. This review covers the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes for patients with shock. Figures show the Frank-Starling relationship illustrating changes in distributive and cardiogenic shock, the FAST examination, lung ultrasonography in pulmonary edema, pericardial effusion, apical four-chamber view of the heart with right ventricular enlargement, and a parasternal short-axis view of the heart.
This review contains 6 figures, 25 tables, and 30 references.
Keywords: Hemorrhagic shock, volume loss, third spacing, anaphylactic shock, cardiogenic shock, obstructive shock, septic shock, sepsis, resuscitation
- 2
Asthma
- HAITHAM NSOUR, MBBSAssistant Professor, Department of Medicine, University of Vermont College of Medicine, Fletcher Allen Health Care, Burlington, VT
- ANNE E. DIXON, MA, BMBCHProfessor, Department of Medicine, University of Vermont College of Medicine, Fletcher Allen Health Care, Burlington, VT
Purchase PDFAsthma is one of the most common diseases in developed nations. A pathognomonic feature of asthma is episodic aggravations of the disease; these exacerbations can be life-threatening and contribute to a significant proportion of the public health burden of asthma. In the emergency department, successful management of asthma exacerbations requires early recognition and intervention before they become severe and potentially fatal. This review summarizes the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes for asthma. Figures show the management of asthma exacerbations in the emergency department and hospital, pooled odds ratio comparing inhaled corticosteroids and oral corticosteroids with oral corticosteroids alone following emergency department discharge, and an asthma discharge plan at the emergency department. Tables list current asthma prevalence among selected demographic groups in the United States, risk factors for fatal asthma exacerbations, differential diagnosis of asthma exacerbations, and dosages of drugs for asthma exacerbations.
This review contains 3 figures, 16 tables, and 88 references.
Key Words: Asthma, allergic bronchopulmonary aspergillosis, gastroesophageal reflux disease, sinus disease, breathlessness, shortness of breath
- 3
Approach to the Patient With Cough
- CHRISTOPHER H. FANTA, MDDirector, Partners Asthma Center; Member, Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine Division, Department of Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital; and Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe cough reflex is critically important in the clearance of abnormal airway secretions and protection of the lower respiratory tract from aspirated foreign matter. A weak or ineffective cough can lead to respiratory compromise from even a relatively minor bronchial infection. Persistent cough is often one of a constellation of symptoms indicative of respiratory disease—a potential clue in the differential diagnosis of the patient’s illness. Given the widespread distribution of sensory nerve endings of the cough reflex throughout the upper and lower respiratory tract, it is not surprising that myriad respiratory diseases, involving lung parenchyma and airways, can manifest with cough. Sometimes cough is the sole or predominant symptom in a patient who is otherwise well. Evaluating and treating the patient with persistent cough who has few, if any, other respiratory symptoms is a common challenge for the practicing physician. This review covers the normal cough mechanism, impaired cough, pathologic cough, cough suppressant therapy, and new developments. Figures show a flow-volume loop during cough, a posteroanterior chest x-ray in a patient presenting with chronic cough, flow-volume curves and spirograms documenting expiratory airflow obstruction, and the approach to the patient with chronic cough. The table lists selected examples of extrapulmonary physical findings of potential importance in the assessment of cough.
This review contains 4 highly rendered figures, 1 table, and 94 references.
- 4
Pulmonary Hypertension, Cor Pulmonale, and Other Pulmonary Vascular Conditions
By Matthew Moll, MD; Mayank Sardana, MBBS; Harrison W. Farber, MD, FAHA, FCCP
Purchase PDFPulmonary Hypertension, Cor Pulmonale, and Other Pulmonary Vascular Conditions
- MATTHEW MOLL, MDResident, Department of Internal Medicine, Boston Medical Center, Boston, MA
- MAYANK SARDANA, MBBSFellow, Division of Cardiology, University of Massachusetts Medical School, Worcester, MA
- HARRISON W. FARBER, MD, FAHA, FCCPProfessor of Medicine, Pulmonary Center, Boston University School of Medicine, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThis review covers the diseases that affect the pulmonary vasculature directly. These conditions include pulmonary hypertension; pulmonary arterial hypertension; chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension; pulmonary hypertension attributed to left heart disease, lung disease and/or hypoxemia, and other disorders; cor pulmonale; pulmonary atriovenous malformations; and pulmonary aneurysms. Figures show changes in the pulmonary vasculature in pulmonary hypertension, pathways involved in the development of pulmonary hypertension, general guidelines for the evaluation of suspected pulmonary hypertension, enlarged proximal pulmonary arteries with pruning of distal pulmonary vasculature (typical of advanced pulmonary arterial hypertension), the remodeling of the heart and continuous-wave Doppler study results observed with chronic pulmonary hypertension, ventilation and perfusion scans of the lungs with results typical of chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension, and a general approach to the treatment of patients with pulmonary arterial hypertension. Tables list the revised nomenclature and classification of pulmonary hypertension, the World Health Organization classification of functional capacity in patients with pulmonary hypertension, advanced vascular medications for pulmonary artery hypertension, and perioperative management of pulmonary arterial hypertension.
This review contains 8 highly rendered figures, 4 tables, and 118 references.
- 5
Approach to the Patient With Shock
- DAVID C MACKENZIE, MD, CMDirector of Emergency Ultrasound, Maine Medicine Medical Center, Portland ME, Assistant Professor of Emergency Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston, MA
- 6
Asthma
- HAITHAM NSOUR, MBBSAssistant Professor, Department of Medicine, University of Vermont College of Medicine, Fletcher Allen Health Care, Burlington, VT
- ANNE E. DIXON, MA, BMBCHProfessor, Department of Medicine, University of Vermont College of Medicine, Fletcher Allen Health Care, Burlington, VT
- 7
Cardiac Arrhythmias, Acute Coronary Syndromes, and Heart Failure in the Surgical Patient
By Glen Franklin, MD; Amirreza Motameni, MD; Johnson Walker, MD
Purchase PDFCardiac Arrhythmias, Acute Coronary Syndromes, and Heart Failure in the Surgical Patient
- GLEN FRANKLIN, MDProfessor of Surgery, Program Director, Surgical Critical Care Fellowship, University of Louisville Department of Surgery, Louisville, KY, United States,
- AMIRREZA MOTAMENI, MDFellow, Surgical Critical Care, University of Louisville Department of Surgery, Louisville, KY, United States
- JOHNSON WALKER, MDFellow, Surgical Critical Care, University of Louisville Department of Surgery, Louisville, KY, United States
Purchase PDFCardiac arrhythmias and events, such as acute coronary syndrome and acute decompensated heart failure, are becoming increasingly common with an aging population. Much is written regarding the evaluation and management of these conditions in the cardiac and vascular patient populations; however, there is less literature to discuss the management strategies in the critically ill noncardiac postoperative and polytrauma patients. Factors such as physiologic stress, electrolyte imbalances, neurologic derangement, infection, and massive fluid shifts create an environment that promotes cardiopulmonary instability. Appropriate recognition of cardiac arrhythmias, acute coronary syndromes, and heart failure coupled with accurate and timely intervention can reduce morbidity and mortality in these patients. This review discusses the assessment and management of cardiac tachy- and brady-arrhythmias, acute coronary syndromes, and acute decompensated heart failure in the surgical patient.
This review contains 5 figures, 8 tables and 48 references
Keywords: acute coronary syndrome, angina, arrhythmia, bradycardia, cardiac ischemia, dieresis, fluid overload, heart failure, infarction, tachycardia
- 8
Cardiac Arrhythmias, Acute Coronary Syndromes, and Heart Failure in the Surgical Patient
By Glen Franklin, MD; Amirreza Motameni, MD; Johnson Walker, MD
Purchase PDFCardiac Arrhythmias, Acute Coronary Syndromes, and Heart Failure in the Surgical Patient
- GLEN FRANKLIN, MDProfessor of Surgery, Program Director, Surgical Critical Care Fellowship, University of Louisville Department of Surgery, Louisville, KY, United States,
- AMIRREZA MOTAMENI, MDFellow, Surgical Critical Care, University of Louisville Department of Surgery, Louisville, KY, United States
- JOHNSON WALKER, MDFellow, Surgical Critical Care, University of Louisville Department of Surgery, Louisville, KY, United States
- 1
- IM Rheumatology
- 1
Osteoarthritis
- CHRISTOPHER WISE, MD, FACPRobert Irby Professor of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Department of Internal Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, VA
Purchase PDFOsteoarthritis is a common form of arthritis characterized by degeneration of articular cartilage and pathologic changes in surrounding bone and periarticular tissue. The disease process results in pain and dysfunction of affected joints and is a major cause of disability in the general population. Prognosis is variable; greater muscle strength, mental health, self-efficacy, social support, and aerobic exercise are associated with better outcomes. This review outlines the classification of osteoarthritis (primary and secondary) and its epidemiology and etiologic factors, including risk factors, normal articular cartilage, and pathologic changes. Diagnosis is reviewed in terms of general considerations and specific joint involvement and related complications. The differential diagnosis is discussed. Management of osteoarthritis includes nonpharmacologic measures, pharmacologic therapy, surgery, and disease-modifying or chondroprotective therapy.
This review contains 6 figures, 8 tables, and 84 references.
Keywords: Knee, hand, hip, osteoarthritis, joint pain, synovial fluid, inflammation, weight-bearing
- 2
Rheumatoid Arthritis: Treatment
By Gary S. Firestein, MD; Anna-Karin H. Ekwall, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFRheumatoid Arthritis: Treatment
- GARY S. FIRESTEIN, MDProfessor of Medicine, Dean and Associate Vice Chancellor of Translational Medicine, UC San Diego School of Medicine, La Jolla, California
- ANNA-KARIN H. EKWALL, MD, PHDSpecialist in Rheumatology, University of California San Diego School of Medicine, La Jolla, CA, Researcher/Postdoc, The Sahlgrenska Academy at Gothenburg University, Gothenburg, Sweden
Purchase PDFThe main goal of treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) has evolved from modest improvement to low disease activity and will soon be complete remission. To reach this goal, the rheumatologist and patient should define the goal and treatment strategy together. Disease activity should be measured regularly using validated composite measures such as disease activity score, simple disease activity index, and clinical disease activity index. Management involves efforts to relieve pain and discomfort, preserve strength and joint function, and prevent structural deformities. Surgical intervention is important for replacing destroyed joints and for restoring function and preventing further damage. This review discusses the role of drug therapy, including nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs, methotrexate, antimalarial drugs, sulfasalazine, leflunomide, tofacitinib, biologic drugs, T cell– and B cell–targeted therapy, glucocorticoids, and other immunosuppressive agents. Nonmedical therapy, surgery, and prognosis are also detailed.
This review contains 2 figures, 16 tables, and 40 references.
Keywords: Autoimmune, rheumatoid arthritis, T cell therapy, B cell therapy, methotrexate, joint disease, tofacitinib
- 3
Scleroderma and Related Disorders
- KRISTINE PHILLIPS, MD, PHDScleroderma Program, Division of Rheumatology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFScleroderma spectrum diseases are a heterogeneous group of disorders that are distinguished by abnormalities of the connective tissue in the skin and, in some cases, other organs. Each disorder may be characterized by the extent of cutaneous and internal involvement, as well as histopathologic features of skin biopsy. Scleroderma spectrum diseases include systemic scleroderma, localized scleroderma, and eosinophilic fasciitis. This chapter reviews the classification, epidemiology, etiology, pathophysiology and pathogenesis, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, treatment, outcome measures, management, and clinical course of scleroderma as well as the definition and classification, etiology/genetics, differential diagnosis, and treatment of localized scleroderma. Also discussed are the definition and classification, epidemiology, etiology/genetics/pathogenesis, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment of eosinophilic fasciitis. Tables review the classification of—and antinuclear antibodies in—scleroderma as well as the key assessments and interventions in scleroderma management. Figures illustrate the disease's presentation and clinical manifestations, including several images of scleroderma of the hands; face, palmar, and buccal telangiectasias in a patient with scleroderma; a radiograph demonstrating calcinosis of the elbow; Raynaud’s phenomenon; high-resolution computed tomographic images of diffuse cutaneous scleroderma, scleroderma and severe pulmonary hypertension, and limited cutaneous scleroderma; plus an esophagram demonstrating hypomotility.
This review contains 11 highly rendered figures, 3 tables, and 72 references.
- 4
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
- KYRIAKOS A. KIROU, MDAssistant Professor of Clinical Medicine, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, Co-director, Mary Kirkland Center for Lupus Care, Hospital for Special Surgery
- MICHAEL D. LOCKSHIN , MDProfessor of Medicine and Obstetrics-Gynecology, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, Director, Barbara Volcker Center, Hospital for Special Surgery
Purchase PDFSystemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is a chronic systemic autoimmune illness characterized by autoantibodies directed at nuclear antigens that cause clinical and laboratory abnormalities, such as rash, arthritis, leukopenia and thrombocytopenia, alopecia, fever, nephritis, and neurologic disease. Most or all of the symptoms of acute lupus are attributable to immunologic attack on the affected organs. Many complications of long-term disease are attributable to both the disease and its treatment. Intense sun exposure, drug reactions, and infections are circumstances that induce flare; the aim of treatment is to induce remission. This chapter is divided into sections dealing with SLE’s definitions; epidemiology; pathogenesis; disease classification, diagnosis, and differential diagnosis; and treatment.
This review contains 10 figures, 12 tables, and 97 references.
Key Words: Systemic lupus erythematosus, Dermatomyositis, Sjögren syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic sclerosis, Discoid lupus erythematosus, truncal psoriasiform, annular polycyclic rash
- 5
Back Pain and Common Musculoskeletal Problems
By Christopher M. Wise, MD; Huzaefah Syed, MD
Purchase PDFBack Pain and Common Musculoskeletal Problems
- CHRISTOPHER M. WISE, MDW. Robert Irby Professor of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Department of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, Richmond, VA
- HUZAEFAH SYED, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Department of Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University Health System, Richmond, VA
Purchase PDFKnowledge of the common nonarticular regional rheumatic disorders is important because of their high prevalence in primary care practice, the dependence on clinical findings for diagnosis, and the high cost that can result from unnecessary laboratory evaluations. The ability to recognize important patterns of pain and associated physical signs is essential to making a correct diagnosis; in most cases, radiographic and laboratory studies are not needed. This review covers the common causes of pain in the neck, back, shoulder, chest wall, elbow, hand and wrist, hip girdle, knee and lower leg, and ankle and foot.
This review contains 5 figures, 11 tables, and 96 references.
Key words Acute back pain, Chronic back pain, Lumbar stenosis, Shoulder pain, Chest wall pain, Elbow pain, Hand and wrist pain, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Hip girdle pain, Knee and lower leg pain, Ankle and foot pain
- 6
Osteoarthritis
- CHRISTOPHER WISE, MD, FACPRobert Irby Professor of Medicine, Division of Rheumatology, Allergy, and Immunology, Department of Internal Medicine, Virginia Commonwealth University, Medical College of Virginia, Richmond, VA
- 7
Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
- KYRIAKOS A. KIROU, MDAssistant Professor of Clinical Medicine, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, Co-director, Mary Kirkland Center for Lupus Care, Hospital for Special Surgery, 535 E 70th street, New York, NY 10021, Tel: 212-606-1728; Fax: 212-606-1012
- MICHAEL D. LOCKSHIN, MDProfessor of Medicine and Obstetrics-Gynecology, Weill Medical College of Cornell University, Director, Barbara Volcker Center, Hospital for Special Surgery, 535 E 70th St, New York, NY 10021, Tel 212-606-1461; Fax 212-774-2374
- 8
Rheumatoid Arthritis: Treatment
By Gary S. Firestein, MD; Anna-Karin H. Ekwall, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFRheumatoid Arthritis: Treatment
- GARY S. FIRESTEIN, MDProfessor of Medicine, Dean and Associate Vice Chancellor of Translational Medicine, UC San Diego School of Medicine, La Jolla, California
- ANNA-KARIN H. EKWALL, MD, PHDSpecialist in Rheumatology, University of California San Diego School of Medicine, La Jolla, CA, Researcher/Postdoc, The Sahlgrenska Academy at Gothenburg University, Gothenburg, Sweden
- 1
- IM Nutrition
- 1
Overview of Enteral Nutrition
By Rebecca Lynch, MS, RD, LDN, CNSC; Erin Sisk, MS, RD, LDN, CNSC
Purchase PDFOverview of Enteral Nutrition
- REBECCA LYNCH, MS, RD, LDN, CNSC
- ERIN SISK, MS, RD, LDN, CNSC
Purchase PDFEnteral nutrition (EN) is recognized as a medical nutrition therapy for patients with a functional gastrointestinal tract who are unable to maintain their weight and health by oral intake alone either due to a highly catabolic medical condition or a functional limitation. EN support provides calories and protein to help improve or maintain adequate weight, lean body mass, and overall nutritional status. EN also provides nonnutritive benefits such as maintaining intestinal integrity, supporting the immune system, and preventing infection. EN support can be tailored to a patient’s nutrient needs, and there are various formulas that vary in composition of macronutrients, concentration, and electrolytes for specific disease processes or conditions that may help with tolerance and absorption. EN support complications include issues with access, diarrhea, constipation, electrolyte abnormalities, hyperglycemia, and dehydration/overhydration. Generally, EN is well tolerated. While a patient is on this type of nutrition support, it is important to closely monitor tolerance, weight, laboratory values if indicated, and overall clinical progress, with adjustment to the regimen as needed.
This review contains 1 figure, 4 tables, and 48 references.
Key words: enteral access, enteral formula, enteral nutrition support, gastric residuals, gastrointestinal tract, immunonutrition, malnutrition, medical nutrition therapy, tube feed formula, tube feed tolerance, tube feeding, volume-based feeding
- 2
Diet and Nutrition in the Treatment of Prediabetes and Diabetes
By Priscilla Escalona Villasmil, MD; Richard D Siegel, MD
Purchase PDFDiet and Nutrition in the Treatment of Prediabetes and Diabetes
- PRISCILLA ESCALONA VILLASMIL, MD
- RICHARD D SIEGEL, MD
Purchase PDFThe incidence of type 2 diabetes has been increasing dramatically throughout the world, closely linked to Westernized dietary patterns, physical inactivity, and rising rates of obesity, and has become a challenging health problem. Lifestyle changes are effective measures to prevent diabetes, and diet is one of the most important components of diabetes treatment. There is now strong evidence from epidemiologic studies and randomized controlled trials (RCTs) that type 2 diabetes can be prevented or at least delayed in those at high risk for progressing to diabetes by a combination of diet and physical activity resulting in weight loss. Medical nutrition therapy (MNT) is the process by which the nutrition prescription is customized for patients with diabetes. RCTs have demonstrated a positive effect of MNT in diabetes management. Studies documenting the effectiveness of MNT for type 1 and 2 diabetes report improvements in hemoglobin A1C and in other outcomes. A nutrition prescription should be individualized for each patient based on individual preferences, cultural background, and social and financial context. Lifestyle interventions should be considered monotherapy in prediabetes and the initial treatment of type 2 diabetes. Evidence from prospective cohort studies and RCTs has shown the importance of eating patterns in the prevention and management of diabetes. With the worldwide increase in obesity, it will be important to get further evidence of how lifestyle interventions affect clinical outcomes such as microvascular and macrovascular disease.
This review contains 6 figures, 6 tables and 90 references
Key words: Diabetes mellitus, nutrition, prevention, obesity, lifestyle, glucose, diet, physical activity
- 3
Nutritional Management of Celiac Disease
By Ciarán P Kelly, MD; Satya Kurada, MD; Mariana Urquiaga, MD
Purchase PDFNutritional Management of Celiac Disease
- CIARÁN P KELLY, MDProfessor of Medicine, Medical Director of The Celiac Center, Director of Gastroenterology Fellowship Training Program, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- SATYA KURADA, MD
- MARIANA URQUIAGA, MD
Purchase PDFCeliac disease (CD) is an autoimmune disorder characterized by an immune response to gluten peptides in wheat, barley, and rye. The diagnosis of celiac disease is confirmed by three important characteristics: consistent symptoms, positive celiac-specific serology, and small intestinal biopsy findings of inflammation, crypt hyperplasia, and villous atrophy. CD may present with overt gastrointestinal symptoms, including diarrhea (or constipation), weight loss, and abdominal bloating and discomfort, or covertly with micronutrient deficiencies such as iron deficiency with anemia. A gluten-free diet (GFD) remains the mainstay of treatment. The aim of this review is to highlight the pathogenesis of CD, concepts and challenges associated with a GFD, and nutritional management of CD applicable in clinical practice to internists, gastroenterologists, and dietitians. Patients should be referred to an expert celiac dietitian for education on adherence to a GFD to address gluten contamination in the diet, the psychosocial implications of following a GFD, and macro- and micronutrient disequilibria arising from celiac disease and the GFD. Several novel therapeutics are on the horizon in various stages of development, including glutenases, antigliadin antibodies, tight junction regulators, modulation of the immune response to gliadin, and efforts to engineer less toxic gluten-containing foodstuffs.
This review contains 3 figures, 5 tables, and 61 references.
Key words: celiac disease, genetic engineering, food engineering, gluten, glutenases, gluten-free diet, oats, IgY, nutrition, tight junction regulators, wheat
- 1
- IM Women Health
- 1
Primary and Preventive Care of Women
- JANET B. HENRICH, MDAssociate Professor of Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynecology, Yale University, New Haven, CT
Purchase PDFWomen’s health can be defined as diseases or conditions that are unique to women or that involve gender differences that are particularly important to women. This definition acknowledges the increasing scientific evidence supporting a focus on sex and gender and expands the concept of women’s health beyond the traditional focus on reproductive organs and their function. Over time, the definition has come to include an appreciation of wellness and prevention, the interdisciplinary and holistic nature of women’s health, the diversity of women and their health needs over the life span, and the central role of women as patients and as active participants in their health care. This broader interdisciplinary perspective has important implications for clinicians providing care to women. In addition to understanding basic female physiology and reproductive biology, clinicians need to appreciate the complex interaction between the environment and the biology and psychosocial development of women. When dealing with conditions that are not specific to women, clinicians need to be aware of those aspects of disease that are different in women or have important gender implications. The ability to apply this information requires that clinicians adopt attitudes and behavior that are culturally and gender sensitive. Figures visualize female life expectancy, age-adjusted death rates, female breast cancer incidence and death rates, trends in female cigarette smoking, and the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force guidelines for preventive primary care in women.
This review contains 5 figures, 6 tables and 56 references. - 2
Urinary Incontinence and Overactive Bladder Syndrome
By Kristie A. Greene, MD; Lennox Hoyte, MD, MSEECS
Purchase PDFUrinary Incontinence and Overactive Bladder Syndrome
- KRISTIE A. GREENE, MDFellow, Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Tampa General Hospital, Tampa, FL
- LENNOX HOYTE, MD, MSEECSAssociate Professor and Director, Female Pelvic Medicine and Reconstructive Surgery, University of South Florida College of Medicine, Director, Urogynecology, and TGH-Pelvic Floor Disorders Group, Tampa General Hospital, Tampa, FL
Purchase PDFUrinary incontinence falls into two broad categories: stress incontinence and urge incontinence. Stress urinary incontinence occurs when urethral closure pressure cannot increase sufficiently to compensate for a sudden increase in intra-abdominal pressure, as from a cough or Valsalva maneuver. Urge urinary incontinence occurs when an unintended bladder contraction creates an insuppressible urge to void, leading to urinary leakage. When women have signs and/or symptoms of both stress and urge incontinence, it is referred to as mixed urinary incontinence. Overactive bladder syndrome is defined by the Standardization Subcommittee of the International Continence Society (ICS) as urinary urgency, with or without urge incontinence and usually with frequency and nocturia. Nocturia, which is often associated with urinary frequency, is defined as a need to urinate that awakens the person during the night. This chapter discusses the epidemiology and physiology of urinary incontinence and overactive bladder syndrome in women, as well as diagnosis and treatment. Tables list foods and beverages that may cause urinary frequency and urgency; features of urge incontinence, stress incontinence, and mixed incontinence; American Urologic Association (AUA) guidelines regarding level of evidence and indications for adult urodynamics; and currently available antimuscarinic drugs and their dosages, selectivity, efficacy, and side effects. Figures depict the journal of someone with mixed incontinence, a typical urodynamics suite, a urodynamic study of someone with detrusor overactivity, incontinence pessaries, and transobturator and retropubic slings.
This review contains 5 figures, 5 tables, and 44 references.
- 3
Primary and Preventive Care of Women
- JANET B. HENRICH, MDAssociate Professor of Medicine and Obstetrics and Gynecology, Yale University, New Haven, CT
- 1
- 1
- General Surgery
- 1
Abdominal Pain and Abdominal Mass
By Blake D. Babcock, MD; Alexander E. Poor, MD; Mohammad F. Shaikh, MD; Wilbur B. Bowne, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFAbdominal Pain and Abdominal Mass
- BLAKE D. BABCOCK, MDSurgical Resident, Department of Surgery, Drexel University College of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA
- ALEXANDER E. POOR, MDAssociate Director of Research, Department of Surgery, Vincera Institute, Philadelphia, PA
- MOHAMMAD F. SHAIKH, MDAcute Care Surgery Fellow, UCSF-Fresno in Fresno, California
- WILBUR B. BOWNE, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery, Professor of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Chief of the Section of Surgical Oncology and Director of the Peritoneal Surface Malignancy Program; also at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital in Philadelphia, PA
Purchase PDFAcute abdominal pain and abdominal mass are intimately connected; therefore, the diagnostic process for evaluating abdominal pain and abdominal masses is largely the same and has been preserved since ancient times. The primary goals in the management of patients with abdominal pain and/or abdominal mass are to establish a differential diagnosis by obtaining a clinical history, to refine the differential diagnosis with a physical examination and appropriate studies, and to determine the role of operative intervention in the treatment or refinement of the working diagnosis. This review describes the process of diagnosing abdominal pain, including taking a clinical history and performing a physical examination. Investigative studies, including laboratory tests, imaging, and pathology are reviewed. Management, including surgical treatment, is discussed. Tables describe intraperitoneal and extraperitoneal causes of acute abdominal pain, frequency of specific diagnoses in patients with acute abdominal pain, and common abdominal signs and findings noted on physical examination. Figures show abdominal pain in specific locations, a data sheet, the differential diagnosis of an abdominal mass by quadrant or region, characteristic patterns of abdominal pain, acute appendicitis with associated appendicolith, bilateral adrenal masses, adrenocortical carcinoma, retroperitoneal leiomyosarcoma, pancreatic mass, a sagittal ultrasonogram of the pancreas, ultrasonograms of the liver, a dark and well circumscribed abdominal mass, gastroesophageal junction adenocarcinoma, and percutaneous biopsy of a large abdominal mass. An algorithm outlines the assessment of acute abdominal pain and abdominal mass.
This review contains 16 figures, 22 tables, and 171 references
Keywords: anatomy, swellings, inflammatory, opioid, palpatation, PET, COVID 19
- 2
Initial Management of Life-threatening Trauma
By Emily Cantrell, MD; Jay Doucet, MD, FACS, FRCSC, RDMS
Purchase PDFInitial Management of Life-threatening Trauma
- EMILY CANTRELL, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Trauma, Surgical Critical Care, Burns, and Acute Care Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of California, San Diego, CA
- JAY DOUCET, MD, FACS, FRCSC, RDMSProfessor of Surgery, Division of Trauma, Surgical Critical Care and Burns, Department of Surgery, UC San Diego Health System, San Diego, CA
Purchase PDFManagement of the critically injured patient is optimized by a coordinated team effort in an organized trauma system that allows for rapid assessment and initiation of life-preserving therapies. This initial assessment must proceed systematically and be prioritized according to physiologic necessity for survival. Beginning in the prehospital setting, coordination, preparation, and appropriate triage of the injured are crucial to facilitating rapid resuscitation of the trauma patient. Next, active efforts to support airway, breathing, circulation, and disability are performed with simultaneous intervention to treat life-threatening injuries and restore hemodynamic stability in the primary survey. With ongoing evaluation and continued resuscitation, a secondary survey provides a head-to-toe assessment of the patient allowing for further diagnosis of injuries and triage to more definitive care.
This review contains 12 figures, 8 tables and 63 references
Key Words: advanced trauma life support, definitive airway, FAST/eFAST, field triage, Glasgow coma scale, primary survey, 1:1:1 resuscitation, secondary survey
- 3
Fundamentals of Endovascular Surgery
- C LOUIS GARRARD III, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Vascular Surgery, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, TN.
Purchase PDFThe technology and innovations in endovascular surgery are advancing at a dramatically rapid pace. In this review, the fundamentals of endovascular procedures that are necessary to take advantage of this advancing technology are outlined and explained. Preoperative patient assessment, appropriate access site selection, and vascular access technique are explained. The selection and use of appropriate guide wires, catheters, and sheaths are also reviewed and outlined. The basic techniques for angioplasty and stenting are described as well. Finally, appropriate closure techniques and postprocedure care are described. As with any operation or procedure, mastering the fundamentals is necessary to proceed to advanced intervention.
This review contains 10 figures, 1 table, 1 video, and 13 references
Key words: access troubleshooting, arterial access, endovascular instruments, endovascular preparation, endovascular techniques
- 4
Preoperative Evaluation of the Vascular Patient
By Issam Koleilat, MD; Christopher G. Carsten, MD
Purchase PDFPreoperative Evaluation of the Vascular Patient
- ISSAM KOLEILAT, MDVascular Surgery Fellow, Greenville Health Systems, Greenville, SC
- CHRISTOPHER G. CARSTEN, MDChief, Division of Vascular Surgery, Greenville Health Systems, Greenville, SC
Purchase PDFAlmost as critical as an operation itself is the preparation of the patient. Although this often includes psychosocial concerns such as expectations of recovery, inpatient stay, and other patient-centered issues, the discussion prior to surgery should not be limited to these factors. A medical assessment of the patient’s fitness and physiologic preparedness for the planned procedure must be performed by the surgeon and the resultant findings and plan reviewed with the patient. Although vascular disease affects multiple organ systems requiring a thorough general preoperative patient assessment, the focus of preoperative risk reduction strategies center on cardiac outcomes. Therefore, this review focuses on cardiac-related interventions with added coverage of preoperative strategies regarding diabetes, pulmonary and renal risk assessment, and infection reduction. Lastly, the perioperative management of anticoagulation/antiplatelet medications and cerebrovascular disease are discussed Techniques and treatments to optimize patients for surgery are integrated into the respective sections, allowing for a primer to guide this critical phase in a patient’s journey through surgery. Tables outline the Revised Cardiac Risk Index, assessment of functional capacity from patient self-reported activities, optimal delay in elective surgery after percutaneous coronary revascularization according to the 2014 American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association clinical practice guidelines, Respiratory Failure Risk Index, Szilagyi classification of vascular surgical site infection, and recommendations regarding perioperative management of anticoagulants and antiplatelet agents. A suggested algorithm for preoperative cardiac workup and the Cockcroff-Gault equation are provided.
This review contains 2 figures, 10 tables, and 117 references
Keywords: Preoperative period, risk factors, heart disease, diabetes mellitus, hyperkalemia, coagulopathy, thrombosis
- 5
Surgical Treatment of Obesity and the Metabolic Syndrome
By Iman Ghaderi, MD, MSc; Nisha Dhanabalsamy, MD; Carlos A Galvani, MD
Purchase PDFSurgical Treatment of Obesity and the Metabolic Syndrome
- IMAN GHADERI, MD, MSCAssistant Professor of Surgery, Section of Minimally Invasive & Robotic Surgery, Division of General Surgery, Department of Surgery, College of Medicine, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ.
- NISHA DHANABALSAMY, MDPostdoctoral Research Fellow, Section of Minimally Invasive & Robotic Surgery, Division of General Surgery, Department of Surgery, College of Medicine, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ.
- CARLOS A GALVANI, MDAssociate Professor of Surgery and Section Chief, Section of Minimally Invasive & Robotic Surgery, Division of General Surgery, Department of Surgery, College of Medicine, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ.
Purchase PDFObesity and obesity-related comorbid conditions have been steadily increasing in the United States over the past few decades. Despite the availability of several anti-obesity measures such as diet, exercise, pharmacotherapy and behavioral modifications, bariatric surgery is the only effective modality that can provide a sustainable long-term weight loss and improve obesity-associated comorbidities. In this chapter, we discuss perioperative assessment and work-up of morbidly obese patients, minimally invasive approaches to various bariatric surgery procedures including laparoscopic adjustable gastric band, sleeve gastrectomy, gastric bypass and biliopancreatic diversion with duodenal switch, and their short and long term outcomes. We also address revisional bariatric surgery and use of robotic platform and other new procedures and their role in metabolic and bariatric surgery.
This review contains 7 figures, 2 videos, 2 tables, and 110 references.
Keywords: Obesity, comorbidities, metabolic surgery, bariatric surgery, gastric bypass, adjustable gastric band, sleeve gastrectomy, Biliopancreatic Diversion with Duodenal Switch, revisional surgery
- 6
Breast Cancer
By Stephen B Edge, MD, FACS, FASCO; Lindi VanderWalde, MD, FACS; Alyssa D. Throckmorton, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFBreast Cancer
- STEPHEN B EDGE, MD, FACS, FASCOProfessor of Oncology, VP Healthcare Outcomes and Policy, Roswell Park Cancer Institute, Buffalo, NY
- LINDI VANDERWALDE, MD, FACSBreast Surgical Oncologist, Baptist Cancer Center, Baptist Memorial Health Care Corporation, Memphis, TN
- ALYSSA D. THROCKMORTON, MD, FACSBreast Surgical Oncologist, Baptist Cancer Center, Baptist Memorial Health Care Corporation, Memphis, TN; Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Tennessee Health Science Center, Memphis, TN
Purchase PDFBreast cancer is the most common malignancy in women in the Western world. Its prevalence and public health impact are increasing in developing countries, and breast cancer leads to the death of hundreds of thousands of women worldwide annually. In the United States, surgeons are involved in the treatment of most women with breast cancer and surgical care must be coordinated with other components of comprehensive breast cancer treatment. This review covers breast evaluation and management of findings suspicious for cancer, management of clinical or screening-detected findings, management of breast cancer, noninvasive cancer (carcinoma in situ), invasive breast cancer, special circumstances, and follow-up after breast cancer treatment.
This review contains 9 figures, 41 tables, and 106 references.
Key words: Breast cancer, ductal carcinoma in situ, lobular carcinoma in situ, chemotherapy, hormone receptor-positive, HER2/neu, breast-conserving therapy, reconstruction, mastectomy, adjuvant therapy, radiation therapy
- 7
Lymphatic Mapping and Sentinel Node Biopsy
By David W. Ollila, MD, FACS; Karyn B. Stitzenberg, MD, MPH; Kristalyn Gallagher, DO, FACS
Purchase PDFLymphatic Mapping and Sentinel Node Biopsy
- DAVID W. OLLILA, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC
- KARYN B. STITZENBERG, MD, MPHAssociate Professor of Surgery, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC
- KRISTALYN GALLAGHER, DO, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, NC
Purchase PDFWith an estimated 232,670 new cases in the United States in 2014, breast cancer is among the most common malignancies treated by US surgeons. Meanwhile, the incidence of melanoma is rising faster than for all other solid malignancies, with an estimated 76,100 new cases of invasive melanoma in the United States in 2014. Over the past 20 years, significant strides have been made in the management of these two diseases from the standpoint of both surgical and adjuvant therapy. For both diseases, the presence or absence of lymph node metastases is highly predictive of patient outcome and is the most important prognostic factor for disease recurrence and cancer-related mortality. This review covers lymphatic mapping and sentinel node biopsy for melanoma, special circumstances associated with sentinel node biopsy in melanoma, lymphatic mapping and sentinel node biopsy in breast cancer, and radiation exposure guidelines and policies. The figures show lymphatic mapping and sentinel lymph node biopsy for melanoma, lymphatic mapping and sentinel node biopsy for breast cancer, and touch-imprint cytology from lymphatic mapping and sentinel node biopsy for breast cancer.
This review contains 3 figures, 4 tables and 91 references
Keywords: sentinel node, dissection, biopsy, breast cancer, melanoma, cancer, lymphatic mapping
- 8
Postoperative Management of the Hospitalized Patient
- EDWARD KELLY, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFEffective surgical treatments are available for a wide variety of diseases in the modern era; at the same time, surgical interventions have become increasingly complex and specialized. The contemporary surgeon must coordinate evaluation and management of patients with multiple medical diagnoses and shepherd these patients through an increasingly elaborate process of medical and surgical care. To provide effective care, the organ systems–oriented approach is key. This approach, demonstrated in the following review, guides the practitioner through each organ system in order and can be used to generate a differential diagnosis for each system and a comprehensive problem list for each patient.
This review contains 20 tables, and 59 references.
Keywords: Postoperative period, perioperative period, cardiac complications, surgical site infection, incentive spirometry, postoperative delirium, postoperative renal failure
- 9
Postoperative Pain Management
- ABHISHEK PARMAR, MD, MSAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL
Purchase PDFThe aim of this review is to provide practical clinical information on modern pain management options to guide the clinician on evidence-based practices, optimizing the treatment of pain and avoiding practices that may lead to potential abuse. Postoperative pain management is an essential component of any surgeon’s practice and has clear implications for surgical outcomes, patient satisfaction, and population health. Understanding options within a multimodal approach to pain management in the acute setting is a key determinant to improving outcomes for our patients. This review discusses multimodal analgesic options, including a variety of pain medications (opiates, antiinflammatory medications, and patient-controlled analgesia) and techniques (epidural catheter placement, regional nerve blocks) to be used in tandem. Lastly, best possible practices to avoid opiate abuse are discussed.
This review contains 4 figures, 5 tables, 1 video and 96 references.
Key words: antiinflammatories, epidural, narcotics, patient-controlled analgesia, postoperative pain, regional nerve block
- 10
Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease and Hiatal Hernia
By Kyle A. Perry, MD; Vivian L. Wang, MD
Purchase PDFGastroesophageal Reflux Disease and Hiatal Hernia
- KYLE A. PERRY, MDAssociate Professor of Surgery, Division of General and Gastrointestinal Surgery, The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center, Columbus, OH
- VIVIAN L. WANG, MDClinical Instructor of Surgery, Division of General and Gastrointestinal Surgery, The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center, Columbus, OH
Purchase PDFGastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) is common, affecting approximately 18 to 27% of adult Americans, and can have a considerable impact on quality of life. Hiatal hernias are present in 80% of patients with symptomatic GERD. This review covers the basic pathophysiology, evaluation, and treatment algorithms for patients with GERD and hiatal hernia. Figures show normal gastroesophageal junction anatomy, treatment algorithm for patients with symptomatic GERD, schematic and endoscopic images of long segment Barrett's esophagus, a normal barium esophagogram, esophageal intraluminal pressures assessed by esophageal manometry, test results from a 48-hour wireless pH study, laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication, laparoscopic gastroesophageal junction reinforcement, classification of paraesophageal hernia, and endoscopic view of Cameron ulcers at the level of the diaphragm in the setting of a type III paraesophageal hernia. Tables list risk factors for GERD and a standardized approach to Nissen fundoplication.
This review contains 10 figures, 3 tables, and 68 references.
Keywords: Gastroesophageal reflux disease, GERD, hiatal hernia, paraesophageal hernia, anti-reflux surgery, Nissen fundoplication, Barrett's esophagus, manometry, pH study
- 11
Management of Uncomplicated Gallstones and Benign Gallbladder Disease
By Rebecca C Britt, MD, FACS; Jessica R Burgess, MD
Purchase PDFManagement of Uncomplicated Gallstones and Benign Gallbladder Disease
- REBECCA C BRITT, MD, FACSAssociate Professor, Department of Surgery, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk, VA
- JESSICA R BURGESS, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk VA
Purchase PDFGallbladder disease is one of the most common problems that the general surgeon will encounter. This comprehensive review discusses the management of uncomplicated gallstone disease, functional gallbladder disease, and gallbladder polyps. It provides indications for cholecystectomy in the asymptomatic patient. There is a thorough review of the diagnosis and management of symptomatic cholelithiasis, including special situations such as pregnancy and cirrhosis, and the latest evidence regarding routine versus selective cholangiography during cholecystectomy. This review also discusses the latest updates to the criteria for diagnosing functional gallbladder disease and sphincter of Oddi dysfunction.
This review contains 6 figures, 6 tables, and 99 references.
Key words: asymptomatic gallstones, biliary dyskinesia, cholangiography, gallbladder polyps, laparoscopic cholecystectomy, sphincter of Oddi dysfunction, symptomatic cholelithiasis
- 12
Management of Acute Wounds
- LEE D. FAUCHER, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery University of Wisconsin School of Medicine & Public Health, Madison WI.
- ANGELA L. GIBSON, MD, PHDAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Madison, WI
Purchase PDFAcute wounds are the result of local trauma and may be associated with severe life-threatening injuries. All patients with acute wounds should be assessed for comorbidities such as malnutrition, diabetes, peripheral vascular disease, neuropathy, obesity, immune deficiency, autoimmune disorders, connective tissue diseases, coagulopathy, hepatic dysfunction, malignancy, smoking practices, medication use that could interfere with healing, and allergies. The authors address the key considerations in management of the acute wound, including anesthesia, location of wound repair (e.g., operating room or emergency department), hemostasis, irrigation, débridement, closure materials, timing and methods of closure, adjunctive treatment (e.g., tetanus and rabies prophylaxis, antibiotics, and nutritional supplementation), appropriate closure methods for specific wound types, dressings, postoperative wound care, and potential disturbances of wound healing.
This review contains 11 figures, 31 tables, and 92 references.
Keywords: Wound, wound infection, burns, suture, staple, wound closure, wound healing, dehiscence, skin grafting
- 13
Advance Directives, Do Not Resuscitate Orders, and Power of Attorney for Health Care
By Laura Stafman, MD; Sushanth Reddy, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFAdvance Directives, Do Not Resuscitate Orders, and Power of Attorney for Health Care
- LAURA STAFMAN, MDResident, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL
- SUSHANTH REDDY, MD, FACSAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL
Purchase PDFIn 2005, Terri Schiavo collapsed at home and was found by her husband without respirations or a pulse. She was resuscitated, but suffered severe anoxic brain injury and after 21/2 months was diagnosed as being in a persistent vegetative state. A court appointed her husband as her legal guardian as she did not have a written advance directive and had not specified a power of attorney for health care (POAHC), but heated court battles raged between her husband and her parents regarding who should be making decisions and what the appropriate decisions were. This case highlights the importance of writing down instructions for end-of-life care or designating someone to make decisions in their best interest in the event they could not make these decisions themselves. This review covers advance directives, do-not-resuscitate orders, and POAHC. Figures show an extended values history form, an example of a living will, the California’s Physician Orders for Life-Sustaining Treatment form, components of the CURVES mnemonic to assess decision-making capacity in critical/emergency situations, and activation and deactivation of power of attorney for health care. Tables list the most common types of advance directive and description of each, barriers to the use of advance directives, common themes in surgeons’ attitudes regarding advance directives, general requirements and exclusions for POAHC, and requirements for decision-making capacity in patients.
This review contains 5 figures, 9 tables, and 58 references
Keywords: Advance directives, power of attorney in health care, do not resuscitate order, decision-making, end-of-life, critical care
- 14
- 15
Management of Acute Wounds
- LEE D. FAUCHER, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery University of Wisconsin School of Medicine & Public Health, Madison WI.
- ANGELA L. GIBSON, MD, PHDAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Madison, WI
- 16
Breast Cancer
By Stephen B Edge, MD, FACS, FASCO; Lindi VanderWalde, MD, FACS; Alyssa D. Throckmorton, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFBreast Cancer
- STEPHEN B EDGE, MD, FACS, FASCOProfessor of Oncology, VP Healthcare Outcomes and Policy, Roswell Park Cancer Institute, Buffalo, NY
- LINDI VANDERWALDE, MD, FACSBreast Surgical Oncologist, Baptist Cancer Center, Baptist Memorial Health Care Corporation, Memphis, TN
- ALYSSA D. THROCKMORTON, MD, FACSBreast Surgical Oncologist, Baptist Cancer Center, Baptist Memorial Health Care Corporation, Memphis, TN; Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Tennessee Health Science Center, Memphis, TN
- 17
The Diabetic Surgical Patient
- CATHLINE LAYBA, MDResident, Department of Surgery, The University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, TX
- LANCE GRIFFIN, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, Division of Trauma, The University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, TX
Purchase PDFDiabetes mellitus is the seventh leading cause of death in the United States; diabetic patients have a 50% chance of undergoing a surgical procedure during their lifetime, and operations in this patient population have been associated with a reported mortality of 4% to 13%. Careful planning of operative management and perioperative care must be taken into account when scheduling surgery for diabetic patients, especially patients taking insulin or oral hypoglycemic agents. Debate continues and inconsistencies remain regarding the management of both diabetes and hyperglycemia in the surgical setting. The review covers the evaluation of the diabetic patient, preoperative management, intraoperative management, postoperative management, total parenteral nutrition and blood glucose, cardiovascular and renal assessment, infection, and special populations.
This review contains 2 figures, 5 tables, and 21 references
Keywords: Glucose, Hyperglycemia, perioperative period, surgery, diabetes mellitus, surgical site infection, preoperative management, postoperative management, wound healing
- 18
Minimally Invasive Esophageal Procedures
- JON O. WEE, MD, FACSCo-Director of Minimally Invasive Thoracic Surgery, Instructor, Harvard Medical School, Division of Thoracic Surgery, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFIn most instances, laparoscopy has replaced open procedures as the standard of care. Nevertheless, equipoise remains in the literature regarding the benefits of surgery compared with alternative treatment strategies such as medications in the case of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) or endoscopic procedures in the case of achalasia. According to Society of American Gastrointestinal and Endoscopic Surgeons (SAGES) guidelines published in 2010, indications for surgery include (1) failure of medical management, (2) patient preference, (3) complications of GERD (Barrett esophagus, peptic stricture), and (4) extraesophageal manifestations (asthma, hoarseness, cough, chest pain, aspiration). This chapter is organized by surgical procedure, all of which are derivatives of the laparoscopic Nissen fundoplication. In this chapter, the authors focus on minimally invasive surgical approaches to the treatment of the following benign esophageal disorders: GERD, achalasia, and paraesophageal hernias. New in this chapter is the in-depth coverage of laparoscopic paraesophageal hernia repair. The majority of patients with paraesophageal hernias are asymptomatic, and their hernias are found incidentally with a retrocardiac gastric bubble on an upright chest x-ray or herniated gastroesophageal junction seen on a chest or abdominal computed tomographic scan. For patients who are symptomatic, surgical repair is indicated as there is no medical treatment for this mechanical problem. For asymptomatic patients, clinical judgment needs to be used. All surgical procedures are covered by preoperative evaluation, operative planning, and operative technique, with a troubleshooting note for every step. Procedure complications, postoperative care, and outcome evaluation follow each procedure, listing the most current reports and data.
This review contains 10 figures, 9 tables and 49 references
Keywords: Minimally invasive surgery, esophagectomy, myotomy, gastroesophageal reflux disease, Barrett esophagus, Nissen fundoplication, fundoplication, paraesophageal hernia
- 19
Acute Limb Ischemia
- JOVAN N. MARKOVIC, MDGeneral Surgery Resident, Post-doctorate, Department of Surgery, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC
- CYNTHIA K. SHORTELL, MD, FACSChief of Vascular Surgery, Vascular Fellowship Program Director, Professor of Surgery, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC
Purchase PDFAcute limb ischemia (ALI) is one of the most challenging conditions in vascular surgery and carries a high risk of amputation and mortality when treatment is delayed. Limb ischemia occurs when there is abrupt interruption of blood supply to an extremity because of either embolic or in situ thrombotic arterial or bypass graft occlusion. The goals of management include limb salvage, minimization of morbidity, and prevention of death. However, given that no objective markers of limb viability are currently available, the initial determination of whether a limb is likely to be viable must be made on clinical grounds. An early clinical evaluation is crucial for the diagnosis and identification of the underlying etiology of the ALI. As ALI is a clinical diagnosis, this review describes all aspects of the clinical evaluation as essential: patient history, staging of limb ischemia, and investigative studies. Atheromatous embolization is also discussed in depth. The characteristic signs of ALI may be summarized as the “six p’s”: pulselessness, pain, pallor, poikilothermia, paresthesia, and paralysis. Pain is the most common symptom in an ischemic limb and progresses along with the ischemia. As ischemia continues to progress, severe pain can be replaced by anesthesia of the limb, which can confound the examiner. Thus, pain should be documented with regard to severity, localization, and progression. ALI therapies covered are heparin therapy, thrombolytic therapy, thrombectomy, and surgical embolectomy and revascularization. The pathophysiology of limb ischemia is related to the progression of tissue infarction and irreversible cell death. Compared with other organs and tissues (e.g., the brain and the heart), the extremities are relatively resistant to ischemia. However, the various tissue types of which an extremity is composed have different metabolic rates.
This review contains 2 figures, 16 tables, and 167 references
Keywords: Acute limb ischemia, peripheral artery disease, thrombolysis, embolectomy, atheromatous embolization, anticoagulation, revascularization
- 20
Acute Limb Ischemia
- JOVAN N. MARKOVIC, MDGeneral Surgery Resident, Post-doctorate, Department of Surgery, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC
- CYNTHIA K. SHORTELL, MD, FACSChief of Vascular Surgery, Vascular Fellowship Program Director, Professor of Surgery, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC
- 21
Anal Neoplasms, Presacral Tumors, and Rare Malignancies
By David E. Beck, MD, FACS, FASCRS
Purchase PDFAnal Neoplasms, Presacral Tumors, and Rare Malignancies
- DAVID E. BECK, MD, FACS, FASCRS
Purchase PDFAn understanding of anal anatomy is essential for optimal management. Patients with anal lesions that appear suspicious or fail to respond to conventional therapy within a month should undergo a biopsy. Premalignant perianal lesions are managed with local excision. Epidermoid carcinoma of the anus is usually managed with chemoradiation. Presacral tumors are managed with excision.
This review contains 11 figures, 13 tables, and 57 references.
Keywords: anal cancer, anterior sacral meningocele, basal cell carcinoma, chordoma, epidermoid carcinoma, high-grade squamous intraepithelial lesions, retrorectal tumor
- 22
Anal Neoplasms, Presacral Tumors, and Rare Malignancies
By David E. Beck, MD, FACS, FASCRS
Purchase PDF - 23
The Pregnant Surgical Patient
By Nina Tamirisa, MD; Sami Kilic, MD, FACOG; Mostafa Borahay, MD, FACOG
Purchase PDFThe Pregnant Surgical Patient
- NINA TAMIRISA, MDGeneral Surgery Resident, Department of Surgery, University of Texas Medical Branch, UCSF East Bay Foundation, Galveston, TX
- SAMI KILIC, MD, FACOGAssistant Professor, Minimally Invasive Gynecologic Surgeon, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, TX
- MOSTAFA BORAHAY, MD, FACOGAssistant Professor, Minimally Invasive Gynecologic Surgeon, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, TX
Purchase PDFThe most vulnerable time for a fetus is during embryogenesis in the first 8 to 10 weeks of pregnancy, when women may be unaware of their pregnancy. Once pregnancy is established, a standard approach to the pregnant patient is the optimal way to ensure medical and surgical decisions are made within the context of maintaining the safety of both mother and fetus. This review describes the approach to the pregnant patient for surgical conditions within the context of physiologic changes of the patient and fetus at each trimester, anesthesia and critical care in pregnancy, imaging and drugs safe for use in pregnancy, and nongynecologic surgery in the pregnant patient and specific surgical conditions. Tables outline the classification of abortion, the assessment of pregnancy viability, physiologic changes in pregnancy, laboratory changes in pregnancy, imaging modality and radiation dose, and antibiotics and safety in pregnancy. Figures include a diagram of types of hysterectomy, respiratory changes in pregnancy, and enlargement of the uterus. Algorithms outline the approach to abdominal pain in the pregnant patient and diagnosis and management of ectopic pregnancy.
This review contains 5 figures, 21 tables, and 87 references
Keywords: Pregnancy, appendicitis, tocolysis, fetal monitoring, biliary tract disease, nonobstetric surgery in the pregnant patient, ectopic pregnancy
- 24
The Pregnant Surgical Patient
By Nina Tamirisa, MD; Sami Kilic, MD, FACOG; Mostafa Borahay, MD, FACOG
Purchase PDFThe Pregnant Surgical Patient
- NINA TAMIRISA, MDGeneral Surgery Resident, Department of Surgery, University of Texas Medical Branch, UCSF East Bay Foundation, Galveston, TX
- SAMI KILIC, MD, FACOGAssistant Professor, Minimally Invasive Gynecologic Surgeon, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, TX
- MOSTAFA BORAHAY, MD, FACOGAssistant Professor, Minimally Invasive Gynecologic Surgeon, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Texas Medical Branch, Galveston, TX
- 25
Abdominal Pain and Abdominal Mass
By Madison M. Crutcher, MD; Darshak S. Thosani, MD; Mohammad F. Shaikh, MD; Wilbur B. Bowne, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFAbdominal Pain and Abdominal Mass
- MADISON M. CRUTCHER, MDResident, Department of Surgery at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital in Philadelphia, PA
- DARSHAK S. THOSANI, MDResident, Department of Surgery at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital in Philadelphia, PA
- MOHAMMAD F. SHAIKH, MDAcute Care Surgery Fellow, UCSF-Fresno in Fresno, California
- WILBUR B. BOWNE, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery, Professor of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Chief of the Section of Surgical Oncology and Director of the Peritoneal Surface Malignancy Program; also at Thomas Jefferson University Hospital in Philadelphia, PA
- 26
Pancreatic Trauma
By James C. Becker, MD; Brian C. Beldowicz, MD; Gregory J. Jurkovich, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFPancreatic Trauma
- JAMES C. BECKER, MDDepartment of Surgery UC Davis Health
- BRIAN C. BELDOWICZ, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery UC Davis Health Assistant Professor of Military & Emergency Medicine Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences
- GREGORY J. JURKOVICH, MD, FACSLloyd F. & Rosemargaret Donant Chair in Trauma Medicine Vice-Chair for Clinical Affairs and Quality Department of Surgery UC Davis Health
Purchase PDFPancreatic injury continues to present challenges to the trauma surgeon. The relatively rare occurrence of these injuries (0.2–12% of abdominal trauma), the difficulty in making a timely diagnosis, and high morbidity and mortality rates following complications justify the anxiety these unforgiving injuries invoke 1-3. Mortality rates for pancreatic trauma range from 9 to 34%, with a mean rate of 19%. Complications following pancreatic injuries are alarmingly frequent, occurring in 30 to 60% of patients 4. Nonetheless, if recognized early, the treatment of most pancreatic injuries is straightforward, with low morbidity and mortality.
This review contains 10 figures, 5 tables, and 66 references
Keywords : Pancreatic trauma, injury, pediatric trauma, ERCP, MRCP, spleen-preserving pancreatectomy
- 27
Pancreatic Trauma
By Gregory J. Jurkovich, MD, FACS; James C. Becker, MD; Brian C. Beldowicz, MD
Purchase PDFPancreatic Trauma
- GREGORY J. JURKOVICH, MD, FACSVice Chairman of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Chief of Surgery, Denver Health Medical Center, Denver, CO
- JAMES C. BECKER, MDDepartment of Surgery UC Davis Health
- BRIAN C. BELDOWICZ, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery UC Davis Health Assistant Professor of Military & Emergency Medicine Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences
- 28
Hereditary Colorectal Cancer and Polyposis Syndromes
By Jose G. Guillem, MD, MPH, FACS; John B Ammori, MD
Purchase PDFHereditary Colorectal Cancer and Polyposis Syndromes
- JOSE G. GUILLEM, MD, MPH, FACS
- JOHN B AMMORI, MD
Purchase PDFThe majority of cases of inherited colorectal cancer (CRC) are accounted for by two syndromes: Lynch syndrome and familial adenomatous polyposis (FAP). In the management of FAP, the role of prophylactic surgery is clearly defined, although the optimal procedure for an individual patient depends on a number of factors. In the management of Lynch syndrome, the indications for prophylactic procedures are emerging. The authors address the clinical evaluation, investigation findings, medical and surgical therapy, and extracolonic diseases of FAP, attenuated form of FAP (AFAP), MYH-associated polyposis, Lynch syndrome, familial colorectal cancer type X (FCCTX), hyperplastic polyposis syndrome, Peutz-Jeghers syndrome, and juvenile polyposis syndrome. AFAP has been described that is associated with fewer adenomas and later development of CRC compared with classic FAP. The AFAP phenotype occurs in less than 10% of FAP patients. The clinical criteria for AFAP are no family members with more than 100 adenomas before the age of 30 years and (1) at least two patients with 10 to 99 adenomas at age over 30 years or (2) one patient with 10 to 99 adenomas at age over 30 years and a first-degree relative with CRC with few adenomas. Given that polyposis has a later onset and the risk of CRC is less well established in AFAP, some authors question whether prophylactic colectomy is necessary in all AFAP patients.
This review contains 26 tables and 173 references
Keywords: Colorectal cancer, Lynch syndrome, hyperplastic polyp, Peutz-Jeghers syndrome, juvenile polyposis syndrome, familial adenomatous polyposis
- 29
Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Pancreas
- KATHERINE A. MORGAN, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, Chief, Division of Gastrointestinal and Laparoscopic Surgery, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, SC
Purchase PDFPancreatic neuroendocrine tumors (PNETs) comprise a diverse, heterogeneous group of tumours that range in presentation and biologic behavior, including small, asymptomatic, incidentally discovered, nonfunctional neoplasms, functional tumors (both localizable and unlocalizable) with associated clinical syndromes, and diffuse metastatic disease. Based on its functional status, the malignancy of a PNET can vary, from the benign (insulinoma) to that which is commonly malignant more than 50% of the time (gastrinoma, somatostatinoma). According to a recent study, PNETs appear to be increasing in incidence or at least in clinical detection; currently the disorder accounts for 1 to 2% of pancreatic tumors and with a reported clinical incidence of one to five cases per million persons annually in the United States. Nonfunctional PNETs make up the majority of cases, and comprise 2% of all pancreatic malignancies. Treatment has been primarily done through surgical management, particularly via resection. However, medical management has played a more increased role for patients where the disease is advanced, encompassing biotherapy, chemotherapy, and targeted therapies such as peptide receptor radionuclide therapy (PRRT). For nonfunctional PNETs—insulinomas, gastrinomas, glucagonomas, somatostatinomas, and VIPomas—the epidemiology, biology of disease, clinical presentation and diagnosis, localization of tumor, operative management considerations, surgical management of primary tumor, and prognosis and outcomes of each are discussed.
This review contains 6 figures, 18 tables, and 58 references
Keywords: Pancreas, neuroendocrine tumor, gastrinoma, somatostatinoma, VIPoma, insulinoma, incidentaloma, glucagonoma, enucleation
- 30
Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Pancreas
- KATHERINE A. MORGAN, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, Chief, Division of Gastrointestinal and Laparoscopic Surgery, Medical University of South Carolina, Charleston, SC
- 31
Acute and Chronic Pancreatitis
- THOMAS J. HOWARD, MD, FACSWillis D. Gatch Professor of Surgery, Indiana University School of Medicine, Department of Surgery, Indiana University Medical Center, Indianapolis, IN
Purchase PDFClinical evaluation and surgical decision making in patients with acute pancreatitis (AP) and chronic pancreatitis (CP) are two of the most complex conditions that a general surgeon faces. Each entity has unique laboratory and radiographic investigations, operations, and postoperative care. The clinical evaluation, history, and physical examination of AP is described. The clinical features necessary for diagnosis are listed, and contrast-enhanced computed tomography is described as the gold standard for diagnosis. This review uses definitions and terminology developed at the Atlanta symposium in 1992. The severity of an episode of AP is described in terms of established scoring systems (APACHE II [Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation II], Glasgow Coma Scale score, Ranson criteria). AP can range from mild to severe necrotizing, with each described. The clinical course is described in detail. For CP, the history, physical examination, and diagnosis via investigative and imaging studies are described. The anatomic and morphologic subtypes of chronic pancreatitis are listed and the operations directed at patients with CP are detailed, and can involve drainage or combined resection and drainage.
This review contains 12 figures, 15 tables, and 55 references
Keywords: Acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, gallbladder disease, alcoholism, amylase, Whipple procedure
- 32
Acute and Chronic Pancreatitis
- THOMAS J. HOWARD, MD, FACSWillis D. Gatch Professor of Surgery, Indiana University School of Medicine, Department of Surgery, Indiana University Medical Center, Indianapolis, IN
- 33
Repair of Infrarenal Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms
By James Sampson, MD; William D Jordan Jr, MD
Purchase PDFRepair of Infrarenal Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms
- JAMES SAMPSON, MDFellow, Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Therapy, University of Alabama at Birmingham, AL
- WILLIAM D JORDAN JR, MDProfessor, Chief, Section of Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Therapy, University of Alabama Medical Center, Birmingham, AL
Purchase PDFAneurysms are localized arterial dilations with a propensity toward expansion and rupture. The abdominal aorta is the most common site of aneurysmal disease and shares risk factors with atherosclerosis, including advanced age, male sex, and tobacco use. Rupture is unpredictable, typically unheralded, and most often fatal. The risk of rupture is related to aneurysm size and continued tobacco use. There is no established medical treatment; therefore, prevention of aneurysm-related death relies on aneurysm detection through screening followed by intervention on appropriately selected and prepared individuals. Intervention is typically warranted when the aneurysm has reached a size of 5.5 cm. Treatment is possible through open surgical repair or through endovascular exclusion of the aneurysm. Optimal outcomes rely on careful consideration of the patient’s comorbid disease and life expectancy and the anatomic features of the aneurysm to determine the most appropriate timing and approach to repair. Continued surveillance after intervention is critical to optimizing long-term benefits of repair, especially for those treated through endovascular means.
This review contains 33 figures, 1 table, and 37 references
Key words: abdominal aortic aneurysm, aneurysm, endovascular, endovascular aneurysm repair, repair, rupture, screening
- 34
Repair of Infrarenal Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms
By James Sampson, MD; William D Jordan Jr, MD
Purchase PDFRepair of Infrarenal Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms
- JAMES SAMPSON, MDFellow, Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Therapy, University of Alabama at Birmingham, AL
- WILLIAM D JORDAN JR, MDProfessor, Chief, Section of Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Therapy, University of Alabama Medical Center, Birmingham, AL
- 35
Ethical Issues in Surgery
By Ira J. Kodner, MD, FACS; Mary E. Klingensmith, MD, FACS; Jason D. Keune, MD, MBA
Purchase PDFEthical Issues in Surgery
- IRA J. KODNER, MD, FACSEmeritus Professor of Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- MARY E. KLINGENSMITH, MD, FACSChief Resident in General Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- JASON D. KEUNE, MD, MBAChief Resident in General Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
Purchase PDFTo be a good surgeon, one must be technically good and scientifically sound, but also ethical to the degree that has traditionally been demanded by our profession. In this chapter, the authors discuss what ethical problems in surgery are and how they might be approached. Respect for autonomy, nonmaleficence, beneficence, and justice define Principlism that forms the backbone of most discourse in clinical medical ethics. Consequentialism/utilitarianism, deontology, virtue ethics, “ethics of care”, and casuistry are all covered. The authors then scrutinize several contemporary problems in surgical ethics. Described and discussed in depth are issues associated with the ‘end of life’; surrogate decision making, futility, “do not resuscitate” orders in the operating room, conflicts of interest, industry payments, and surgical innovation, informed consent, and refusal of care. This review is not meant to be an exhaustive treatment of surgical ethics but a survey highlighting the most common ethical problems.
This review contains 2 figures, 11 tables, and 61 references
Keywords: Autonomy, nonmaleficence, beneficence, justice, principlism, medical ethics, surgery, informed consent, do not resuscitate, living will, advanced directives
- 36
Ethical Issues in Surgery
By Ira J. Kodner, MD, FACS; Mary E. Klingensmith, MD, FACS; Jason D. Keune, MD, MBA
Purchase PDFEthical Issues in Surgery
- IRA J. KODNER, MD, FACSEmeritus Professor of Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- MARY E. KLINGENSMITH, MD, FACSChief Resident in General Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- JASON D. KEUNE, MD, MBAChief Resident in General Surgery, Washington University School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- 37
Injuries to the Peripheral Blood Vessels
- CHARLES J. FOX, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Chief of Vascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Denver Health Medical Center, Denver, CO
Purchase PDFContributions from the armed conflicts of the 20th century have defined the standards for vessel ligation or repair of arterial and venous injuries. Since the Vietnam War, there has been considerable modernization in the battlefield medical environment, and forward surgical capability, expeditious evacuation and new and effective resuscitation strategies have provided the foundation for innovation and progress. Lessons learned during current US military operations continue to advance the practice of vascular trauma surgery, and these techniques are directly translated to surgical practices in trauma centers around the world. This review covers mechanisms and sites of extremity vascular injury, initial assessment, management, and special considerations. Figures show an avulsion injury, in which an artery is stretched, an algorithm for the workup of a patient with a potential extremity vascular injury, an algorithm for the management of complex extremity trauma, exposure of the axillary artery, exposure of the brachial artery, exposure of the femoral artery, medial exposure of the proximal and distal popliteal arteries, the two-incision technique for lower leg decompression in compartment syndrome, and incisions for forearm decompression in compartment syndrome.
This review contains 11 figures, 6 tables, and 84 references
- 38
Injuries to the Peripheral Blood Vessels
- CHARLES J. FOX, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Chief of Vascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Denver Health Medical Center, Denver, CO
- 39
Injuries to Great Vessels of the Abdomen
By David V. Feliciano, MD, FACS; Juan A. Asensio, MD
Purchase PDFInjuries to Great Vessels of the Abdomen
- DAVID V. FELICIANO, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery, Emory University School of Medicine, Surgeon-in-Chief, Grady Memorial Hospital, Atlanta, GA
- JUAN A. ASENSIO, MD
Purchase PDFIn patients who have injuries to the great vessels of the abdomen, the findings on physical examination generally depend on whether a contained hematoma or active hemorrhage is present. This review covers resuscitation in profoundly hypotensive patients, damage control resuscitation, injuries in zones 1, 2, and 3, injuries in the porta hepatis or retrohepatic area, damage control laparatomy, endovascular therapies, and complications. Figures show algorithms illustrating management of intra-abdominal hematoma found at operation after penetrating trauma and blunt trauma; left medial visceral rotation performed by sharp and blunt dissection with elevation of the left colon, the left kidney, the spleen, the tail of the pancreas, and the gastric fundus; an autopsy view of the supraceliac aorta and the celiac axis, the proximal superior mesenteric artery, and the medially rotated left renal artery after removal of lymphatic and nerve tissue; injuries to the prepyloric area of the stomach and to the supraceliac abdominal aorta from a gunshot wound; a temporary intraluminal shunt inserted into the proximal superior mesenteric artery in a patient who had an adjacent injury to the neck of the pancreas after sustaining a gunshot wound; polytetrafluoroethylene patch repair of an injury to the infrarenal inferior vena cava; right perirenal hematoma and left external iliac artery and vein injury repaired with segmental resection and insertion of an 8 mm polytetrafluoroethylene graft and segmental resection and an end-to-end anastomosis, respectively. Tables list American Association for the Surgery of Trauma abdominal vascular organ injury scale, and survival rates after injuries to arteries and veins in the abdomen.
This review contains 9 figures, 7 tables, and 90 references
Keywords: Hemorrhage, great vessel injury, aorta, laparotomy, porta hepatis, endovascular techniques, hematoma, inferior vena cava
- 40
Injuries to Great Vessels of the Abdomen
By David V. Feliciano, MD, FACS; Juan A. Asensio, MD
Purchase PDFInjuries to Great Vessels of the Abdomen
- DAVID V. FELICIANO, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery, Emory University School of Medicine, Surgeon-in-Chief, Grady Memorial Hospital, Atlanta, GA
- JUAN A. ASENSIO, MD
- 41
Preoperative Evaluation of the Vascular Patient
By Issam Koleilat, MD; Christopher G. Carsten, MD
Purchase PDFPreoperative Evaluation of the Vascular Patient
- ISSAM KOLEILAT, MDVascular Surgery Fellow, Greenville Health Systems, Greenville, SC
- CHRISTOPHER G. CARSTEN, MDChief, Division of Vascular Surgery, Greenville Health Systems, Greenville, SC
- 42
Fundamentals of Endovascular Surgery
- C LOUIS GARRARD III, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Vascular Surgery, Vanderbilt University Medical Center, Nashville, TN.
- 43
Advance Directives, Do Not Resuscitate Orders, and Power of Attorney for Health Care
By Laura Stafman, MD; Sushanth Reddy, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFAdvance Directives, Do Not Resuscitate Orders, and Power of Attorney for Health Care
- LAURA STAFMAN, MDResident, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL
- SUSHANTH REDDY, MD, FACSAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama, Birmingham, AL
- 44
Arterial Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
By Besem Beteck, MD; John Eidt, MD; Bradley Grimsley, MD
Purchase PDFArterial Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
- BESEM BETECK, MDVascular Surgery Fellow, Baylor University Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, United States
- JOHN EIDT, MDVice Chairman of Surgery, Baylor University Medical Center, Dallas TX
- BRADLEY GRIMSLEY, MDFaculty, Division of Vascular Surgery, Baylor University Medical Center, Dallas TX
Purchase PDFArterial thoracic outlet syndrome (TOS) is the least common form of TOS in adults. It is an entity that is associated with bony anomalies resulting in chronic subclavian artery compression. Most patients with arterial TOS are young adults presenting either with limb-threatening upper extremity ischemia or chronic symptoms suggestive of arterial insufficiency involving the extremity. Initial diagnostic evaluation involves chest radiography, which may reveal cervical or anomalous first rib. Catheter-based arteriography has a diagnostic as well as therapeutic role. Magnetic resonance angiography and computed tomographic angiography, which are readily available, can be used in surgical planning. Treatment involves revascularization of the extremity, subsequent first rib resection, and possible reconstruction of the subclavian artery.
This review contains 4 figures, 1 table and 45 references
Keywords: arterial complication, brachial thromboembolectomy, cervical rib, costoclavicular space, first rib resection, pectoralis minor space, scalene triangle, subclavian artery stenosis, thoracic outlet syndrome
- 45
Arterial Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
By Besem Beteck, MD; John Eidt, MD; Bradley Grimsley, MD
Purchase PDFArterial Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
- BESEM BETECK, MDVascular Surgery Fellow, Baylor University Medical Center, Dallas, Texas, United States
- JOHN EIDT, MDVice Chairman of Surgery, Baylor University Medical Center, Dallas TX
- BRADLEY GRIMSLEY, MDFaculty, Division of Vascular Surgery, Baylor University Medical Center, Dallas TX
- 46
Asymptomatic Carotid Bruit/carotid Artery Stenosis
By Ali F AbuRahma, MD; Patrick A. Stone, MD
Purchase PDFAsymptomatic Carotid Bruit/carotid Artery Stenosis
- ALI F ABURAHMA, MDProfessor of Surgery, Chief, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Program Director, Vascular Residency Program, Medical Director, Vascular Laboratory, Co-Director, Vascular Center of Excellence, Department of Surgery, Robert C. Byrd Health Sciences Center, West Virginia University, Charleston, WV
- PATRICK A. STONE, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Robert C. Byrd Sciences Center, West Virginia University, Charleston, WV
Purchase PDFStroke used to be the third leading cause of death in the United States, behind coronary artery disease and cancer. However, a 2011 report states that stroke has now dropped to the fourth leading cause of death. Nearly 80% of strokes are ischemic, but only 15% of stroke patients have warning transient ischemic attacks. The management of patients with asymptomatic carotid stenosis is controversial; in this review, a stepwise approach to the management of asymptomatic carotid bruit/extracranial carotid artery stenosis is provided. Specifically, this review covers clinical evaluation, carotid bruits, vascular risk evaluation, imaging modalities, natural history of asymptomatic carotid artery disease, carotid plaque progression, natural history of asymptomatic carotid stenosis with evidence of clinically silent cerebral emboli, recommendations for carotid intervention/medical therapy, level 1 evidence supporting carotid endarterectomy in asymptomatic patients, and decision making for medical therapy alone versus intervention. Figures show color Doppler image with Doppler sampling from the right common carotid artery (CCA) and internal carotid artery (ICA), color duplex image with Doppler sampling of the distal left CCA and proximal ICA, color duplex ultrasound image of a plaque at the carotid bifurcation, magnetic resonance angiography showing severe stenosis of the right ICA and occluded left ICA, computed tomographic angiography showing severe stenosis of the left ICA with calcification, diagram for management of patients with both carotid stenosis and coronary artery disease, and protocol of management of asymptomatic bruit/carotid artery stenosis. Tables list the annual risk of stroke, prevalence of carotid stenosis in patients with bruits and in healthy volunteers, duplex velocity criteria for carotid stenosis, consensus criteria, validation of consensus criteria: duplex ultrasonography versus angiographic stenosis, risk factors for stroke, ranking of modifiable stroke risk factors, asymptomatic randomized trials comparing medical with medical and surgical treatment (stenosis > 60%), and a summary of specialty/societal guidelines.
This review contains 7 figures, 13 tables, and 92 references
Keywords: Carotid bruit, carotid artery stenosis, duplex ultrasonography, atherosclerosis, stroke, transient ischemic attack
- 47
Asymptomatic Carotid Bruit/carotid Artery Stenosis
By Ali F AbuRahma, MD; Patrick A. Stone, MD
Purchase PDFAsymptomatic Carotid Bruit/carotid Artery Stenosis
- ALI F ABURAHMA, MDProfessor of Surgery, Chief, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Program Director, Vascular Residency Program, Medical Director, Vascular Laboratory, Co-Director, Vascular Center of Excellence, Department of Surgery, Robert C. Byrd Health Sciences Center, West Virginia University, Charleston, WV
- PATRICK A. STONE, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Robert C. Byrd Sciences Center, West Virginia University, Charleston, WV
- 48
Thyroid Diseases
- KAREN R. BORMAN, MD, FACSVice-Chair for Education and Quality, Department of Surgery, Medstar Washington Hospital Center, Washington, DC, Clinical Professor (Adjunct), Surgery, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA
- ERIN A. FELGER, MD, FACSAssociate Program Director General Surgery Residency, Department of Surgery, Medstar Washington Hospital Center, Washington, DC, Assistant Professor of Surgery, Georgetown University School of Medicine, Washington, DC
Purchase PDFThe thyroid plays a key role in normal metabolic and homeostatic processes, including thermomodulation, protein synthesis, carbohydrate and lipid metabolism, and modulation of adrenergic regulation. Surgical consultations are most often requested for control of hyperthyroidism or for treatment of euthyroid nodular disease. This review describes the approach to the patient with hyperthyroidism and with euthyroid nodular disease, including papillary, follicular, anaplastic, medullary, and primary thyroid cancer, and oncocytic (Hürthle cell) carcinoma. Operative techniques of thyroidectomy are described and include positioning, incisions-making, and troubleshooting. Postoperative care, including thyroid hormone management, is described. Complications and outcome evaluation are discussed. Tables list the etiologies of hyperthyroidism, benign and malignant etiologies of euthyroid nodular disease, familial syndromes of thyroid disease, the Bethesda classification of fine needle aspiration cytology and associated malignancy risk, the elements of common prognostic schemes for well-differentiated thyroid cancer, and the staging of differentiated, medullary, and anaplastic thyroid cancer. Figures show the six levels of cervical lymph nodes, the initial incision in a thyroidectomy, a midline incision, the superior pole vessels, the upper and lower parathyroid glands, the recurrent laryngeal nerve, and Delphian lymph nodes. An algorithm shows the approach to the patient with thyroid disease
This review contains 7 figures, 25 tables, and 70 references
Keywords: Hyperthyroidism, Graves disease, goiter, toxic nodular, solitary toxic nodule, thyroid cancer, radioactive iodine, Bethesda classification
- 49
Thyroid Diseases
- KAREN R. BORMAN, MD, FACSVice-Chair for Education and Quality, Department of Surgery, Medstar Washington Hospital Center, Washington, DC, Clinical Professor (Adjunct), Surgery, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA
- ERIN A. FELGER, MD, FACSAssociate Program Director General Surgery Residency, Department of Surgery, Medstar Washington Hospital Center, Washington, DC, Assistant Professor of Surgery, Georgetown University School of Medicine, Washington, DC
- 50
Surgical Palliative Care
By Zara Cooper, MD, MSc, FACS; Emily B. Rivet, MD, MBA, FACS, FASCS
Purchase PDFSurgical Palliative Care
- ZARA COOPER, MD, MSC, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Department of Surgery, Center for Surgery and Public Health, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- EMILY B. RIVET, MD, MBA, FACS, FASCSAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School
Purchase PDFPalliative care is a multidisciplinary approach to care that includes relief of suffering and attention to the social, spiritual, physical, and psychological needs of patients and families. The intent of palliative care is to help patients live as well as possible for as long as possible, and relevant domains of palliative care include symptom relief, prognostication, communication with patients, families and clinicians, transitions of care, and end-of-life care. Palliative care is distinct from hospice in many respects including that it can be provided simultaneously with recovery-directed treatments rather than reserved for individuals at end of life. Patients with surgical disease are particularly in need of palliative care due to the common occurrence of severe symptoms such as pain and nausea, complex decision-making, and the often sudden onset of the disease or injury which precludes preparation for the new health state.
This review contains 3 figures, 14 tables, and 63 references
Keywords: communication, end-of- life, goals of care, high-risk surgery, palliative, palliative care, palliative surgery, patient comfort, surgical decision-making, surgical prognostication
- 51
Surgical Palliative Care
By Zara Cooper, MD, MSc, FACS; Emily B. Rivet, MD, MBA, FACS, FASCS
Purchase PDFSurgical Palliative Care
- ZARA COOPER, MD, MSC, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Department of Surgery, Center for Surgery and Public Health, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- EMILY B. RIVET, MD, MBA, FACS, FASCSAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School
- 52
Raynaud Phenomenon
- RABIH A CHAER, MDDivision of Vascular Surgery, The University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Heart and Vascular Institute, Pittsburgh, PA.
- JON C HENRY, MDDivision of Vascular Surgery, The University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Heart and Vascular Institute, Pittsburgh, PA.
Purchase PDFRaynaud phenomenon is an episodic, exaggerated vascular response to cold or emotional stimuli, typically involving the fingers. Raynaud phenomenon is classified as either primary or secondary which is often associated with autoimmune disease as described in this review. Clinical evaluation and diagnostic studies are discussed, including evaluation of digital pressure response to cooling, evaluation that differentiates Raynaud phenomenon from other ailments affecting perfusion to the digits, and nailfold capillaroscopy if secondary Raynaud phenomenon is suspected. Management of Raynaud phenomenon is discussed, including lifestyle modification and many different medical therapies that have been studied in this disease process. Interventional procedures are also discussed. Guidelines to assist in the treatment of both primary and secondary Raynaud phenomenon are provided.
This review contains 2 figures, 5 tables, and 53 references
Keywords: calcium channel blockers, capillaroscopy, cold intolerance, digits, discoloration, Raynaud phenomenon, vasospastic
- 53
Raynaud Phenomenon
- RABIH A CHAER, MDDivision of Vascular Surgery, The University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Heart and Vascular Institute, Pittsburgh, PA.
- JON C HENRY, MDDivision of Vascular Surgery, The University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Heart and Vascular Institute, Pittsburgh, PA.
- 54
Giant Cell and Takayasu Arteritis
- SHERRY D. SCOVELL, MD, FACSInstructor in Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Attending Vascular Surgeon, Division Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFMany diseases cause inflammatory large vessel vasculitis. However, giant cell arteritis (GCA) and Takayasu arteritis (TA) are the most common large vessel vasculitides. Vascular surgeons should be aware of the workup and management of these two large vessel vasculitides as they are often involved in the care of these patients. Medical management is the primary therapy for both GCA and TA. However, surgical or endovascular therapy may be necessary in certain circumstances. This review explores all of the above aspects of both GCA and TA. Tables highlight inflammatory large vessel vasculitides, major differences between GCA and TA, criteria for the classification of GCA and TA, the distribution of arterial lesions in GCA and TA, and clinical presentation in TA patients by symptom. Figures show occlusive or aneurysmal disease of the aorta and its branches; pallid and sectoral edema; external carotid artery, superficial temporal artery, and facial nerve anatomy; frequency of arterial involvement in GCA and TA; the placement of incision for superficial temporal artery biopsy; right subclavian and axillary arteries in TA; and histology of the superficial temporal artery and a superficial temporal artery in GCA.
This review contains 12 figures, 10 tables, and 91 references
Keywords: Giant cell arteritis, Takayasu arteritis, vasculitis, endovascular surgery, temporal artery, autoimmune
- 55
Giant Cell and Takayasu Arteritis
- SHERRY D. SCOVELL, MD, FACSInstructor in Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Attending Vascular Surgeon, Division Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- 56
Atherosclerosis
- ALEX HELKIN, MDSurgical Resident, Department of Surgery, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Veterans Affairs Healthcare Network Upstate New York at Syracuse, Syracuse, NY
- SHIVIK PATEL, BSMedical Student, Department of Surgery, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY
- VIVIAN GAHTAN, MDDepartment of Veterans Affairs Healthcare Network Upstate New York at Syracuse, Lloyd Rogers Professor of Surgery and Chief, Division of Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Services, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY
Purchase PDFFor the past decade, cardiovascular disease (CVD) has been the leading cause of death and disability worldwide, and in most cases, atherosclerosis is the dominant underlying pathologic process. Atherosclerosis is characterized by subendothelial accumulation of lymphocytes, lipid-filled macrophages, and inflammation-induced migration of vascular smooth muscle cells slowly forming a fibroinflammatory lipid plaque. Over time, the plaque progressively weakens and occludes the vessel; however, with continued inflammation and hemodynamic changes, atheromas can dangerously manifest as ischemia (acute or chronic) or aneurysmal disease. This review discusses the economic impact, historical background, and pathogenesis of atherosclerosis, as well as normal arterial biology, risk factors, and screening. Tables outline physiologic properties of nitric oxide in native vessels, selected cellular and chemical mediators and their role in atherogenesis, current risk factors for peripheral arterial disease (PAD) development, and diagnosis criteria for diseases that confer increased PAD risk. Graphs demonstrate mortality due to PAD, PAD prevalence, and the economic impact of CVD. Illustrations depict normal vessel anatomy, blood flow with plaque at carotid bifurcation, the superficial femoral artery (SFA) with plaque, and the progression of atherosclerotic changes. A flow chart for atherogenesis, photograph of a human carotid endarterectomy specimen, and angiogram showing the classic occluding lesion of the SFA are also provided.
This review contains 9 figures, 9 tables, and 93 references
Keywords: Atherosclerosis, cardiovascular disease, dyslipidemia, hypercholesterolemia, peripheral artery disease
- 57
Atherosclerosis
- ALEX HELKIN, MDSurgical Resident, Department of Surgery, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Department of Veterans Affairs Healthcare Network Upstate New York at Syracuse, Syracuse, NY
- SHIVIK PATEL, BSMedical Student, Department of Surgery, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY
- VIVIAN GAHTAN, MDDepartment of Veterans Affairs Healthcare Network Upstate New York at Syracuse, Lloyd Rogers Professor of Surgery and Chief, Division of Vascular Surgery and Endovascular Services, SUNY Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY
- 58
Duodenal Trauma
By Gregory J. Jurkovich, MD, FACS; James C. Becker, MD; Brian C. Beldowicz, MD
Purchase PDFDuodenal Trauma
- GREGORY J. JURKOVICH, MD, FACSVice Chairman of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Chief of Surgery, Denver Health Medical Center, Denver, CO
- JAMES C. BECKER, MDDepartment of Surgery UC Davis Health
- BRIAN C. BELDOWICZ, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery UC Davis Health Assistant Professor of Military & Emergency Medicine Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences
Purchase PDFDuodenal trauma is rare enough to prevent most surgeons from having extensive experience with its management, but not so unusual as to be ignored. The challenges are not simply in the operative decision-making, but also in the timely diagnosis. The duodenum accounts for only 5% of intra-abdominal traumatic injuries, likely owing to its deep, mostly retroperitoneal location. Fully three-quarters of duodenal injuries reported in the world’s literature are from penetrating wounds, and nearly all (90%) will have associated intra-abdominal injuries. Hemorrhage control, halting contamination, and definitive repair of the duodenal injury are the hallmarks of good management. The grade or severity of the duodenal injury will direct the appropriate surgical repair technique. Timely diagnosis is imperative, for a delay will increase mortality four-fold.
This review contains 7 figures, 5 tables, and 25 references
Keywords: Duodenum, pylorus, injury, trauma, pyloric exclusion, amylase, lipase, tube-duodenostomy, whipple procedure, retroperitoneum
- 59
Duodenal Trauma
By Gregory J. Jurkovich, MD, FACS; James C. Becker, MD; Brian C. Beldowicz, MD
Purchase PDFDuodenal Trauma
- GREGORY J. JURKOVICH, MD, FACSVice Chairman of Surgery, University of Colorado School of Medicine, Chief of Surgery, Denver Health Medical Center, Denver, CO
- JAMES C. BECKER, MDDepartment of Surgery UC Davis Health
- BRIAN C. BELDOWICZ, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery UC Davis Health Assistant Professor of Military & Emergency Medicine Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences
- 60
Acid-base Disorders
By Herbert Chen, MD, FACS; Jason Primus, MD; Colin Martin, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFAcid-base Disorders
- HERBERT CHEN, MD, FACSChairman, Division of General Surgery, Layton F. Rikkers M.D. Chair in Surgical Leadership, Vice-Chair for Research, Department of Surgery, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI
- JASON PRIMUS, MDResident, Department of Surgery, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Phoenix AZ
- COLIN MARTIN, MD, FACSAssociate Professor Surgical Director, UAB/Children's of Alabama Center for Advanced Intestinal Rehabilitation Program Co-director, Pre-College Research Internship for Students from Minority Backgrounds (PRISM) Associate Vice-Chair for Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
Purchase PDFThis review is a summary of the acid-base physiology that is essential to understanding acid-base pathophysiology. An acid is defined as a proton donor; a base is defined as a proton acceptor. The body fluids are composed of acids and bases, which are tightly regulated by our organ systems, specifically the respiratory system and kidneys. Derangements in the body’s acid-base homeostatic mechanisms or overloading the capacity of the body’s ability to respond can lead to acid-base disorders. These include acidosis and alkalosis, which can be further classified into respiratory, metabolic, or mixed disorders. The approach to these disorders is to stabilize the patient, focusing on respiratory and circulatory status and treating the underlying cause of the acid-base derangement.
This review contains 4 figures, 6 tables, and 30 references
Keywords: acid-base disorders, acid-base homeostasis, acid-base physiology, acidemia, alkalemia, metabolic acidosis, metabolic alkalosis, mixed acid-base disorders, respiratory acidosis, respiratory alkalosis
- 61
Acid-base Disorders
By Herbert Chen, MD, FACS; Jason Primus, MD; Colin Martin, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFAcid-base Disorders
- HERBERT CHEN, MD, FACSChairman, Division of General Surgery, Layton F. Rikkers M.D. Chair in Surgical Leadership, Vice-Chair for Research, Department of Surgery, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI
- JASON PRIMUS, MDResident, Department of Surgery, Mayo Clinic Arizona, Phoenix AZ
- COLIN MARTIN, MD, FACSAssociate Professor Surgical Director, UAB/Children's of Alabama Center for Advanced Intestinal Rehabilitation Program Co-director, Pre-College Research Internship for Students from Minority Backgrounds (PRISM) Associate Vice-Chair for Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
- 62
Bleeding and Transfusion
By Garth H. Utter, MD, MSc, FACS; Robert C. Gosselin, MT; John T. Owings, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFBleeding and Transfusion
- GARTH H. UTTER, MD, MSC, FACSAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, CA
- ROBERT C. GOSSELIN, MTCoagulation Specialist, Department of Clinical Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, CA
- JOHN T. OWINGS, MD, FACS Professor, Department of Surgery, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, CA
Purchase PDFThis review describes the approaches taken for patient with massive hemorrhage, a derangement of hemostasis, and anemia. For hemorrhage, control of the source of bleeding, restoration of the blood volume, and management of the coagulopathy is presented. Exclusion of technical causes of bleeding, an initial assessment of potential coagulopathy, and an interpretation of coagulation parameters is described for derangements of hemostasis. For anemia, acute coronary artery ischemic syndromes and neurologic conditions are described. Additionally, bleeding disorders are presented. Figures depict various algorithms related to decision-making and treatment. Tables show the management of the patient with an increased International Normalized Ratio, coagulopathy scores, classification and management of Von Willebrand disease, and tests of platelet function.
This review contains 5 figures, 16 tables and 83 references
Keywords: Bleeding, intraoperative hemorrhage, coagulopathy, packed red blood cells, hemostasis, fresh frozen plasma, hemophilia, bleeding disorders
- 63
Bleeding and Transfusion
By Garth H. Utter, MD, MSc, FACS; Robert C. Gosselin, MT; John T. Owings, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFBleeding and Transfusion
- GARTH H. UTTER, MD, MSC, FACSAssistant Professor, Department of Surgery, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, CA
- ROBERT C. GOSSELIN, MTCoagulation Specialist, Department of Clinical Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, CA
- JOHN T. OWINGS, MD, FACS Professor, Department of Surgery, University of California Davis Medical Center, Sacramento, CA
- 64
Hospital Infections
By E Patchen Dellinger, MD; Heather L. Evans, MD, MS; Erik G. Van Eaton, MD
Purchase PDFHospital Infections
- E PATCHEN DELLINGER, MDProfessor and Vice-Chair, Department of Surgery, University of Washington, Chief, Division of General Surgery, University of Washington Medical Center, Seattle, WA
- HEATHER L. EVANS, MD, MSDepartment of Surgery, University of Washington, Seattle, WA
- ERIK G. VAN EATON, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, University of Washington, Seattle, WA
Purchase PDFNosocomial infections are a threat to all hospitalized patients. They can increase morbidity, mortality, length of stay, and costs and occur in almost every body site. This review features an algorithmic approach to the risk, detection, and treatment of nosocomial infections. Respiratory infections include pneumonia, tracheitis or tracheobronchitis, paranasal sinusitis, and otitis media. Operative site or injury-related infections include those occurring in wounds, the intra-abdominal space, methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), empyema, posttraumatic meningitis, osteomyelitis, and sternal and mediastinal infection. A review of intravascular device--associated infection focuses on catheter-related bacteremia and its management. Catheter-associated urinary tract infections (UTIs) and enteric infections are also considered. Enteric infections and transfusion-associated infections are covered in depth, reviewing the most important recent advances and studies. A discussion of postoperative fever addresses the magnitude and incidence of hospital infections, UTIs, and catheter duration and pathogens typically involved and considers the associated costs and the risks of acquiring a nosocomial infection.
This review contains 5 figures, 13 tables and 292 references
Keywords: Nosocomial infection, hospital-acquired infection, MRSA, empyema, meningitis, osteomyelitis, urinary tract infection, peritonitis, postoperative fever, surgical site infection
- 65
Hospital Infections
By E Patchen Dellinger, MD; Heather L. Evans, MD, MS; Erik G. Van Eaton, MD
Purchase PDFHospital Infections
- E PATCHEN DELLINGER, MDProfessor and Vice-Chair, Department of Surgery, University of Washington, Chief, Division of General Surgery, University of Washington Medical Center, Seattle, WA
- HEATHER L. EVANS, MD, MSDepartment of Surgery, University of Washington, Seattle, WA
- ERIK G. VAN EATON, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, University of Washington, Seattle, WA
Purchase PDFNosocomial infections are a threat to all hospitalized patients. They can increase morbidity, mortality, length of stay, and costs and occur in almost every body site. This review features an algorithmic approach to the risk, detection, and treatment of nosocomial infections. Respiratory infections include pneumonia, tracheitis or tracheobronchitis, paranasal sinusitis, and otitis media. Operative site or injury-related infections include those occurring in wounds, the intra-abdominal space, methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), empyema, posttraumatic meningitis, osteomyelitis, and sternal and mediastinal infection. A review of intravascular device--associated infection focuses on catheter-related bacteremia and its management. Catheter-associated urinary tract infections (UTIs) and enteric infections are also considered. Enteric infections and transfusion-associated infections are covered in depth, reviewing the most important recent advances and studies. A discussion of postoperative fever addresses the magnitude and incidence of hospital infections, UTIs, and catheter duration and pathogens typically involved and considers the associated costs and the risks of acquiring a nosocomial infection.
This review contains 5 figures, 13 tables and 292 references
Keywords: Nosocomial infection, hospital-acquired infection, MRSA, empyema, meningitis, osteomyelitis, urinary tract infection, peritonitis, postoperative fever, surgical site infection
- 66
Solitary Pulmonary Nodule
- TAINE T.V. PECHET, MD, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania and Vice Chief of Surgery, Penn Presbyterian Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA
- OLUGBENGA T OKUSANYA, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Department of Cardiothoracic Surgery, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA
Purchase PDFThe solitary pulmonary nodule is a common finding that is observed in more than 150,000 persons each year in the United States. Factors influencing probability of malignancy are discussed, including age and environmental factors. Investigative studies are described. Imaging includes chest radiography, computed tomography, and positron emission tomography. Biopsy can be excisional or performed via transthoracic needle or bronchoscopy. The differential diagnosis is broad and can include malignant or benign lesions. Malignant lesions include nonsmallcell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, pulmonary neuroendocrine tumors, and metastatic malignancies. Benign lesions can include pulmonary hamartoma or inflammatory or infectious nodules. Few, if any, randomized controlled trials exist to direct management. Most clinicians rely on a combination of single-institution studies, a few prospective trials, and clinical acumen to assess a given patient's risk profile to inform decisions on invasive and noninvasive testing. In this review, the tables describe the differential diagnosis of a solitary pulmonary nodule, factors affecting malignant probability of a solitary pulmonary nodule, and the initial assessment of probability of cancer in a solitary pulmonary nodule.
This review contains 8 figures, 10 tables, and 76 references
Keywords: bronchoscopy, compute tomography, lung cancer, nodule, positron emission tomography, solitary
- 67
Solitary Pulmonary Nodule
- TAINE T.V. PECHET, MD, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania and Vice Chief of Surgery, Penn Presbyterian Medical Center, Philadelphia, PA
- OLUGBENGA T OKUSANYA, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Department of Cardiothoracic Surgery, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA
- 68
Thoracic Outlet Syndrome
- MARK W FUGATE, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Department of Surgery, Division of Vascular Surgery, University of Tennessee College of Medicine, Chattanooga, TN
- JULIE A FREISCHLAG, MDProfessor of Surgery, Department of Surgery, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, ML
Purchase PDFThoracic outlet syndrome (TOS) is a condition caused by compression of the neurovascular structures leading to the arm passing through the thoracic outlet. The incidence of TOS is reported as 0.3 to 2% in the general population. There are three distinct types of TOS: neurogenic (95%), venous (4%), and arterial (1%). Treatment algorithms depend on the type of TOS. Arterial and venous TOS often present urgently with arterial or venous thrombosis, which is fairly easily identified by thorough history taking and a physical examination. Diagnosis is also aided by duplex ultrasonography. Restoration of arterial or venous flow can often be readily accomplished by thrombolysis. More important, however, is the diagnosis of the underlying structural component involved in the development of symptoms. Although statistically the most common, neurogenic TOS is often the most difficult to diagnose and treat. There are good data indicating that appropriately selected patients benefit from surgical therapy for neurogenic TOS as well. To prevent recurrence of symptoms, patients must undergo first rib resection and anterior scalenectomy, as well as resection of any rudimentary or cervical ribs. Regardless of the type of TOS encountered, proper therapy requires a thorough diagnostic evaluation and multimodal treatment.
This review contains 5 figures, 3 tables and 30 references
Keywords: thoracic outlet syndrome, arterial thoracic outlet syndrome, neurogenic thoracic outlet syndrome, venous thoracic outlet syndrome, TOS, effort thrombosis, thoracic outlet decompression
- 69
Preparation of the Operating Room
- T. FORCHT DAGI, MD, MPH, FACS, FCCMDistinguished Scholar and Professor, The School of Medicine, Dentistry and Biomedical Sciences, Queen’s University Belfast, Belfast, Northern Ireland, Lecturer, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe history and general principles of OR design are discussed, including physical layout and design standards, which encompass the layout and storage of devices and equipment. As both patient and staff safety are paramount, all of the risks that can be mitigated by good design are discussed: biologic, ergonomic, chemical, and physical. Environmental issues in the OR are listed and include temperature, humidity, and lighting. The proper use, storage, and risks of electronic and mechanical devices are discussed. Infection control is addressed and includes hand hygiene, gloves and protective barriers, antimicrobial prophylaxis and nonpharmacologic preventive measures. A housekeeping section discusses the benefits of segregating clean, clean-contaminated, and dirty cases. OR scheduling is noted. Tables outline International Commission on Radiological Protection–recommended radiation dose limits; key principles of the Joint Commission Universal Protocol; devices used in the operating room; standard equipment for endovascular operating rooms; benefits of voice activation technology in the laparoscopic operating room; criteria for defining a surgical site infection; factors that contribute to the development of surgical site infection (SSI); Centers for Disease Control and Prevention hand hygiene guidelines; distribution of pathogens isolated from surgical site infections: operating room cleaning schedules; classification of operations in relation to the epidemiology of SSIs; and basic principles of OR efficiency. Figures depict patient positioning and basic components of an ultrasound transducer,
This review contains 3 figures, 27 tables, and 216 references
Keywords: Operating room, patient positioning, safety, surgical site infection, equipment, protective barriers, antimicrobial prophylaxis
- 70
Preparation of the Operating Room
- T. FORCHT DAGI, MD, MPH, FACS, FCCMDistinguished Scholar and Professor, The School of Medicine, Dentistry and Biomedical Sciences, Queen’s University Belfast, Belfast, Northern Ireland, Lecturer, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 71
Compartment Syndrome
By Basem Attum, MD, MS ; William Obremskey, MD, MPH, MMHC ; Bradley Dennis, MD, FACS; Richard Miller, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFCompartment Syndrome
- BASEM ATTUM, MD, MS Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Rehabilitation, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
- WILLIAM OBREMSKEY, MD, MPH, MMHC Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Rehabilitation, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
- BRADLEY DENNIS, MD, FACSDepartment of Surgery, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
- RICHARD MILLER, MD, FACS Division of Trauma and Surgical Critical Care, Department of Surgery, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
Purchase PDFCompartment syndrome is a process that can develop anywhere skeletal muscle or abdominal organs are encased by a rigid fascial layer. This review describes the different aspects of these conditions, including the epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, and management of compartment syndrome in the extremities and abdomen. Diagnosis is expanded on further to describe clinical signs in the alert patient and the different methods of compartment measurement in the obtunded patient or when a physical examination is inconclusive. The anatomy of the leg, thigh, buttocks, forearm, and arm is described, along with surgical techniques for fasciotomy. Postoperative care, the different methods of wound management and skin closure, and diagnostic criteria for the diagnosis and management of abdominal compartment syndrome are discussed. Treatment of abdominal compartment syndrome with decompressive laparotomy and temporary abdominal closure is also described. Figures depict various fasciotomies and an algorithmic approach to management. Tables show the contents and function of the compartments of the leg and forearm.
This review contains 16 figures, 14 tables and 74 references
Keywords: abdominal compartment syndrome, compartment syndrome, decompressive laparotomy, extremity, fasciotomy, intra-abdominal hypertension, intra-abdominal pressure, temporary abdominal closure, tibia fracture
- 72
Compartment Syndrome
By Basem Attum, MD, MS ; William Obremskey, MD, MPH, MMHC ; Bradley Dennis, MD, FACS; Richard Miller, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFCompartment Syndrome
- BASEM ATTUM, MD, MS Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Rehabilitation, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
- WILLIAM OBREMSKEY, MD, MPH, MMHC Department of Orthopaedic Surgery and Rehabilitation, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
- BRADLEY DENNIS, MD, FACSDepartment of Surgery, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
- RICHARD MILLER, MD, FACS Division of Trauma and Surgical Critical Care, Department of Surgery, Vanderbilt University, School of Medicine, Nashville, TN
- 73
Surgical Treatment of the Infected Aortic Graft
- JAYER CHUNG, MDAssistant Professor, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
Purchase PDFThe primary goal of treatment in dealing with an infected aortic graft is to save life and limb. This goal is best accomplished by eradicating all infected graft material and maintaining adequate circulation with appropriate vascular reconstruction. This review describes the choice of procedures, including an extra-anatomic bypass, an aortic allograft, an antibiotic-treated prosthetic graft, and an in situ autogenous reconstruction. Once a procedure has been decided on, preoperative evaluation and operative planning must take place. The review describes operative technique from the thigh incision and exposure of the femoral vessels to closure. Postoperative care is described. Outcomes and complications are discussed. Special consideration is given to aortoenteric fistulas.
This review contains 8 figures, 6 tables, and 84 references
Keywords: antibiotic-impregnated Dacron, aortic graft infection, aortoenteric erosion, aortoenteric fistula, axillobifemoral bypass, cryopreserved allograft, neoaortoiliac surgery
- 74
Surgical Treatment of the Infected Aortic Graft
- JAYER CHUNG, MDAssistant Professor, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- 75
Management of Complicated Gallstone Disease
- GLENN WAKAM, MDHouse Officer, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- DANA TELEM, MD, MPHAssociate Professor, Division of Minimally Invasive General Surgery, Director, Michigan Comprehensive Hernia Surgery Program, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFNearly 9% of men and 30% of women in the United States experience symptoms or complications of gallstone disease. As such, nearly every general surgeon in the country encounters patients with this pathology numerous times during his or her career. Cholelithiasis can cause complications such as acute cholecystitis, choledocholithiasis, gallstone pancreatitis, and the rare entities of Mirizzi syndrome and gallstone ileus. Patients with gallstones have a 1 to 3% risk per year of a complication, and that risk increases significantly to 30% in those with biliary colic. Surgical management of the complications of gallstones is especially intriguing because the cases are often perceived as low complexity; however, it is an operation that can challenge even the most seasoned attending and result in significant complications. Studies demonstrate complication rates up to 10% following cholecystectomy, with bile duct injury rates hovering at 4 in 1,000. This chapter aims to provide the reader with knowledge of the presentation, imaging, work-up, and framework for the management of complicate gallbladder disease. Furthermore, we hope to provide you with a foundation of how to perform a safe cholecystectomy in a variety of circumstances and impart a few tips and tricks for some challenging intraoperative situations.
This review contains 2 figures, 19 tables and 58 references
Keywords: cholecystitis, choledocholithiasis, cholescintigraphy, common bile duct exploration, critical view of safety, ERCP, gallstone pancreatitis, subtotal cholecystectomy
- 76
Management of Complicated Gallstone Disease
- GLENN WAKAM, MDHouse Officer, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- DANA TELEM, MD, MPHAssociate Professor, Division of Minimally Invasive General Surgery, Director, Michigan Comprehensive Hernia Surgery Program, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- 77
Locally Advanced Rectal Cancer
- DAVID A KLEIMAN, MD, MSCDepartment of Surgery, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- MARTIN R. WEISER, MDVice Chair for Education and Faculty Development, Department of Surgery, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
Purchase PDFLocally advanced rectal cancer is a complex disease that requires a multidisciplinary treatment team to carefully evaluate each patient before prescribing a treatment plan. The current standard of care in the United States is multimodal therapy, consisting of chemotherapy, radiation, and surgery. Commonly, this involves neoadjuvant long-course chemoradiation, followed by total mesorectal excision and then adjuvant systemic chemotherapy. However, alternative regimens using chemotherapy first, followed by chemoradiation and then surgery (total neoadjuvant therapy), may allow for better tolerance of therapy. Short-course radiation is also acceptable but is rarely used in the United States. Minimally invasive surgical techniques such as laparoscopy, robotic surgery, and transanal total mesorectal excision offer several potential advantages over conventional open surgery, but their oncologic equivalence has not been determined. The role of nonoperative management for locally advanced rectal cancer is still evolving, and additional studies are needed to improve patient selection and evaluate long-term outcomes of a watch-and-wait approach.
This review contains 1 figure, 3 tables and 60 references
Keywords: colorectal cancer, locally advanced rectal cancer, minimally invasive surgery, nonoperative management, radical proctectomy, robotic surgery, total mesorectal excision, total neoadjuvant therapy, transanal total mesorectal excision, watch and wait
- 78
Locally Advanced Rectal Cancer
- DAVID A KLEIMAN, MD, MSCDepartment of Surgery, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- MARTIN R. WEISER, MDVice Chair for Education and Faculty Development, Department of Surgery, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- 79
Operative Exposure of Abdominal Injuries and Closure of the Abdomen
By Matthew D Nealeigh, DO; Mark W Bowyer, MD, FACS, DMCC, FRCS (Glasg), Colonel (retired)
Purchase PDFOperative Exposure of Abdominal Injuries and Closure of the Abdomen
- MATTHEW D NEALEIGH, DOLieutenant Commander, Medical Corps, US Navy. Department of Surgery, Walter Reed National Military Medical Center and the Uniformed Services University, Bethesda, MD
- MARK W BOWYER, MD, FACS, DMCC, FRCS (GLASG), COLONEL (RETIRED)US Air Force, Medical Corps. Ben Eiseman Professor of Surgery, Surgical Director of Simulation, Department of Surgery, Walter Reed National Military Medical Center and the Uniformed Services University, Bethesda, MD
Purchase PDFOperative exposure and management of significant blunt or penetrating injuries to the abdomen is a critical skill required of all surgeons caring for victims of trauma. Application of damage control resuscitation and damage control surgical principles improves survival. Advances in diagnostics, increasing experience with selective nonoperative management, and use of endovascular and angiographic techniques have all significantly decreased the frequency of laparotomies performed for trauma. This decreasing clinical experience mandates that surgeons dealing with victims of trauma remain facile with the operative approaches and techniques detailed in this chapter to achieve optimal outcomes. Detailed management of specific injuries is covered in other chapters of this text.
This review contains 7 figures, 9 tables, and 41 references
Keywords: abdominal trauma, damage control resuscitation, damage control surgery, endovascular control of hemorrhage, open abdomen, REBOA, supraceliac control of aorta, trauma systems, visceral medial rotation
- 80
Operative Exposure of Abdominal Injuries and Closure of the Abdomen
By Matthew D Nealeigh, DO; Mark W Bowyer, MD, FACS, DMCC, FRCS (Glasg), Colonel (retired)
Purchase PDFOperative Exposure of Abdominal Injuries and Closure of the Abdomen
- MATTHEW D NEALEIGH, DOLieutenant Commander, Medical Corps, US Navy. Department of Surgery, Walter Reed National Military Medical Center and the Uniformed Services University, Bethesda, MD
- MARK W BOWYER, MD, FACS, DMCC, FRCS (GLASG), COLONEL (RETIRED)US Air Force, Medical Corps. Ben Eiseman Professor of Surgery, Surgical Director of Simulation, Department of Surgery, Walter Reed National Military Medical Center and the Uniformed Services University, Bethesda, MD
- 81
Soft Tissue Sarcoma
- AIMEE M. CRAGO, MDAssistant Attending Surgeon, Sarcoma Disease Management Team, Gastric and Mixed Tumor Service, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- SAMUEL SINGER, MD, FACSAttending Surgeon, Head, Sarcoma Disease Management Team, Chief, Gastric and Mixed Tumor Service, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
Purchase PDFSoft tissue sarcoma (STS) refers to a rare group of cancers that develop from mesenchymal cells and their progenitors. Histologic subtype, in conjunction with tumor location and size, largely defines the biologic behavior of a given lesion and the associated clinical prognosis in these cancers. The diverse characteristics of these tumors means that their treatment is similarly complex. The etiology, tumor staging and prognosis, evaluation, and treatment of STS are discussed in this review, with an aim to present an algorithm for patient evaluation and treatment while highlighting common indications for diverging from this strategy as dictated by disease subtype and location. Figures show the histologic distribution of primary STS diagnosed in the extremity and retroperitoneum and intra-abdominal compartments; disease-specific survival for primary extremity and retroperitoneal and intra-abdominal tumors stratified by histologic subtype; local recurrence in primary extremity STS stratified by histologic subtype; disease-specific survival according to American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) TNGM stage; a postoperative nomogram for prediction of sarcoma-specific death at 12 years postresection for patients with STS; representative cross-sectional images of an atypical lipomatous tumor, a myxofibrosarcoma, and a desmoid tumor; a treatment algorithm for STS of the extremity; a magnetic resonance image and intraoperative photographs showing a mixoid liposarcoma of the posterior thigh; and computed tomography showing a retroperitoneal dedifferentiated liposarcoma and a photograph of the surgical bed following resection.
This review contains 10 figures, 12 tables, and 49 references
Keywords: Sarcoma, soft tissue, cancer, myxofibrosarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, rhabdomyosarcoma
- 82
Soft Tissue Sarcoma
- AIMEE M. CRAGO, MDAssistant Attending Surgeon, Sarcoma Disease Management Team, Gastric and Mixed Tumor Service, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- SAMUEL SINGER, MD, FACSAttending Surgeon, Head, Sarcoma Disease Management Team, Chief, Gastric and Mixed Tumor Service, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- 83
Surgical Management of Ulcerative Colitis
By Amy Lightner, MD; Robert R. Cima, MD, MA; John H. Pemberton, MD
Purchase PDFSurgical Management of Ulcerative Colitis
- AMY LIGHTNER, MDResident in General Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of California, Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA
- ROBERT R. CIMA, MD, MA
- JOHN H. PEMBERTON, MD
Purchase PDFInflammatory bowel disease is a chronic inflammatory disease of the intestine that can be divided into two main categories: Crohn disease and chronic ulcerative colitis (CUC). Although the role of medical therapy in CUC is directed at symptom control or the underlying inflammatory process, fortunately, the intestinal manifestations of CUC can be effectively cured by surgery. The operation of choice is an ileal pouch-anal anastomosis (IPAA), which can be performed open or laparoscopically, with a hand-sewn or stapled anastomosis, or in a one-, two-, or three-stage fashion. Although pouch function and quality of life remain good following IPAA, common complications include pouchitis, anal stricture, pouch fistulas, and small bowel obstructions. The most dreaded complication is an anastomotic leak resulting in pelvic sepsis and, often, eventual pouch excision. Less common complications include pouch dysplasia or cancer and de novo Crohn disease of the pouch. Overall, regardless of age, patient satisfaction following IPAA remains high, and more than 90% of patients retain their pouches for more than 20 years.
This review contains 11 figures, 4 tables and 85 references
Keywords: Inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, laparoscopy, ileal pouch-anal anastomosis, pouchitis
- 84
Surgical Management of Ulcerative Colitis
By Amy Lightner, MD; Robert R. Cima, MD, MA; John H. Pemberton, MD
Purchase PDFSurgical Management of Ulcerative Colitis
- AMY LIGHTNER, MDResident in General Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of California, Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA
- ROBERT R. CIMA, MD, MA
- JOHN H. PEMBERTON, MD
- 85
Lymphatic Mapping and Sentinel Node Biopsy
By David W. Ollila, MD, FACS; Karyn B. Stitzenberg, MD, MPH; Kristalyn Gallagher, DO, FACS
Purchase PDFLymphatic Mapping and Sentinel Node Biopsy
- DAVID W. OLLILA, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC
- KARYN B. STITZENBERG, MD, MPHAssociate Professor of Surgery, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC
- KRISTALYN GALLAGHER, DO, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, NC
- 86
Evaluation of Leg Pain
- MARTYN KNOWLES, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, UT Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
Purchase PDFFew patient complaints offer such a large range of acuity and differential diagnoses as the complaint of leg pain. This is in part due to the multiple organ systems at play, including cardiac, pulmonary, musculoskeletal, neurologic, vascular, and dermatologic. The surgeon is frequently presented with the challenge of identifying and managing these complaints in a variety of settings. Management involves a spectrum from conservative care to surgical intervention where appropriate. The wide array of symptoms, signs, and often contradictory test results can be confusing and frustrating to patients and physicians alike, leading to delays and errors in diagnosis and ineffective management. This review offers a sequential and ordered approach to the evaluation of leg pain. Tables highlight atherosclerotic risk factors, vascular causes of lower extremity pain, the classification of acute limb ischemia, the ankle-brachial index and corresponding peripheral arterial disease, and the revised cardiac risk score for preoperative risk. Figures show bilateral lower extremity ischemia, chronic ischemic changes to the foot, classic dry gangrene, wet gangrene, acute limb ischemia, Charcot foot, segmental waveform and pulse volume recording analysis of the bilateral lower extremities, and angiographic evaluation of patients with aortoiliac and tibial disease.
This review contains 10 figures, 7 tables, and 55 references
- 87
Evaluation of Leg Pain
- MARTYN KNOWLES, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, UT Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX
- 88
Disorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hyponatremia
By Danilea M. Carmona Matos, MS; Herbert Chen, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFDisorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hyponatremia
- DANILEA M. CARMONA MATOS, MSMedical Student, San Juan Bautista School of Medicine, Caguas, PR
- HERBERT CHEN, MD, FACSChairman, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Medicine, Birmingham, AL
Purchase PDFDisorders of water and sodium balance are common in clinical practice. To better assess them, we must have a clear understanding of water-electrolyte homeostasis and renal function. The following review goes over practical equations necessary for electrolyte balance analysis as well as the foundations of renal physiology. Emphasis is placed on the understanding of sodium transport and its physiologic and pharmacologic regulation. In addition, we explore the most common electrolyte imbalance affecting up to 28% of hospitalized patients: hyponatremia (ie, low sodium concentration). Hyponatremia has been found in several acute and chronic clinical scenarios including postoperative, drug-induced, and exercise-associated hyponatremia. However, it is not uncommon to find this disorder coexisting with other diseases such as syndrome of inappropriate secretion of antidiuretic hormone (SIADH), acquired immunodeficiency syndrome (AIDS), cancer, and in rare cases, hypothyroidism. To better understand this disorder, the etiology, diagnosis with clinical manifestations and laboratory values, and treatment options are explored.
This review contains 9 figures, 9 tables, and 53 references
Keywords: aldosterone, antidiuretic hormone, body fluids, electrolyte balance, hyponatremia, hypovolemia, osmolality, sodium transport, vasopressin
- 89
Disorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hyponatremia
By Danilea M. Carmona Matos, MS; Herbert Chen, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFDisorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hyponatremia
- DANILEA M. CARMONA MATOS, MSMedical Student, San Juan Bautista School of Medicine, Caguas, PR
- HERBERT CHEN, MD, FACSChairman, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Medicine, Birmingham, AL
- 90
Disorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hypernatremia
By Herbert Chen, MD, FACS; Danilea M. Carmona Matos, MS
Purchase PDFDisorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hypernatremia
- HERBERT CHEN, MD, FACSChairman, Division of General Surgery, Layton F. Rikkers M.D. Chair in Surgical Leadership, Vice-Chair for Research, Department of Surgery, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI
- DANILEA M. CARMONA MATOS, MSMedical Student, San Juan Bautista School of Medicine, Caguas, PR
Purchase PDFHypernatremia is an electrolyte disorder most prevalent in the elderly and the critically ill, with over 60% of cases developing over the course of an inpatient stay. Characterized by elevated serum sodium concentrations, this disorder is manifested either by pure-water loss without replacement, or excessive sodium intake without appropriate water balance. Left untreated it may lead to seizures and coma. General treatment in the case of severe hypernatremia is infusion of isotonic saline followed by pure-water after the patient is stabilized. Further treatment of the underlying cause may involve diuretics, thiazides, and a variety of other medications in conjunction with dietary and lifestyle modifications. This review offers an overview of various disorders of water balance: diabetes insipidus, nephrotic syndrome, cirrhosis, idiopathic edema, and volume depletion, as well as their clinical presentations, lab tests, and management.
This review contains 1 figure, 5 tables, and 26 references
Keywords: Hypernatremia, Edematous States , Diabetes insipidus, Volume Depletion, Cirrhosis, Diuretics
- 91
Disorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hypernatremia
By Danilea M. Carmona Matos, MS; Herbert Chen, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFDisorders of Water and Sodium Balance: Hypernatremia
- DANILEA M. CARMONA MATOS, MSMedical Student, San Juan Bautista School of Medicine, Caguas, PR
- HERBERT CHEN, MD, FACSChairman, Department of Surgery, University of Alabama at Birmingham School of Medicine, Birmingham, AL
- 92
Lower Extremity Amputation for Ischemia
- WILLIAM C. PEVEC, MD, FACSProfessor and Chief, Vascular and Endovascular, Surgery, University of California, Davis, Sacramento, CA
Purchase PDFMajor amputations (proximal to the ankle) of the lower extremity are the manifestations of end-stage, nonreconstructable chronic arterial occlusive disease. A well-performed amputation provides the patient with the best prognosis for return to functional mobility. However, an amputation that fails to heal primarily may cause substantial physical and psychological harm to an already chronically ill patient. Minor amputations (at the toe or forefoot level) are not technically complex, but poor patient selection or technical imperfection can result in major amputation and loss of independent ambulation. In this chapter, selection of the level of amputation is reviewed; the methods to perform digital, forefoot, transtibial, and transfemoral amputations are presented; and postoperative management and potential complications are discussed.
This review contains 10 figures, 7 tables and 23 references
Keywords: above-the-knee amputation, below-the-knee amputation, Guillotine amputation, ray amputation, transmetatarsal amputation, transphalangeal amputation
- 93
Lower Extremity Amputation for Ischemia
- WILLIAM C. PEVEC, MD, FACSProfessor and Chief, Vascular and Endovascular, Surgery, University of California, Davis, Sacramento, CA
- 94
Management of Nonthrombotic May-thurner Syndrome
By Albeir Y Mousa, MD, FACS, RPVI, MPH, MBA
Purchase PDFManagement of Nonthrombotic May-thurner Syndrome
- ALBEIR Y MOUSA, MD, FACS, RPVI, MPH, MBAProfessor of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Robert C Byrd Health Sciences Center, West Virginia University, 3110 MacCorkle Ave, SE, Charleston, WV 25304, United States
Purchase PDFVenous outflow pathology of the lower extremity may be categorized into thrombotic or nonthrombotic etiology. This chapter focuses on the nonthrombotic etiology that results from the compression of the left iliac vein or May-Thurner syndrome (MTS). MTS is an anatomic variant condition associated with venous outflow stenosis due to extrinsic compression of the iliocaval venous segment. The most common cause of the partial obstruction is left iliac vein compression by the overlying right common iliac artery, although other anatomic varieties of MTS do exist. Partial or complete impedance to the venous outflow in the iliocaval venous segment may lead to extensive deep vein thrombosis of the ipsilateral extremity. Clinical presentations may include, but are not limited to, pain, extensive lower-extremity swelling, venous stasis ulcers, and skin discolorations. Treatment is based entirely on the clinical presentation; normally for nonthrombotic MTS, angioplasty and stenting of the diseased iliac vein segment are usually sufficient after defining the location and extent of stenosis. In this review, we (1) describe and define MTS, (2) highlight variable presentations of MTS, and (3) outline the possible management strategies within the current Society for Vascular Surgery updated consensus guidelines.
This review contains 3 figures, 2 tables and 48 references
Keywords: angioplasty, artery compression, deep venous thrombosis, iliac vein, iliofemoral stenosis, May-Thurner syndrome, spur, stent, venogram, venous hypertension
- 95
Management of Nonthrombotic May-thurner Syndrome
By Albeir Y Mousa, MD, FACS, RPVI, MPH, MBA
Purchase PDFManagement of Nonthrombotic May-thurner Syndrome
- ALBEIR Y MOUSA, MD, FACS, RPVI, MPH, MBAProfessor of Vascular and Endovascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Robert C Byrd Health Sciences Center, West Virginia University, 3110 MacCorkle Ave, SE, Charleston, WV 25304, United States
- 96
Surgical Management of Melanoma and Other Skin Cancers
By Jennifer A. Wargo, MD; Kenneth Tenabe, MD
Purchase PDFSurgical Management of Melanoma and Other Skin Cancers
- JENNIFER A. WARGO, MDInstructor in Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Assistant in Surgery, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- KENNETH TENABE, MDProfessor of Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Chief of Surgical Oncology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe prevalence of malignant skin cancers has increased significantly over the past several years. Approximately 1.2 million cases of non-melanoma skin cancer are diagnosed per year. More alarming, up to 80,000 cases of melanoma are diagnosed per year, an incidence that has been steadily increasing, with a lifetime risk of 1 in 50 for the development of melanoma. The disturbing increase in the incidence of both non-melanoma skin cancer and melanoma can largely be attributed to the social attitude toward sun exposure. The clinical assessment and management of skin lesions can be challenging. This review describes the assessment process, including thorough history and examination; the need for possible biopsy; and excision criteria. Specific types of skin cancer are distinguished and include basal cell carcinoma; squamous cell carcinoma; and melanoma; and for each type the incidence; epidemiology; histologic subtypes; diagnosis; and both surgical and non-surgical treatments are provided. Stages I-IV of melanoma are detailed, with prognostic factors described. Surgical treatment for stages I and II include description of the margins of excision and sentinel lymph node biopsy. The surgical treatment of Stage III melanoma further includes therapeutic lymph node dissection and isolated limb perfusion. Adjuvant therapies are also presented and include radiotherapy and chemotherapy. The additional treatment of metastasectomy for Stage IV melanoma is described. For both Stage III and IV melanoma, the study of vaccines to host immune cells is reported. For Stage IV melanoma, the text also describes immunotherapy treatment. Operative procedures specific to superficial and deep groin dissections are outlined.
This review contains 9 figures, 19 tables, and 99 references
- 97
Surgical Management of Melanoma and Other Skin Cancers
By Jennifer A. Wargo, MD; Kenneth Tenabe, MD
Purchase PDFSurgical Management of Melanoma and Other Skin Cancers
- JENNIFER A. WARGO, MDInstructor in Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Assistant in Surgery, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- KENNETH TENABE, MDProfessor of Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Chief of Surgical Oncology, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- 98
Venous Thromboembolism
By Guillermo A. Escobar, MD; Peter K. Henke, MD, FACS; Thomas W. Wakefield, MD
Purchase PDFVenous Thromboembolism
- GUILLERMO A. ESCOBAR, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Vascular Surgery, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- PETER K. HENKE, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery, Vascular Surgery, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- THOMAS W. WAKEFIELD, MDStanley Professor of Vascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Section of Vascular Surgery, Conrad Jobst Vascular Research Laboratories, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFDeep vein thrombosis (DVT) and pulmonary embolism (PE) comprise venous thromboembolism (VTE). Together, they comprise a serious health problem as there are over 275,000 new VTE cases per year in the United States, resulting in a prevalence of one to two per 1,000 individuals, with some studies suggesting that the incidence may even be double that. This review covers assessment of a VTE event, initial evaluation of a patient suspected of having VTE, medical history, clinical presentation of VTE, physical examination, laboratory evaluation, imaging, prophylaxis against perioperative VTE, indications for immediate intervention (threat to life or limb), indications for urgent intervention, and management of nonemergent VTE. Figures show a modified Caprini score questionnaire used at the University of Michigan to determine individual risk of VTE and the indicated prophylaxis regimen; Wells criteria for DVT and PE; phlegmasia cerulea dolens secondary to acute left iliofemoral DVT after thigh trauma; compression duplex ultrasonography of lower extremity veins; computed tomographic angiogram of the chest demonstrating a thrombus in the pulmonary artery, with extension into the right main pulmonary; management of PE according to Wells criteria findings; management of PE with right heart strain in cases of massive or submassive PE; treatment of DVT according to clinical scenario; a lower extremity venogram of a patient with May-Thurner syndrome and its subsequent endovascular treatment; and various examples of retrievable vena cava filters (not drawn to scale). Tables list initial clinical assessment for VTE, clinical scenarios possibly benefiting from prolonged anticoagulation after VTE, indications for laboratory investigation of secondary thrombophilia, venous thromboembolic risk accorded to hypercoagulable states, and Pulmonary Embolism Rule-out Criteria Score to avoid the need for D-dimer in patients suspected of having PE.
This review contains 11 figures, 15 tables, and 171 references
Keywords: anticoagulation; deep vein thrombosis; postthrombotic syndrome; pulmonary embolism; recurrent venous thromboembolism; thrombophilia; venous thromboembolism; PE; VTE; DVT
- 99
Venous Thromboembolism
By Guillermo A. Escobar, MD; Peter K. Henke, MD, FACS; Thomas W. Wakefield, MD
Purchase PDFVenous Thromboembolism
- GUILLERMO A. ESCOBAR, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Vascular Surgery, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- PETER K. HENKE, MD, FACSProfessor of Surgery, Vascular Surgery, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- THOMAS W. WAKEFIELD, MDStanley Professor of Vascular Surgery, Department of Surgery, Section of Vascular Surgery, Conrad Jobst Vascular Research Laboratories, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI
- 1
- Emergency Medicine
- 1
Focused Assessment With Sonography for Trauma
- DAVID BAROUNIS, MD Attending Physician, Departments of Emergency Medicine and Critical Care Medicine, Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, IL
- ELISE HART, MDPostgraduate Year 3, Emergency Medicine Residency Program, Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, IL
Purchase PDFThe focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) is a screening ultrasound examination used to identify traumatic free fluid in the pericardium and peritoneum through four key windows: the subxiphoid, the hepatorenal recess, the splenorenal recess, and the suprapubic views. The primary role for the FAST examination is in the bedside evaluation of hemodynamically unstable blunt trauma patients to help direct operative management. The extended FAST (E-FAST) examination involves additional evaluation of the thorax and can reliably identify hemothorax and pneumothorax. The advantages of these modalities include rapid speed, low cost, and a lack of ionizing radiation. The limitations include operator dependence, although validated assessments hold promise in mitigating this issue, and poor sensitivity in identifying retroperitoneal hemorrhages, diaphragmatic injuries, and solid-organ injuries that do not produce significant intraperitoneal hemorrhage. In the future, contrast-enhanced ultrasonography may improve ultrasonographic evaluation of solid-organ injury. Nevertheless, significant concerns remain regarding the wide ranges of sensitivity reported for the FAST examination overall, and ongoing research may better identify its optimal role in evaluating trauma patients.
This review contains 10 figures, 7 tables, 8 videos and 58 references
Keywords: Blunt trauma; focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST); extended FAST (E-FAST); hemothorax; pneumothorax; ultrasonography
- 2
Drugs of Abuse
- MATTHEW D ZUCKERMAN , MDAssistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Medical Toxicology, University of Colorado Anschutz Medical Campus, Aurora, CO
- KAVITA BABU, MD, FACEP, FACMTFellowship Director, Division of Medical Toxicology, Associate Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Massachusetts Medical School, Worcester, MA
Purchase PDFThe term “drugs of abuse” lacks a formal medical definition. Historically, discussions of drugs of abuse focused on “street drugs”; however, the adverse effects of the nonmedical use of prescription medications, such as opiates, benzodiazepines, and therapeutic amphetamines, are increasingly seen. The purpose of this review is to aid the clinician in identifying and treating a broad representation of drugs of abuse, which may include those illicitly produced in laboratories (e.g., methamphetamine), diverted pharmaceuticals (oxycodone), and herbal products (marijuana). This review covers stimulants, hallucinogens, cannabinoids, and sedative-hypnotics. Figures show substances ranked according to weighted harm score on a normalized scale from 0 being no harm to 100 being extreme harm to self and others, a treatment algorithm for sympathomimetic toxicity, a treatment algorithm for sedative-hypnotic overdose, and a treatment algorithm for opioid overdose. Tables list commonly abused sympathomimetic agents, modern novel drugs of abuse, commonly abused sedative-hypnotic agents, commonly abused opiates, and pitfalls of the drug screen.
This review contains 4 highly rendered figures, 5 tables, and 89 references
- 3
Trauma to the Abdomen and Pelvis
By Zahir Basrai, MD; Timothy Jang, MD; Manuel Celedon , MD
Purchase PDFTrauma to the Abdomen and Pelvis
- ZAHIR BASRAI, MDAttending Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine, Veterans Affairs Medical Center, West Los Angeles, Clinical Instructor, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA
- TIMOTHY JANG, MDAttending Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine, Veterans Affairs Medical Center, West Los Angeles, Clinical Instructor, David Geffen School of Medicine at UCLA
- MANUEL CELEDON , MD
Purchase PDFAbdominal trauma accounts for approximately 12% of all trauma. The evaluation of abdominal trauma is difficult as the patient may have concomitant distracting injuries or alteration of mental status. As a result, a systematic approach to abdominal trauma is needed to ensure that life threatening injuries are not missed. The evaluation and management of abdominal trauma is directed by the Western and Eastern Trauma Association guidelines.Trauma to the abdomen is divided into two main categories, penetrating and blunt. The initial steps in management of both types are determined by the hemodynamic stability of the patient. Unstable patients with either pattern of injury are emergently taken to the operating room (OR) for exploration. Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta (REBOA) is being used at select trauma centers in unstable patients with abdominal trauma that are unresponsive to standard trauma resuscitation. For hemodynamically stable patient with penetrating trauma, recent data on selective non-operative management has shown promising outcomes. Patients with tenuous hemodynamics and blunt abdominal trauma are resuscitated with blood transfusions while being worked up by a Focused Assessment with Sonography for Trauma (FAST) exam or deep peritoneal lavage (DPL). If the patient stabilizes further work up with labs and imaging is performed. Patients that remain tenuous should be taken to the OR. Hemodynamically stable patients with blunt trauma and evidence of peritonitis on exam can be evaluated with labs and imaging to assess for organ injury. Non- tender patients can be evaluated with labs and serial abdominal exams. The American Association for the Surgery of Trauma (AAST) organ injury scales are used to guide the definitive management of patients with intraabdominal injury. The Young-Burgess Classification System can be used to characterize pelvic fractures and to guide stabilization and definitive management. Tables demonstrate the AAST Injury Scales for the different abdominal organs. Images demonstrate the FAST exam and CT findings for different abdominal organs.
This review contains 14 figures, 6 tables and 48 references
Key Words: Abdominal Trauma, Penetrating Trauma, Blunt Trauma, FAST exam, Liver Trauma, Splenic Trauma, Intestinal Trauma, Pancreatic Trauma, Diaphragmatic Trauma, Aortic Trauma, Pelvic Fracture, Deep peritoneal lavage, DPL, Focused Assessment with Sonography for Trauma, REBOA, Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta
- 4
Extremity Trauma: Nonaxial Skeleton Fractures, Sprains, Dislocations
By David A. Meguerdichian, MD, FACEP; John Eicken, MD
Purchase PDFExtremity Trauma: Nonaxial Skeleton Fractures, Sprains, Dislocations
- DAVID A. MEGUERDICHIAN, MD, FACEPAssistant Medical Director for Emergency Medicine/GME, STRATUS Center for Medical Simulation, Attending Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Instructor of Emergency Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- JOHN EICKEN, MDDepartment of Emergency Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Instructor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFOrthopedic extremity injuries may require emergent orthopedic consultation, but are typically managed by the acute care provider. Initial management for all fractures should focus on providing immediate analgesia and ensuring adequate blood flow distal to the fracture. This review summarizes the assessment and stabilization, diagnosis, treatment and disposition, and outcomes for fractures, dislocations, and sprains. Figures include illustrations of fracture types, carpal bones and their articlulation in the wrist, bones of the hand, the anatomy of the hip demonstrating the areas where hip fractures occur, the Weber classification, the Bohler angle, and fractures of the proximal fifth metatarsal; a bedside sonogram of a fracture of the distal radius; and 10 radiographs showing various fractures and dislocations. Tables list the Gustilo classification of open fractures; common terms used to accurately describe fractures; components of the Ottawa Knee Rules and the Ottawa Ankle/Foot Rules; Schatzker classification system of tibial plateau fractures; common fractures of the hand and foot, respectively, with their associated treatment, splint, and recommended follow-up; normal anatomic alignments that should be assessed on radiographic evaluation of a possible Lisfranc injury; common splints and the associated fractures they are used to treat; AC joint injuries graded according to the severity of injury to the joint structures; and the four stages of worsening lunate instablity.
This review contains 18 highly rendered figures, 11 tables, and 98 references.
- 5
Venomous Bites and Stings
- J PATRICK WALKER, MD, FACSChief of Surgery, ETMC, Crockett, TX, Houston County Surgical Associates, Crockett, TX
Purchase PDFApproximately 8000 persons are bitten by venomous snakes in the US each year. Mortality is low (4 to 6/yr), but morbidity can be significant, treatment costly. Overuse of surgery and antivenom is common. Simply cutting the wound with attempted aspiration is not indicated. Fasciotomy should only be used for patients with elevated compartment pressures. CroFab is a highly effective (but expensive) treatment useful for serious envenomation. Antivenom should be used in patients with life-threatening symptoms (hypotension, clinical coagulopathy) or rapid advancement of local signs, and to reduce compartment pressures to avoid fasciotomy. The most significant morbidity from insect envenomation is secondary to anaphylaxis. A bite from the black widow spider can induce abdominal cramping and pain that can mimics an acute abdomen. Brown recluse envenomation can produce tissue necrosis and long-term complications. Most events are seen rarely by the average physician; this review can be a useful guide in management.
Key words: antivenom, copperhead bite, CroFab, insect bite, rattlesnake bite, snakebite, water moccasin bite
- 6
Bowel Obstruction
- ANDREW S. LITEPLO, MD, FACEP Massachusetts General Hospital, Dept of Emergency Medicine. Chief, Division of Emergency Ultrasound, Massachusetts General Hospital Associate Professor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFSmall bowel obstruction can be a surgical emergency, and may be the ultimate diagnosis in 2 to 15% of patients presenting to the emergency department with abdominal pain. Bowel obstruction can be either mechanical (caused by extrinsic compression, twisting of the bowel, or intrinsic obstruction) or functional (caused by an impaired ability of the bowel to propel contents distally). The most common cause of small bowel obstruction in the developed world is postoperative adhesions.This review examines the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and outcomes for patients with bowel obstruction.
This review contains 4 figures, 9 tables, 5 videos and 21 references.
Keywords: Bowel obstruction; Small bowel obstruction; Bowel peristalsis; Small intestinal peristalsis; Obstipation; Postoperative adhesions; Pendulous peristalsis; Decreased peristalsis
- 7
Upper Airway Disorders
By Lawrence Proano, MD, DTMH ; Seth Gemme, MD; Robert Partridge, MD, MPH, DTMH
Purchase PDFUpper Airway Disorders
- LAWRENCE PROANO, MD, DTMH Clinical Professor of Emergency Medicine, The Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, RI
- SETH GEMME, MDRhode Island Hospital; Chief Resident, The Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, RI
- ROBERT PARTRIDGE, MD, MPH, DTMH Adjunct Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine, he Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, RI
Purchase PDFUpper airway disorders are frequently encountered in the primary care setting and present in both adults and children. This review covers earache, sinusitis, sore throat, peritonsillar abscess, sialolithiasis and sialadenitis, parotitis, epiglottitis, epistaxis, foreign body in the ear, nose, or throat, and Ludwig angina. Figures show right-sided peritonsillar abscess demonstrating swelling and distortion of the anterior and posterior tonsillar pillars and uvular deviation, peritonsillar abscess demonstrated by an ultrasound image of a hypoechoic fluid collection, ultrasound imaging of sagittal view of the tonsillar pillars, lateral radiograph of the neck demonstrating a swollen epiglottis and widened vallecula, photographs of brawny swelling of the submandibular region of the neck in Ludwig angina, and a patient with peritonsillar abscess with extension to the base of the tongue. Tables list criteria for diagnosing acute sinusitis, and clinical presentations that best identify patients with acute bacterial versus viral rhinosinusitis.
This review contains 7 figures, 17 tables, and 66 references
Keywords: Epiglottitis, epistaxis, parotitis, peritonsillar abscess, pharyngitis, sialolithiasis, sinusitis
- 8
Aortic Aneurysm
By Christine E Lee, MD, MPH; Leily Naraghi, MD; Beatrice Hoffmann, MD, PhD, RDMS
Purchase PDFAortic Aneurysm
- CHRISTINE E LEE, MD, MPHClinical Instructor, Harvard Medical School, Ultrasound Faculty, Department of Emergency Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA, United States
- LEILY NARAGHI, MDEmergency Medicine Physician and Emergency Ultrasound Fellow, Harvard Medical School, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA, United States
- BEATRICE HOFFMANN, MD, PHD, RDMSAssociate Professor Harvard Medical School, Department of Emergency Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA, United States.
Purchase PDFAortic diseases are relatively rare but are associated with high morbidity and mortality. Emergency physicians (EPs) should consider aortic disease in all patients with pain in the torso, particularly those with other diverse or seemingly unconnected complaints. This review summarizes the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes for patients with abdominal aortic aneurysms (AAAs), thoracic aortic aneurysms (TAAs), and aortic dissection. Figures show a transverse image of an AAAs with a transmural hematoma, a three-dimensional computed tomographic angiogram (CTA) rendering of a thoracic aneurysm associated with a bicuspid aortic valve in the typical ascending aortic location, a chest x-ray film demonstrating prominent and blurred aortic knob due to TAA, acute aortic dissection subtypes, an electrocardiogram and transesophageal echocardiography of a patient with acute ascending aortic dissection, magnetic resonance images of a patient with dissection of the proximal descending aorta, CT representations of a type A dissection involving a dilated ascending aorta and a type B dissection involving the descending thoracic aorta, and a decision algorithm for evaluation and treatment of a suspected aortic dissection. Tables list normal aortic dimensions by CTA and echocardiography, average annual rate of expansion and rupture of AAA based on current diameter, and the etiology of TAA.
Key words: AAA, aorta, aortic dissection, ascending aortic dissection, descending aortic dissection, intimal tear, intramural hematoma, thoracic aortic aneurysm
- 9
Diarrheal Illness
- JEREMY S FAUST, MD, MS, MABrigham & Women’s Hospital/Brigham Faulkner Hospital Department of Emergency Medicine, Clinical Instructor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFDiarrhea, qualitatively defined as an increase in stool frequency and liquid content, is a frequent complaint in patients presenting to emergency departments. Although most cases are uncomplicated viral infections, the most frequent causes of dangerous underlying entities are often not viral. In uncomplicated cases, laboratory testing for metabolic derangements is not required unless there are signs of moderate to severe dehydration or the patient has particular risks, such as chronic kidney disease. Secondary infections associated with antibiotic use (C difficile–associated diarrhea), other significant nosocomial exposures, recent international travel history, the presence of a nonintact immune system (HIV/AIDS, cancer/chemotherapy), and exposure to high-risk environments (including zoonotic exposures, outbreak-prone environments such as day care facilities) increase the likelihood of a bacterial or other infectious cause requiring either microbiologic testing or empirical antimicrobial treatments. Diarrhea is often present as a feature of clinically significant noninfectious conditions, including complications of inflammatory bowel diseases (Crohn disease and ulcerative colitis), overdoses, and withdrawal syndromes. In such cases, after hemodynamic stability has been ensured, advanced workup and treatment are guided by the underlying condition and antecedent risks, not the presence of diarrhea per se. Oral rehydration is the first step in management for mild dehydration caused by uncomplicated diarrhea. Intravenous fluids may be necessary in moderate to severe dehydration and in cases of electrolyte derangement requiring resuscitation where fluid choice and rate are paramount, as well as in patients who cannot tolerate oral intake. In cases of suspected bacteria-caused diarrhea, antibiotics, most often fluoroquinolones, reduce both the severity and duration of illness. In patients safe for home management, antidiarrheal agents such as loperamide may be used in uncomplicated and resolving cases. Probiotics appear safe in most cases and impart a small but clinically detectable decrease in the duration and severity of illness. Although there have been fears of bacterial outbreaks following natural disasters, improvements in local and global health efforts have led to decreases in cholera outbreaks, and typical viral causes of diarrhea are generally the most common causes.
This review contains 4 figures, 12 tables and 37 references
Keywords: Clostridium difficile, diarrhea, infectious diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases, medication side effects, overdose syndromes, sepsis, traveler’s diarrhea, zoonotic infections
- 10
Cardiac Arrest and Resuscitation
By Patrick Hughes, MD; Oren Mechanic, MD, MPH; Shamai A. Grossman, MD, MS
Purchase PDFCardiac Arrest and Resuscitation
- PATRICK HUGHES, MDHarvard Affiliated Emergency Medicine Residency Program, Department of Emergency Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA. Resident
- OREN MECHANIC, MD, MPHHarvard Medical School, Department of Emergency Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA. Attending Physician
- SHAMAI A. GROSSMAN, MD, MSAssociate Professor of Emergency Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Vice Chair for Health Care Quality, Harvard Medical Faculty Physicians, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe ultimate goal of cardiac resuscitation is full neurologic recovery; however, the probability of achieving this goal deteriorates rapidly with each minute of cardiac arrest. The most essential steps are rapid recognition of cardiac arrest, early high-quality chest compressions with minimal interruptions, and early defibrillation. Additional key components include effective leadership and followership, appropriate airway management, and effectual investigation for possible reversible causes of the arrest. This review discusses the role of and evidence for using pharmacologic agents. Additional discussion evaluates the use of ultrasonography and end-tidal CO2 in cardiac arrest resuscitation. Lastly, this review discusses cardiac arrest in special circumstances, such as patients who are pregnant, have left ventricular assist devices, or are subjects of trauma.
This review contains 6 figures, 3 tables and 101 references
Key words: advanced cardiovascular life support, antidysrhythmics, asystole, cardiac arrest, basic life support, cardiopulmonary resuscitation, extracorporeal membrane oxygenation, pulseless electrical activity, resuscitation, ventricular fibrillation, ventricular tachycardia
- 11
Genitourinary Trauma
- DANIEL LAKOFF, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai & Elmhurst Hospital Center, New York, NY
- ADAM D. HILL, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai & Elmhurst Hospital Center, New York, NY
Purchase PDFInjury to the urogenital tract from blunt or penetrating trauma comprises 10% of injuries sustained from trauma with renal injuries comprising the majority of those cases at 1-5 % of all trauma, followed by bladder injuries. Worldwide variations in trauma mechanisms exist, with blunt trauma causing the majority of renal trauma in the United States. Careful attention to the mechanism, anatomic location, and specific physical and radiologic findings can aid in the diagnosis and appropriate management to optimize patient outcomes. Unless trauma is overtly obvious on a physical examination, imaging is required for diagnosis and staging purposes. Owing to the complexity of the urogenital tract, there is a great deal of variation in management, ranging from a conservative approach in most renal injuries to the need for operative intervention with intraperitoneal bladder rupture. This review discusses common practice and provides more recent up-to-date guidelines pertaining to the clinical history, examination findings, and imaging modalities, along with the diagnosis and management of injuries to the genitourinary system.
Keywords: Genitourinary Trauma, Renal Trauma, Ureter Trauma, Bladder Trauma, Urethral Trauma, External Genitalia Trauma
- 12
Delirium in the Emergency Department: Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Management
By Maura Kennedy, MD, MPH
Purchase PDFDelirium in the Emergency Department: Diagnosis, Evaluation, and Management
- MAURA KENNEDY, MD, MPHDivision Chief, Geriatric Emergency Medicine, Department of Emergency Medicine, Massachusetts General Hospital; Assistant Professor of Emergency Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFDelirium, an acute confusional state characterized by disturbances in attention, cognition, and arousal, is present in 7 to 10% of older emergency department (ED) patients, underdiagnosed in the ED setting, and associated with increased short-term mortality. Delirium is typically precipitated by a physiologic stressor, such as an acute medical illness, a new medication, or a change in environment. The keys to the care and management of delirious patients are timely diagnosis of delirium and identification and treatment of the precipitating cause. The medical evaluation should include a formal delirium assessment that includes tests of attention and targeted diagnostic tests to identify the underlying etiology, such as infection, metabolic derangement, neurologic emergencies, new medications, and/or toxidromes. Pharmacologic treatment of delirium should be limited to patients who are severely agitated and at risk for substantial harm to self and/or others and patients with delirium secondary to alcohol withdrawal. Typical and atypical psychotics at low doses are first line for use in severely agitated patients. Benzodiazepines may worsen delirium and should be reserved for treatment of patients with delirium secondary to alcohol withdrawal or if sedation is required for critical imaging and/or procedures. ED physicians should also be conscious of and strive to minimize iatrogenic precipitants of delirium.
This review contains 2 figures, 10 tables and 53 references
Key words: aged, agitation, arousal attention, confusion, delirium, delirium/diagnosis, delirium/etiology, delirium/therapy, dementia complications, geriatrics, risk factors
- 13
Acute Respiratory Failure and mechanical Ventilation
By Lawrence A. DeLuca, Jr, EdD, MD
Purchase PDFAcute Respiratory Failure and mechanical Ventilation
- LAWRENCE A. DELUCA, JR, EDD, MDAssociate Professor of Emergency Medicine, University of Arizona/Banner University Medical Center, Department of Emergency Medicine, Tucson AZ
Purchase PDFPatients with acute respiratory failure present to the emergency department (ED) on a regular basis, and emergency physicians (EPs) are expected to be skilled in endotracheal intubation. Historically, although a significant portion of emergency medicine residency training focuses on airway management, extended management of the ventilated patient has received relatively short shrift. Recent data indicate that not only is endotracheal intubation one of the most commonly performed ED procedures, but also that in the initial hours of care, it is also often the EP rather than the intensivist who provides the bulk of critical care to the patient. It is therefore critical that EPs are skilled in ongoing management of the ventilated patient in the early hours as inappropriate management of the ventilator or sedation/analgesia can have a significant impact on complications such as ventilator-induced lung injury, ventilator-associated pneumonia (VAP), ventilator weaning, and delirium. This review outlines basic strategies for the physiologic management of respiratory failure patients to reduce periintubation complications and discuss ventilation strategies, appropriate use of analgesia/sedation, and prevention of secondary complications such as VAP and delirium. Basic troubleshooting of common ventilator problems is also reviewed. Although it is not expected that the EP will replace the intensivist, the goal of this review is to optimize patient management early in the ED stay, to facilitate the transition between the ED and the intensive care unit, and to reduce preventable complications by optimizing the care of ventilated patients in the ED.
This review contains 9 figures, 4 tables and 46 references
Key words: acute respiratory distress syndrome, analgesia, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, delirium, hypercapnia, hyperventilation, hypoxia, patient-ventilator dyssynchrony, pulmonary edema, respiratory failure, sedation, ventilator-associated pneumonia
- 14
Urologic Infections
- TATYANA VAYNGORTIN, MDPediatric Emergency Medicine Fellow, Department of Emergency Medicine, UCSF Benioff Children’s Hospital Oakland, Oakland, CA
- NISA S ATIGAPRAMOJ, MDAssistant Clinical Professor of Pediatrics and Emergency Medicine, Department of Emergency Medicine, UCSF Benioff Children’s Hospital, San Francisco, CA
Purchase PDFUrinary tract infections (UTIs) affect people of all ages. Although the incidence of invasive bacterial diseases continues to decline, the prevalence of UTIs in febrile pediatric patients continues to remain a focus for serious bacterial infection in this population. In older age groups, symptoms become more obvious and present more classically. Clinical practice guidelines have been developed because morbidity can be dependent upon the rapid identification of a UTI with prompt initiation of appropriate antimicrobials. This review provides a summary for the evaluation of UTIs with discussion of diagnosis and management.
This review contains 6 figures, 5 tables and 47 references
Key words: antibiotics, cystitis, pyelonephritis, urinary tract infection, uropathogens
- 15
Pacemaker Therapy
- SHAMAI A. GROSSMAN, MD, MSAssociate Professor of Emergency Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Vice Chair for Health Care Quality, Harvard Medical Faculty Physicians, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe number of permanent pacemakers implanted per year increased by 55.6% between 1993 and 2009, and is continuing to rise. Accordingly, the number of patients treated in the emergency department who have permanent pacemakers is increasing, and it is important for physicians in the emergency department to be familiar with the operation and potential complications of these devices. This review covers the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes for patients with pacemakers presenting to the emergency department.
This review contains 6 figures, 10 tables, and 25 references.
Keywords: Pacemaker, sinus node, atrioventricular block, supraventricular tachycardia, bifascicular block, carotid sinus dysfunction, cardiac sarcoidosis, ventricular pacing, cardiac resynchronization therapy
- 16
Coronaviruses: Hcov, Sars-cov, Mers-cov, and COVID-19
- MICHAEL G. ISON, MD, MSCAssociate Professor, Divisions of Infectious Diseases & Organ Transplantation, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL
Purchase PDFCoronaviruses (CoVs) are a group of viral pathogens that infect mammals and birds. The presentation in humans is typically that of a mild upper respiratory tract infection, similar to the common cold. However, in recent years, dramatic attention has arisen for more lethal members of this viral family (e.g., severe acute respiratory syndrome [SARS-CoV], Middle East respiratory syndrome [MERS-CoV], and coronavirus disease 2019 [COVID-19]). The epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnosis, and management of these viruses are discussed in this review. Importantly, new guideline tables from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, as well as the World Health Organization are provided at the conclusion of the review.
This review contains 12 tables, 3 figure and 48 references.
Keywords: Coronavirus, severe acute respiratory distress syndrome (SARS), Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS), COVID-19, respiratory infection, antiviral, real-time polymerase chain reaction
- 17
Pacemaker Therapy
- SHAMAI A. GROSSMAN, MD, MSAssociate Professor of Emergency Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Vice Chair for Health Care Quality, Harvard Medical Faculty Physicians, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- 18
Bowel Obstruction
- ANDREW S. LITEPLO, MD, FACEP Massachusetts General Hospital, Dept of Emergency Medicine. Chief, Division of Emergency Ultrasound, Massachusetts General Hospital Associate Professor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 19
Viral Upper Respiratory Infection
By James Creswell Simpson, MD; Kristin H. Dwyer, MD, MPH
Purchase PDFViral Upper Respiratory Infection
- JAMES CRESWELL SIMPSON, MDResident Physician, Department of Anesthesiology, Critical Care and Pain Medicine, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
- KRISTIN H. DWYER, MD, MPHBrigham and Women’s Hospital, Clinical Instructor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe upper respiratory tract includes the sinuses, nasal passages, pharynx, and larynx, and is susceptible to a variety of pathogens including many viruses. Although other pathogens can also cause infections of the upper respiratory tract, we are focusing on viral illnesses for the purposes of this review. Upper respiratory tract infections (URIs) include sinusitis, nasopharyngitis (common cold), pharyngitis, epiglottitis, and tracheitis. URI’s are one of the most frequent causes for visits to see a physician in the United States. Despite the fact that many URIs are caused by viral pathogens, more than half of patients in both the clinic and the emergency department setting with a diagnosis of URI received antibiotics. URIs are generally mild, and self-limited illnesses; however, it is important to recognize clinical entities that may be severe and warrant more extensive diagnostic workup and treatment such as epiglottitis and tracheitis. This review covers the pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, disposition and outcome for multiple viral URIs seen commonly in the emergency department setting.
This review contains 3 figures, 8 tables, and 87 references.
Key words: Common cold, epiglottitis, nasopharyngitis, pharyngitis, sinusitis, tracheitis, upper respiratory tract infection
- 20
Pneumonia and Other Pulmonary Infections
By Karen D. Serrano, MD ; Scott A. Fruhan, MD, MBA
Purchase PDFPneumonia and Other Pulmonary Infections
- KAREN D. SERRANO, MD Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill
- SCOTT A. FRUHAN, MD, MBAClinical Instructor, Department of Emergency Medicine University of California, San Francisco
Purchase PDFPulmonary infections span a wide spectrum, ranging from self-limited to life threatening. Pneumonia refers to infection of lung parenchyma, specifically the alveolar or gas-exchanging portions of the lung. Taken together, pneumonia and influenza rank as the sixth leading cause of death in the United States and the leading infectious cause of death in the United States and the world. Tuberculosis (TB) is a bacterial disease caused by Mycobacterium tuberculosis. TB, historically a leading cause of death worldwide, remains an enormous global public health epidemic in much of the developing world. Rates of coinfection with HIV are high, and HIV increases the morbidity and mortality associated with TB. This review details the pathophysiology, epidemiology, clinical presentation, and treatment of pulmonary infection, including pneumonia, empyema, pulmonary abscess, and tuberculosis (TB). Figures show chest radiographs of reactivation pulmonary tuberculosis, HIV-infected patients with proven culture-confirmed tuberculosis, prominent hilar adenopathy with clear lung fields, and bilateral interstitial changes; and treatment of drug-susceptible pulmonary tuberculosis. Tables list major causes of pulmonary infection, host defence mechanisms against pulmonary infection, initial empirical antibiotic therapy in patients with suspected community-acquired pneumonia, initial antibiotic therapy for community-acquired pneumonia in outpatients, initial antibiotic therapy for community-acquired pneumonia in patients who require hospitalization, antibiotic choices for aspiration pneumonia, pneumonia severity index scoring, and mortality by pneumonia severity index point score.
This review contains 2 figures, 9 tables, and 87 references
Key words: Pulmonary infections; Pneumonia; Tuberculosis; Lung infection; Mycobacteria; Community-acquired pneumonia; Health care-associated pneumonia; Aspiration pneumonia; Empyema; Legionnaires disease
- 21
Upper Airway Disorders
By Lawrence Proano, MD, DTMH ; Seth Gemme, MD; Robert Partridge, MD, MPH, DTMH
Purchase PDFUpper Airway Disorders
- LAWRENCE PROANO, MD, DTMH Clinical Professor of Emergency Medicine, The Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, RI
- SETH GEMME, MDRhode Island Hospital; Chief Resident, The Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, RI
- ROBERT PARTRIDGE, MD, MPH, DTMH Adjunct Associate Professor of Emergency Medicine, he Alpert Medical School of Brown University, Providence, RI
- 22
Focused Assessment With Sonography for Trauma
- DAVID BAROUNIS, MD Attending Physician, Departments of Emergency Medicine and Critical Care Medicine, Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, IL
- ELISE HART, MDPostgraduate Year 3, Emergency Medicine Residency Program, Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, IL
- 23
Diarrheal Illness
- JEREMY S FAUST, MD, MS, MABrigham & Women’s Hospital/Brigham Faulkner Hospital Department of Emergency Medicine, Clinical Instructor, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 24
Neonatal Resuscitation
- MEGAN LITZAU, MD Emergency Medicine Resident, Indiana University School of Medicine
- SHERYL E ALLEN, MD, MS Associate Professor of Clinical Emergency Medicine and Pediatrics, Indiana University School of Medicine
Purchase PDFThe resuscitation of a neonate in the emergency department is an infrequent occurrence. As such, it is imperative that emergency physicians are aware of the resources available at their institution in the event that resuscitation arises. The two mainstays of neonatal resuscitation are respiration and temperature. When resuscitation is required, it is due to a respiratory cause in the majority of neonates. Therefore, if the airway and breathing are managed properly, the heart rate and overall neonatal status will follow suit. Should the neonate’s heart rate continue to be below 60 beats per minute, then he or she will need chest compressions in addition to respiratory support. During the transition from intrauterine life to extrauterine life, neonates stand to lose substantial amounts of heat. Therefore, the temperature of the neonate also needs to be actively managed to prevent the loss of heat. The resuscitation will eventually end in one of two pathways: the termination of efforts or the successful resuscitation of the neonate. If the resuscitation is successful, the proper admission or transfer will need to be arranged for definitive care for the neonate. Figures include the review of fetal and neonatal circulation, proper use of equipment, and proper chest compression technique. Tables include equipment needed, Apgar scores, normal neonatal vital signs, disposition, and neonatal intensive care unit levels.
This review contains 6 figures, 6 tables and 27 references
Keywords: Apgar scores, fetal circulation, neonatal chest compressions, neonatal circulation, neonatal resuscitation, neonatal intensive care unit levels
- 25
Neonatal Resuscitation
- MEGAN LITZAU, MD Emergency Medicine Resident, Indiana University School of Medicine
- SHERYL E ALLEN, MD, MS Associate Professor of Clinical Emergency Medicine and Pediatrics, Indiana University School of Medicine
- 26
Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
- IMOIGELE P AISIKU, MD, MBAAssistant Professor, Chief Division of Emergency Critical Care, Department of Emergency Medicine, Harvard University, Brigham and Women’s Hospital
Purchase PDFSubarachnoid hemorrhage (SAH) represents a small portion of cerebrovascular disease but a disproportionally large percentage of the morbidity and mortality. The overall prognosis depends on the volume of the initial bleeding, rebleeding, and the degree of delayed cerebral ischemia. The presence of cardiac manifestations and neurogenic pulmonary edema at the initial presentation indicates a higher degree of severity and systemic complications. This review covers the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes of SAH. Figures show common saccular aneurysm locations, a noncontrast head computed tomographic scan of an SAH, an angiogram and surgical clipping of a broad-based anterior communicating aneurysm, and a three-dimensional reconstruction angiogram of a complex anterior communicating aneurysm with additional imaging of endoscopic stent-assisted coiling of the same aneurysm. Tables list the natural history of unruptured aneurysms and the annual risk of rupture, common clinical features and syndromes related to aneurysm location, the World Federation of Neurologic Surgeons grading system, the Hunt and Hess grading systems, and the Fisher scale.
This review contains 4 figures, 7 tables, and 145 references
Keywords: aneurysm rupture, cerebral aneurysm, cerebral vasospasm, Fisher scale, Glasgow Coma Scale assessment, Hunt and Hess grading criteria, subarachnoid hemorrhage, World Federation of Neurologic Surgeons grading scale
- 27
Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
- IMOIGELE P AISIKU, MD, MBAAssistant Professor, Chief Division of Emergency Critical Care, Department of Emergency Medicine, Harvard University, Brigham and Women’s Hospital
- 28
Management of Acute Heart Failure
- EDWARD ULLMAN, MD
Purchase PDFAcute heart failure (AHF) is a heterogeneous syndrome characterized by patients who present with signs and symptoms of heart failure (HF) in need of urgent or emergent therapy. Although dyspnea is the most common presentation, AHF is accompanied by a variety of signs and symptoms. AHF primarily afflicts the elderly; these patients typically have numerous comorbid conditions, both cardiovascular and noncardiovascular. Although signs and symptoms are similar in nearly all patients with AHF, the precipitant of acute decompensation, cardiac structure and function, and etiology of HF, as well as other comorbid conditions, vary considerably. This review covers the epidemiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, treatment, and disposition of patients who present to the emergency department with nonacute coronary syndrome AHF.
This review contains 6 figures, 2 videos, 8 tables, and 84 references
Keywords: heart failure, decompensated heart failure, ejection fraction, cardiac function, cardiac structure
- 29
- 30
Pediatric Hematologic and Oncologic Emergencies
By Rebecca Milligan, MD; Jenny Mendelson, MD
Purchase PDFPediatric Hematologic and Oncologic Emergencies
- REBECCA MILLIGAN, MD
- JENNY MENDELSON, MD
Purchase PDFHematologic and oncologic emergencies that afflict children and adolescents are important for emergency medicine physicians to recognize. Pediatric patients can present with a previous formal diagnosis and have a complication related to their disease or with new symptoms that suggest a hematologic or oncologic process. Oncologic treatments can also lead to life-threatening complications. Recognizing these emergencies is very important for emergency physicians to prevent further morbidity. This review covers common patient presentations, diagnosis, and treatments for hematologic and oncologic emergencies.
This review contains 6 figures, 9 tables and 66 references
Keywords: hematology, oncology, tumor lysis syndrome, hemophilia, pediatrics, von Willebrand Disease, sickle cell disease
- 31
Pediatric Hematologic and Oncologic Emergencies
By Rebecca Milligan, MD; Jenny Mendelson, MD
Purchase PDF
- 1
- OBGYN
- 1
Contraception
- SIRIPANTH NIPPITA, MD, MSBeth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- EVA LUO, MD, MBABeth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFMost individuals will wish to avoid pregnancy for some part of their reproductive years. A variety of hormonal and nonhormonal contraceptive methods are available, which have different characteristics related to systemic effects, bleeding patterns, and effort required on the user’s part. The goal of contraceptive counseling is to identify a method that is safe and compatible with the individual’s preferences. Clinicians may often be able to help patients initiate contraception on the day of the initial office visit. They should remain available and supportive to patients who wish to switch methods and provide comprehensive counseling for all available contraceptive methods as well as emergency contraception options.
This review contains 8 figures, 7 tables and 51 references
Keywords: birth control, contraception, emergency contraception, Essure, hysteroscopy, interval, laparoscopy, microinserts, postpartum, salpingectomy, sterilization
- 2
The Puerperium
- SARAH KLEINMAN, CNMAtrius Health, Boston, MA
- HOPE A RICCIOTTI, MDChair, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe puerperium starts after the birth of a baby and continues until 6 to 8 weeks postpartum. Several recent interventions in management have been shown to improve outcomes. Delayed cord clamping, the practice of waiting for a period of time after a baby is born before clamping and cutting the umbilical cord, can increase hemoglobin levels, improve iron stores, and increase birth weight in newborns. Rooming in, the practice of mothers and newborns staying together, improves infant sleep and breast-feeding without affecting maternal sleep. Immediately after birth, significant physiologic and anatomic changes occur. Thromboembolic events are more common in the postpartum state than during pregnancy, but the majority of women do not require specific thromboprophylaxis but should be encouraged to walk after birth. Women who have not been previously immunized for influenza; tetanus, diphtheria, pertussis (Tdap); and rubella should be offered these immunizations. Women with uncomplicated pregnancies may engage in exercise within days after delivery. Pelvic floor physical therapy performed during pregnancy and postpartum may assist in maintaining or regaining muscle tone of the pelvic floor and may prevent or treat urinary incontinence. Perinatal depression affects one in seven women. Baby blues, which include mood swings, anxiety, tearfulness, and insomnia, should resolve by 2 weeks after delivery. Patients should be screened for depression using a standardized, validated tool and appropriate treatment initiated. All women should undergo a comprehensive postpartum visit within 6 weeks of delivery.
This review contains 2 figures, 1 table and 32 references
Key words: delayed cord clamping, hemodynamic changes, perinatal depression, postpartum, puerperium, rooming in, skin-to-skin contact
- 3
Abnormal Menstrual Bleeding
By Chu Hsiao, BS, MD-PhD; Leanne Dumeny, MS, BS, MD-PhD; Candice P. Holliday, MD, JD; Lisa Spiryda, MD-PhD
Purchase PDFAbnormal Menstrual Bleeding
- CHU HSIAO, BS, MD-PHDTrainee, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, FL
- LEANNE DUMENY, MS, BS, MD-PHDTrainee, Department of Pharmacotherapy and Translational Research, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, FL
- CANDICE P. HOLLIDAY, MD, JDResident, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Alabama, Mobile, AL
- LISA SPIRYDA, MD-PHDProfessor and Chair, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of South Alabama, Mobile, AL
Purchase PDFAbnormal uterine bleeding (AUB) is a common presentation that can occur in all age groups. AUB is an umbrella term for any uterine bleeding that occurs outside a woman’s normal pattern in volume, regularity, and/or timing. AUB is described by using frequency, regularity, duration, and volume or by using PALM-COEIN (Polyp, Adenomyosis, Leiomyoma, Malignancy and premalignant conditions; Coagulopathy, Ovulatory dysfunction, Endometrial, Iatrogenic, Not yet classified). Workup for AUB comprises a history (with a detailed menstrual history), physical examination (including a pelvic and bimanual examination), lab tests, and imaging (primarily transvaginal ultrasonography). For treatment, medical therapies should be considered before surgical therapies, especially when fertility is desired. The decisions for treatment are based on etiology, fertility concerns, contraindications, or patient preference. Of the medical therapies, there are hormonal and nonhormonal therapies. The most common treatments for AUB are levonorgestrel intrauterine device, tranexamic acid, oral contraceptives, and nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs. The most common surgical treatments are myomectomy, endometrial ablation, uterine artery embolization, and hysterectomy.
This review contains 7 figures, 10 tables and 45 references
Key words: abnormal uterine bleeding, adenomyosis, contraceptives, endometrial, fibroids, hysterectomy, menorrhagia
- 4
Menopause
- SUSAN D. REED, MD, MPHProfessor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Epidemiology, Director, Women’s Reproductive Health Research Program, University of Washington School of Medicine, Chief of Service, Obstetrics and Gynecology, Harborview Medical Center, Seattle, WA
- ELIZA L. SUTTON, MD, FACPAssociate Professor, Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine Medical Director, Women's Health Care Center, University of Washington Medical Center Seattle Washington
Purchase PDFThe female reproductive system matures in a continuous, natural process from menarche to menopause as the finite numbers of oocytes produced during fetal development are gradually lost to ovulation and senescence. Menopause is defined as the permanent cessation of menses; by convention, the diagnosis of menopause is not made until the individual has had 12 months of amenorrhea. Menopause is thus characterized by the menstrual changes that reflect oocyte depletion and subsequent changes in ovarian hormone production. However, hormonal changes, rather than the cessation of menstruation itself, cause the manifestations that occur around the time of menopause. Therefore, a woman who has undergone a hysterectomy but who retains her ovaries can experience normal menopausal symptoms as oocyte depletion leads to changes in estrogen levels, even though cessation of menstruation occurred with surgery. This review covers definitions, natural menopause, menopausal transition and postmenopausal symptom management, and premature ovarian insufficiency. Figures show stages of reproductive aging, serum concentrations of hormones during menopausal transition and postmenopause, hormonal changes associated with reproductive aging, symptoms of menopausal transition and menopause, treatment algorithm(s), and Women’s Health Initiative findings: risks and benefits of estrogen alone and estrogen plus progestin by age group: 50 to 59, 60 to 69, and 70 to 79 years. Tables list target tissues, physical manifestations, and menopausal symptoms; selective estrogen receptor modulators used in postmenopausal women; differential diagnosis and evaluation of common menopausal symptoms; estrogen doses; progestogen dosing for endometrial protection; nonhormonal pharmaceutical hot flash therapies; and pharmacologic therapy for genitourinary atrophy.
This review contains 6 figures, 8 tables, and 122 references.
- 5
Prenatal Screening and Diagnosis
- BARBARA O’BRIEN, MDAssociate Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology & Reproductive Biology, Harvard Medical School; Director, Maternal Fetal Medicine Fellowship, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- EMILY WILLNER, MDClinical Fellow of Obstetrics, Gynecology & Reproductive Biology, Harvard Medical School; Chief Resident, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFPrenatal genetic testing offers patients and providers the opportunity to screen for aneuploidy, genetic syndromes, and congenital malformations during pregnancy. Screening options include taking a clinical history, evaluation of maternal serum markers or noninvasive cell-free DNA, and ultrasound evaluation during the first and second trimesters. Invasive diagnostic testing such as amniocentesis or chorionic villus sampling allows for further investigation of positive screening results and a directed test to identify aneuploidy as well as specific gene mutations and gain, loss, or rearrangement of genetic information. Laboratory methods for testing fetal samples differ by types of genetic abnormalities that can be detected and turnaround time for results; these methods include karyotype, fluorescence in situ hybridization, and microarray.
This review contains 5 figures, 5 tables and 43 references
Key words: amniocentesis, aneuploidy, cell-free DNA, chorionic villus sampling, karyotype, microarray, prenatal genetic screening, ultrasonography
- 6
Nausea and Vomiting of Pregnancy
- ELIZABETH ROBERTS, MDDepartment of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- BRETT C YOUNG, MDDepartment of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFIn pregnancy, the majority of women experience at least some nausea and vomiting. For many women, these symptoms are mild and self-limiting and resolve by the second trimester. A minority of women experience severe symptoms of hyperemesis gravidarum with persistent vomiting, weight loss, and electrolyte derangements. The diagnosis of hyperemesis gravidarum is based on clinical history and exclusion of other etiologies of nausea and vomiting. First-line pharmacologic treatment is with pyridoxine and doxylamine. Other medical treatments include metoclopramide, phenothiazines, antacids, and ondansetron. In refractory cases, corticosteroids and enteral or parenteral nutrition may be considered.
This review contains 3 figures, 2 tables and 83 references
Key words: enteral feeding, hyperemesis gravidarum, maternal outcomes, nausea and vomiting of pregnancy, neonatal outcomes, nonpharmacologic antiemetics, pharmacologic antiemetics
- 7
Vaginitis
By Monica Mendiola, MD, OB GYN Residency Director; Rachel A Blake, MD, OB GYN Resident
Purchase PDFVaginitis
- MONICA MENDIOLA, MD, OB GYN RESIDENCY DIRECTORDepartment of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School Affiliate, Boston, MA
- RACHEL A BLAKE, MD, OB GYN RESIDENTDepartment of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School Affiliate, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFVulvovaginal complaints are a common indication for women to seek gynecologic care. The most common causes of vaginitis are bacterial vaginosis, vulvovaginal candidiasis, and trichomoniasis, which account for 22 to 50%, 17 to 39%, and 4 to 35% of vaginitis, respectively. This review describes the presentation, diagnosis, and prevention strategies for the most important causes of vulvovaginitis, including characteristic findings on office microscopy and newer available diagnostic testing. It outlines treatment modalities for uncomplicated infections in healthy women, as well as nuances of treatment for recurrent and persistent infections, pregnant women, and HIV-positive women. It also explores the diagnosis and management of non-infectious vaginitis as well special consideration for vaginitis in children and adolescents.
This review contains 4 figures, 8 tables, and 55 references.
Key words: vaginitis, vulvovaginitis, bacterial vaginosis, candidiasis, trichomoniasis, vaginitis treatment
- 8
Female Pelvic Pain: Assessment
- MARIO CASTELLANOS, MDGynecologic Surgeon, Division of Surgery and Pelvic Pain, St Joseph’s Hospital and Medical Center, Phoenix, AZ, United States; Associate Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology, Creighton University School of Medicine Phoenix Regional Campus, Phoenix, AZ 85013, United States; Clinical Assistant Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology; University of Arizona College of Medicine - Phoenix, Phoenix, AZ 85004, United States,
- LOUISE P KING, MDSurgeon, Division of Minimally Invasive Gynecologic Surgery, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA, United States; Assistant Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Medicine, Director of Reproductive Bioethics, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, United States
Purchase PDFChronic pelvic pain (CPP) in women is responsible for greater than 10% of referrals to gynecologists. A majority of them will remain undiagnosed or inadequately treated. Over time, CPP may lead to a syndrome that results in disability, loss of employment, and discord within relationships. This review discusses how to achieve a comprehensive assessment of CPP from a variety of causes.
This review contains 12 figures, 2 tables and 57 references
Key Words: dysmenorrhea, dyspareunia, endometriosis, interstitial cystitis, irritable bowel syndrome, pelvic floor dysfunction, pelvic pain, pudendal neuralgia, somatic pain, visceral pain
- 9
Cervical Cancer Screening
- HUMA FARID, MDClinical Instructor, Department of Obstetrics/Gynecology, Harvard Medical School, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFSince the Papanicolaou (Pap) smear became implemented as a screening tool for cervical cancer, the mortality from cervical cancer has sharply declined in the United States. The discovery of the human papillomavirus (HPV) as the causative agent in the progression from dysplasia of the cervix to cervical cancer has changed the types of screening offered to women and the management of abnormal Pap smears. The management of abnormal Pap smears has changed depending on the age of the woman, with women under the age of 24 years being managed more conservatively given the low rates of cervical cancer in this age group and the high rates of regression of HPV and cytologic abnormalities. Colposcopy remains the first line in evaluation of an abnormal Pap smear, with excisional treatment reserved for high-grade dysplasias with a high risk of progression to cervical cancer. Treatment for cervical dysplasia is highly effective, but even after treatment, there is an increased risk of recurrence or progression to cervical cancer for up to 20 years, and these women should be followed closely.
This review contains 18 figures, 3 tables and 53 references
Key words: cervical cancer screening, high-grade cervical dysplasia, human papillomavirus, low-grade cervical dysplasia, management of abnormal Pap smears, Pap smear, recurrence of cervical dysplasia, treatment of dysplasia
- 10
Normal Menstrual Cycle
- REBECCA PIERSON, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Women’s Health, University of Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, KY
- KELLY PAGIDAS, MDProfessor, Division Director and Program Director, Reproductive Endocrinology and Infertility, Department of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Women’s Health, University of Louisville School of Medicine, Louisville, KY
Purchase PDFA normal menstrual cycle is the end result of a sequence of purposeful and coordinated events that occur from intact hypothalamic-pituitary-ovarian and uterine axes. The menstrual cycle is under hormonal control in the reproductively active female and is functionally divided into two phases: the proliferative or follicular phase and the secretory or luteal phase. This tight hormonal control is orchestrated by a series of negative and positive endocrine feedback loops that alter the frequency of the pulsatile secretion of gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH), the pituitary response to GnRH, and the relative secretion of luteinizing hormone and follicle-stimulating hormone from the pituitary gonadotrope with subsequent direct effects on the ovary to produce a series of sex steroids and peptides that aid in the generation of a single mature oocyte and the preparation of a receptive endometrium for implantation to ensue. Any derailment along this programmed pathway can lead to an abnormal menstrual cycle with subsequent impact on the ability to conceive and maintain a pregnancy.
This review contains 7 figures and 26 references
Key words: follicle-stimulating hormone, follicular phase, gonadotropin-releasing hormone, luteal phase, luteinizing hormone, menstrual cycle, ovulation, progesterone, proliferative phase, secretory phase
- 11
Preconception Care
- LAURA BOOKMAN, MDStaff Physician, Department of Obstetrics and GynecologyBeth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Assistant Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive BiologyHarvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- TARIRO MUPOMBWA, MDChief OBGYN Resident, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Clinical Fellow, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe goal of preconception care is to optimize the health and knowledge of every woman prior to pregnancy. Inquiring about plans for pregnancy can occur at any patient encounter, not just at a scheduled preconception care visit, because many women do not present for care until they are already pregnant. Identifying medical, social, environmental, and psychological risks prior to pregnancy can lead to interventions that may enhance the health of both mother and baby. Relevant preconception issues discussed in this review include medications; medical, surgical, mental health, and social history, including substance use and intimate partner violence; immunization recommendations; nutrition; genetic screening; and infectious disease.
This review contains 2 figures, 5 tables and 52 references
Keywords: depression, diabetes, exercise, hypertension, immunizations, intimate partner violence, nutrition, preconception care, reproductive life plan, thyroid disease
- 12
Pain Relief in Labor
- NATHAN LIU, MDClinical Fellow, Harvard Medical School, Department of Anesthesiology, Critical Care and Pain Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- PHILIP E HESS, MDAssociate Professor, Harvard Medical School, Department of Anesthesiology, Critical Care and Pain Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFLabor pain is a complex entity composed of physical, emotional, and psychological factors. The physical treatment of pain is most effectively managed with pharmacologic therapies. Pharmacologic treatments are distinguished by being administered in the neuraxis (spinal or epidural) or systemically. All pharmacologic therapies have side effects associated with the medications being used. Nonpharmacologic methods have undergone refinement in the last century. These methods focus on the emotional and psychological factors surrounding labor. Both psychological methods, exemplified by the practice of Lamaze, and physical methods, such as continuous labor support, can be effective in producing a satisfying labor experience.
This review contains 2 figures, 7 tables and 43 references
Keywords: combined spinal epidural, doula, epidural analgesia, labor pain, neuraxial analgesia, nitrous oxide, opioid therapy, parturient, psychoprophylaxis
- 13
Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
- SNIGDHA ALUR-GUPTA, MDDivision of Reproductive Endocrinology, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA
- ANUJA DOKRAS, MD, PHDDivision of Reproductive Endocrinology, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, PA
Purchase PDFPolycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) is a highly prevalent endocrine disorder in women of reproductive age. In this review, the pathophysiology and current diagnostic criteria for PCOS are reviewed. Treatment options for symptoms commonly associated with PCOS such as hirsutism, acne, and menstrual irregularity are reviewed. Combined hormonal contraceptives are the first line of therapy in women not attempting pregnancy. The metabolic complications commonly associated with PCOS are impaired glucose tolerance and dyslipidemia. A summary of the current guidelines on screening and prevention of these complications is presented. In addition, PCOS is associated with an increased risk of depressive symptoms and anxiety disorders for which patients should be monitored.
This review contains 7 tables and 59 references.
Keywords: Polycystic ovary syndrome, PCOS
- 14
Infertility
- ERIC D. LEVENS, MDShady Grove Fertility Reproductive Science Center, Rockville, MD
- KATHERINE A GREEN, MDClinical Fellow, Program in Reproductive and Adult Endocrinology, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, Bethesda, MD
- ALAN H. DECHERNEY, MDChief, Program in Reproductive and Adult Endocrinology, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, Bethesda, MD
Purchase PDFInfertility affects 12 to 18% of couples in the United States and may be due to female factors, male factors, or both. A systematic evaluation of the common causes of infertility can identify conditions that may be treated by the obstetrician-gynecologist to help the couple achieve their family-building goals or those that require referral to a subspecialist. This review discusses current recommendations regarding the workup and treatment of the common causes of infertility, including tubal and pelvic factors, ovulatory disorders, and male factors. Advances in assisted reproductive technology are also discussed, including the use of genetic screening in in vitro fertilization and fertility preservation options for individuals facing gonadotoxic therapy.
This review contains 6 figures, 8 tables, and 53 references
Key words: anovulation, assisted reproductive technology, clomiphene citrate, infertility, letrozole, oocyte cryopreservation, ovulation induction, semen analysis, tubal factor, uterine factor
- 15
Fecal Incontinence: Nonsurgical Management
- MADELEINE BLANK, MDDivision of Plastic Surgery, Department of Surgery, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota.
- LILIAN CHEN, MDAssistant Professor of Surgery, Division of Colorectal Surgery, Department of General Surgery, Tufts Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFFecal incontinence is the uncontrolled passage of feces or flatus. It is a debilitating and often unrecognized condition whose prevalence is increasing with our aging population and often carries significant stigmata associated with decreased quality of life. It is also one of the leading causes of nursing home admissions in the United States. The etiology of fecal incontinence is multifactorial, with many risk factors contributing to this disease process. Treatment may be challenging and needs to be individualized. In this review, we discuss the initial evaluation of the patient presenting with fecal incontinence, adjunctive testing modalities, and nonoperative management.
This review contains 6 figures, 2 tables and 50 references
Key words: accidental bowel leakage, biofeedback, bowel incontinence, fecal incontinence, pelvic floor physical therapy, pelvic floor retraining
- 16
Reproductive Health in LGBTQ Populations
By Marybeth Meservey, RN, MS, WHNP-BC; Yvonne Gomez-Carrion, MD, FACOG
Purchase PDFReproductive Health in LGBTQ Populations
- MARYBETH MESERVEY, RN, MS, WHNP-BCWomen’s Health Nurse Practitioner, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- YVONNE GOMEZ-CARRION, MD, FACOGAssistant Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Harvard Medical School, Supervisor of OB-Gyn, Resident Surgical Service, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe healthcare community and lay public have become more aware of transgender (TG) people in the past decade as celebrities have publicly transitioned and activists have pushed back against restrictive laws. Movies, television, nonfiction books, and novels increasingly represent the experience of people who are TG. News organizations and entertainment outlets have given attention to the lives, needs, and challenges of TG and gender-nonconforming individuals. Nonetheless, TG individuals are often fearful when seeking healthcare. Experiences of shame, judgment, and rejection with providers lead to anxiety in future encounters. The number of clinical providers who feel prepared to offer care for TG individuals is limited. Many TG individuals have been denied basic primary and preventive healthcare as a result of their TG status. Understanding the concepts of TG and gender nonconformance expands the skill set of the healthcare professional for providing culturally competent care to all patients and their family members.
This review contains 26 figures, and 59 references.
Key Words: cis-sexual, gender binary, gender confirmation surgery, gender dysphoria, gender nonconforming, intersex, LGBTQ, queer, transgender, WPATH
- 17
Gastrointestinal Diseases in Pregnancy
By Jennifer X Cai, MD, MPH; Punyanganie S. de Silva, MBBS, MPH, MRCP(UK)
Purchase PDFGastrointestinal Diseases in Pregnancy
- JENNIFER X CAI, MD, MPHDivision of Gastroenterology, Hepatology and Endoscopy Brigham and Women’s Hospital; Harvard Medical School Boston, MA
- PUNYANGANIE S. DE SILVA, MBBS, MPH, MRCP(UK)Assistant Professor of Medicine Brigham and Women’s Hospital Harvard Medical School Boston, MA 02115
Purchase PDFDuring pregnancy many chronic gastrointestinal disorders can undergo exacerbations. In addition, pregnant women are often susceptible to new gastrointestinal symptoms. The goal of care is to control symptoms, minimize exposure to excessive tests and medications and rule out any urgent need for surgery. Efforts should be made to minimize risk to mother and fetus when performing diagnostic endoscopic and radiologic tests. In this chapter, we will review the current management of common gastrointestinal disorders during pregnancy, including gastro-esophageal reflux disease, constipation, appendicitis, inflammatory bowel disease and gall stone disease. The safety of medications used to treat gastrointestinal disease will be reviewed and new treatment guidelines and concepts will be discussed.
This review contains 5 tables, 4 figures and 55 references.
Key words: appendicitis, cholelithiasis, constipation, Crohn’s disease, gall stones, gastrointestinal disease, gastro-esophageal reflux disease, jaundice, pregnancy, ulcerative colitis
- 18
Psychiatric Diseases in Pregnancy
By Jennifer Ludgin, MD; Deanna Sverdlov, MD; Errol R. Norwitz, MD, PhD, MBA
Purchase PDFPsychiatric Diseases in Pregnancy
- JENNIFER LUDGIN, MDDepartment of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Tufts Medical Center.
- DEANNA SVERDLOV, MDDepartment of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Tufts Medical Center
- ERROL R. NORWITZ, MD, PHD, MBAProfessor and Chairman, Department of Obstetrics & Gynecology, Tufts Medical Center
Purchase PDFThe exacerbation of pre-existing psychiatric conditions and the development of a new-onset psychiatric disorder during pregnancy directly affects the care of pregnant women. Depression and anxiety are highly prevalent in reproductive age women and may be exacerbated in the perinatal and postpartum periods. Post-traumatic stress disorder is another common condition seen in this population and may worsen under the stress of pregnancy, delivery, and childrearing. Substance abuse is also pervasive in this population, requiring obstetricians to have a thorough understanding of how to manage and treat pregnant women with dependence disorders. Psychiatric conditions and substance abuse often co-exist. These and other disorders present significant risk to the mother and fetus. It is essential therefore for obstetric care providers to understand how to screen for, diagnose, and treat psychiatric disorders during pregnancy and in the postpartum period.
This review contains 4 tables, and 58 references.
Keywords: perinatal depression, postpartum depression, postpartum psychosis, anxiety in pregnancy, substance abuse in pregnancy, post-traumatic stress disorder in pregnancy, eating disorders in pregnancy, pregnancy screening
- 19
Menopause
- SUSAN D. REED, MD, MPHProfessor, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Epidemiology, Director, Women’s Reproductive Health Research Program, University of Washington School of Medicine, Chief of Service, Obstetrics and Gynecology, Harborview Medical Center, Seattle, WA
- ELIZA L. SUTTON, MD, FACPAssociate Professor, Department of Medicine, University of Washington School of Medicine Medical Director, Women's Health Care Center, University of Washington Medical Center Seattle Washington
- 20
Infertility
- ERIC D. LEVENS, MDShady Grove Fertility Reproductive Science Center, Rockville, MD
- KATHERINE A GREEN, MDClinical Fellow, Program in Reproductive and Adult Endocrinology, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, Bethesda, MD
- ALAN H. DECHERNEY, MDChief, Program in Reproductive and Adult Endocrinology, Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health and Human Development, Bethesda, MD
- 21
Preventing Cesarean Delivery
- TONI HUEBSCHER GOLEN, MDAssistant Professor in Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Biology Harvard Medical School; Director, Labor and Delivery, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Boston, MA
- SCOTT A. SHAINKER, DO, MSInstructor in Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Biology, Harvard Medical School; Director, New England Center for Placental Disorders,Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFWhile certainly a life-saving procedure for some, an excess of cesarean delivery in recent years has contributed to morbidity and mortality among women of childbearing age. The prevention of cesarean delivery focuses on changing the habits of providers: promoting patience with labor, standardizing the terminology and interventions for fetal heart rate tracings, proper selection of candidates for trial of labor after cesarean, and decreasing production pressure stress on the Labor and Delivery unit. Progress can be assessed through audit and feedback. Even as providers aim to lower the cesarean delivery rate, they must also monitor maternal, fetal, and newborn morbidity as balancing measures.
This review contains 3 figures, 6 tables and 56 references
Keywords: cesarean, maternal morbidity, neonatal morbidity, labor, VBAC, TOLAC, induction, quality improvement, delays in transport to OR
- 22
Preventing Cesarean Delivery
- TONI HUEBSCHER GOLEN, MDAssistant Professor in Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Biology Harvard Medical School; Director, Labor and Delivery, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center Boston, MA
- SCOTT A. SHAINKER, DO, MSInstructor in Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Biology, Harvard Medical School; Director, New England Center for Placental Disorders,Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- 23
Preconception Care
- LAURA BOOKMAN, MDStaff Physician, Department of Obstetrics and GynecologyBeth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Assistant Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive BiologyHarvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- TARIRO MUPOMBWA, MDChief OBGYN Resident, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Clinical Fellow, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 24
Pain Relief in Labor
- NATHAN LIU, MDClinical Fellow, Harvard Medical School, Department of Anesthesiology, Critical Care and Pain Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- PHILIP E HESS, MDAssociate Professor, Harvard Medical School, Department of Anesthesiology, Critical Care and Pain Medicine, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Boston, MA
- 25
Contraception
- SIRIPANTH NIPPITA, MD, MSBeth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- EVA LUO, MD, MBABeth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 1
- Pediatrics
- 1
Pediatric Rashes
- SUMMER STEARS-ELLIS, MDClinical Instructor, Emergency Ultrasound Fellow, Department of Emergency Medicine, The University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ
Purchase PDFPediatric rashes are a common chief complaint in the emergency department (ED) and a source of anxiety for both parents and providers. Many of these rashes will not require intervention aside from symptomatic relief and parental reassurance. However, there is a subset of rashes that are the result of underlying life-threatening conditions that will warrant immediate intervention and treatment to prevent further deterioration and possible death. This review focuses on outlining the pathology of seven potentially deadly pediatric rashes that ED physicians are likely to encounter, how they present, and how to treat and manage them according to the most recent available guidelines. Figures show primary lesions, pattern of lesions, and distribution of rash associated with bacterial meningitis, toxic shock syndrome (TSS), Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Stevens-Johnson syndrome/toxic epidermal necrolysis, erythema multiforme minor and major, necrotizing fasciitis, and Henoch-Schönlein purpura. Tables list bacterial meningitis antibiotic treatment, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention clinical and laboratory criteria for TSS, TSS antibiotic treatment regimens, scoring systems for toxic epidermal necrolysis and necrotizing fasciitis, and the latest guidelines as of June 2017.
This review contains 9 figures, 17 tables, and 58 references
Keywords: Pediatric rash, toxic shock syndrome, skin rash, rash distribution, Rocky Mountain spotted fever, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis, necrotizing fasciitis, Henoch-Schönlein purpura
- 2
Pediatric Fever
- CLIFFORD C. ELLINGSON, MDDepartment of Pediatric and Emergency Medicine, University of Arizona and Banner University Medical Center, Tucson, AZ
Purchase PDFFever is one of the most common chief complaints among pediatric emergency departments. The evaluation and approach to a pediatric fever can be challenging. Although most cases of fever are viral in origin, the potential for a deadly bacterial infection would make even the most seasoned practitioner attentive. This review discusses the initial assessment of the pediatric patient and both necessary and recommended workups for pediatric fevers among various age groups. Common infections of bacterial and viral causes for fever are discussed and treatment recommendations offered.
This review contains 3 figures, 9 tables and 57 references
Keywords: Pediatric fever, otitis media, pneumonia, urinary tract infection, neonatal sepsis, bacteremia, meningitis, serious bacterial infection, viral illness
- 3
Pediatric Minor Head Injury and Concussion
- SIMONE LAWSON, MDPediatric Emergency Medicine Fellow, Department of Emergency Medicine/Pediatric Emergency Medicine, Carolinas Medical Center, Charlotte, NC
Purchase PDFHead injury is one of the most common reasons children present to the emergency department (ED) and the leading cause of pediatric death and disability. Head injuries can range from having no neurologic deficits to death. Management in the ED centers on determining if there is a serious brain injury and preventing secondary brain injury. In most cases of mild traumatic brain injury, serious injuries can be ruled out based on the history of the injury, associated symptoms, and clinical assessment. Concussion is a common presentation of head injury and encompasses a wide range of symptoms. Computed tomography should be used judiciously, and extensive research has led to algorithms to aid in this decision. Prior to discharge from the ED, parents will often have questions about when their child may resume normal activity. This is a decision that most often will involve the patient’s primary care provider or a concussion specialist as the ED provider is unable to follow progression or resolution of symptoms. However, the ED provider should be able to provide anticipatory guidance.
This review contains 5 figures, 7 tables, and 48 references.
Keywords: computed tomography, concussion, head injury, mild traumatic brain injury, traumatic brain injury
- 4
Comprehensive Overview of Pediatric Airway Management
- LISA GOLDBERG , MDResident Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Arizona at South Campus, Tucson, AZ
Purchase PDFPediatric endotracheal intubation is a procedure that can be stress provoking to the emergency physician. Although the need for this core skill is rare, when confronted with this situation, the emergency physician must have knowledge of the anatomic, physiologic, and pathologic components unique to the pediatric airway to optimize success. Furthermore, the emergency physician should be well versed in the various equipment and adjuncts as well as techniques developed to effectively manage the pediatric airway. This review covers the pathophysiology and practice of endotracheal intubation. Figures show a gum elastic bougie; the Mallampati classification; appropriate oropharyngeal, laryngeal, and tracheal axes; advancing the laryngoscope to lift the epiglottis; endotracheal tube position in neonates; and synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation pressure-regulated volume control mechanical ventilation. Tables list endotracheal tube sizes, neonatal endotracheal tube sizes, pediatric laryngeal mask airway sizes, commonly used induction agents, and endotracheal tube insertion depth guidelines.
This review contains 6 figures, 8 tables, and 77 references.
Key words: emergent tracheal intubation; endotracheal tube; laryngoscopy; pediatric airway; pediatric airway management; pediatric endotracheal intubation; pediatric laryngeal mask; video laryngoscopy
- 5
Pediatric Upper Airway Obstruction
- MICHAEL W. CHAN, MDFellow, Pediatric Emergency Medicine, Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL
Purchase PDFUpper airway obstruction is a common reason that children present for emergency care, and causes range from simple and benign etiologies to life-threatening conditions requiring emergent intervention. Both congenital and acquired conditions can result in airway obstruction at various levels, and due to the high risk of acute decompensation associated with some of these conditions, rapid diagnosis and treatment are essential. This review covers assessment and stabilization, diagnosis, and treatment of foreign-body aspiration, croup, bacterial tracheitis, epiglottitis, peritonsillar abscess, and retropharyngeal abscess. Figures show a diagram of the pediatric airway, an anteroposterior radiograph of the neck demonstrating the characteristic “steeple sign” in croup, an algorithm for the treatment of croup, lateral radiographs demonstrating a thickened epiglottis, consistent with a diagnosis of epiglottitis, and a widening of the prevertebral soft tissues of the neck, consistent with a diagnosis of retropharyngeal abscess. Tables list causes of upper airway obstruction by anatomic location, symptoms of upper airway obstruction by anatomic location, severity of croup, and microbiology of deep neck abscesses.
This review contains 5 figures, 13 tables, and 32 references
Key words: Upper airway obstruction; Pediatric upper airway obstruction, Foreign-body aspiration, Croup, Bacterial tracheitis, Epiglottitis, Peritonsillar abscess, Retropharyngeal abscess, Stridor
- 6
Child Abuse and Nonaccidental Trauma
- S TEREZ MALKA, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Department of Pediatric Emergency Medicine, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA.
Purchase PDFChild abuse accounts for over 1% of visits to pediatric emergency departments (EDs), and injuries related to abuse have higher morbidity and mortality than accidental injuries. Recognizing child abuse and neglect in the ED is challenging but critical to prevent recurrent episodes of abuse and long-term physical and emotional sequelae. This review defines child abuse and neglect and explores historical and physical examination findings, assessment and diagnosis, treatment, disposition, and outcomes for victims of child abuse. Figures show x-rays demonstrating common fracture patterns associated with abusive injury and an algorithm for evaluation of nonaccidental trauma in the ED. Tables list key historical elements in the evaluation for abuse or neglect, bruising characteristics suggestive of abuse, fractures that are specific for abuse, and recommended laboratory evaluation for suspected abuse.
This review contains 4 figures, 4 tables, and 37 references.
Key words: child abuse, child neglect, nonaccidental trauma, sexual abuse
- 7
Pediatric Infectious Diarrhea and Dehydration
- JOHN W. MARTEL, MD, PHDAssistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine, Maine Medical Center, Portland, ME
Purchase PDFDiarrhea is a common emergency department (ED) complaint, leading to more than 1.5 million outpatient visits and 200,000 hospital admissions in the United States alone. Although concomitant dehydration also exists in some cases, there are no standard clinical criteria to aid in identifying those children who merit intravenous resuscitation. Current pediatric volume repletion guidelines are based primarily on the estimated degree of volume depletion per the World Health Organization, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, and American Academy of Pediatrics criteria. These practice guidelines stratify patients into mild (3 to 5% volume depletion), moderate (5 to 10% volume depletion), and severe (> 10% volume depletion). The vast majority of pediatric patients presenting with nausea, vomiting, and/or diarrhea suffer from virus-mediated enterocolitis and require no testing or intravenous fluid resuscitation due to the self-limiting nature of these syndromes; rotavirus and Norwalk virus are two of the most common causes of infectious diarrhea in both developing and developed countries. Although bacterial pathogens rarely cause infectious colitis, children who present with more severe symptoms, including fever, bloody stool, and significant abdominal discomfort, warrant additional diagnostic evaluation. Obtaining a careful history, including exposures to livestock, well water, travel, and antibiotic use, as well as recent intake of undercooked meat, is key to identifying patients who may be at higher risk for bacteria-mediated illnesses. Tables identify common diarrheal pathogens, diarrheal subtypes, and clinical abnormalities associated with volume depletion and more severe syndromes, such as hemolytic-uremic syndrome.
This review contains 5 figures, 9 tables, and 79 references.
Key words: Clostridium difficile, dehydration, diarrhea, gastroenteritis, hemolytic-uremic syndrome, pediatrics
- 8
Pediatric Abdominal Emergencies
- JEFFREY BULLARD-BERENT, MD, FAAP, FACEPVice Chair, Emergency Medicine, Medical Director, Child Ready Virtual Pediatric Emergency Department, Professor of Emergency Medicine and Pediatrics, University of New Mexico School of Medicine, Albuquerque, NM
Purchase PDFPediatric abdominal emergencies represent a diverse group of conditions affecting children of all ages and are a common cause of emergency department visits. The challenge for emergency physicians is discerning which child presenting with the common complaints of abdominal pain, nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea has an abdominal emergency. The emergency physician must use a thorough history, developmentally appropriate examination skills, and integration of his or her knowledge base to arrive at the correct diagnosis. This review evaluates the most common pediatric abdominal emergencies organized by chronicity from birth to adolescents: midgut volvulus, infantile hypertrophic pyloric stenosis, incarcerated inguinal hernia, ileocecal intussusception, Meckel diverticulum, and appendicitis. Readers will understand common presentations as well as the evaluation and treatment options for each diagnosis.
This review contains 7 figures, 9 tables and 64 references
Key words: abdominal pain, appendicitis, hernia, hypertrophic pyloric stenosis, intussusception, Meckel diverticulum, midgut volvulus
- 9
Pediatric Seizures and Status Epilepticus
- LINDSEY RETTERATH, MD Banner University Medical Center – Tucson, Resident Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine and Department of Pediatrics
Purchase PDFSeizures represent a common neurologic complaint among pediatric patients in the emergency department (ED). They can be classified as generalized or focal. In terms of etiology, seizures are most basically broken down into “acute symptomatic” seizures, which are due to another primary medical cause, and unprovoked seizures which occur as a primary pathology. Febrile seizures are the most common types of seizures in children, which themselves can be simple or complex. The most concerning seizures are those which associate with meningismus, encephalitis, metabolic derangements, intracranial mass, and, of course those which progress to status epilepticus. Significantly, it is appropriate and even critical to assume status epilepticus and intervene accordingly whenever a child arrives to the ED seizing for an unspecified period of time. This review covers the initial evaluation, resuscitation, management, work-up, and disposition of pediatric patients who present to the emergency room with seizures. Figures in this chapter illustrate stepwise and algorithmic approaches to initial management, expanded differential, systematic diagnostic approach, and disposition for pediatric patients presenting with seizures and status epilepticus. Tables list important physical exam components for evaluating children with seizures, classifications of seizures, common seizure look-alikes in children, features of febrile seizures, etiologies of pediatric seizures.
Key Words: Pediatric seizures, febrile seizures, pediatric neurologic emergencies, pediatric emergency medicine, status epilepticus
- 10
Pediatric Orthopedic Emergencies
- PRIYA GOPWANI, MDAttending Physician, Assistant Professor of Pediatric Emergency Medicine, Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL
Purchase PDFProper care of orthopedic injuries and emergencies in children and adolescents requires knowledge of the altered bone and ligament characteristics, varying stages of skeletal development, and potential for congenital or developmental abnormalities. Pediatric fractures affecting the growth plate require unique management to maintain optimal growth. Whereas some specific fractures in these skeletally immature patients require urgent surgical repair, other fractures remodel extremely well and can be managed with a simple splint. Particular dislocations are common in this population and may have concomitant fractures. There are several overuse injuries seen primarily in children, and treatment aims to keep the patient active while allowing the injury to heal. Potentially devastating osteoarticular infections occur in the pediatric population and must be differentiated from more benign causes of joint pain, such as transient synovitis or congenital abnormalities. Children are also at risk for abnormalities such as slipped capital femoral epiphysis or Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease, which are rarely diagnosed in the adult population. It is imperative for a clinician to be aware of these and other nuances to optimally care for orthopedic injuries and emergencies in the pediatric population.
This review contains 9 figures, 19 tables and 51 references
Keywords: bone, musculoskeletal, orthopedic, skeletal, osteomyelitis, pediatrics, fracture, Legg-Calvé-Perthes disease
- 11
Pediatric Lower Respiratory Tract Emergencies: Bronchiolitis, Pneumonia, and Asthma
By Amber M Richards, MD
Purchase PDFPediatric Lower Respiratory Tract Emergencies: Bronchiolitis, Pneumonia, and Asthma
- AMBER M RICHARDS, MDAssistant Professor, Tufts University School of Medicine, Attending Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine, Maine Medical Center, Portland, Maine, United States
Purchase PDFRespiratory illnesses account for a significant proportion of pediatric morbidity and mortality. Respiratory complaints are a common cause of emergency department visits and hospital admissions. They range from mild and self-limited to severe and rapidly progressive. This review discusses the pathophysiology, assessment, stabilization, and management of asthma, community-acquired pneumonia, and bronchiolitis. Given the prevalence of these conditions and the morbidity and mortality attributed to them, it is important for clinicians to be familiar with their presentations and up to date on evidence-based management recommendations.
This review contains 7 figures, 25 tables and 80 references
Keywords: antibiotics, asthma, bronchiolitis, community-acquired pneumonia, pediatric respiratory, pneumonia, respiratory emergency, respiratory illness, respiratory syncytial virus
- 12
Pediatric Fever
- CLIFFORD C. ELLINGSON, MDDepartment of Pediatric and Emergency Medicine, University of Arizona and Banner University Medical Center, Tucson, AZ
- 13
Pediatric Orthopedic Emergencies
- PRIYA GOPWANI, MDAttending Physician, Assistant Professor of Pediatric Emergency Medicine, Ann & Robert H. Lurie Children’s Hospital of Chicago, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL
- 14
Pediatric Rashes
- SUMMER STEARS-ELLIS, MDClinical Instructor, Emergency Ultrasound Fellow, Department of Emergency Medicine, The University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ
- 1
- Intensive Care Unit
- 1
Sepsis
- MICHAEL R. FILBIN, MDAssistant Professor, Harvard Medical School, Department of emergency Medicine, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFSepsis accounts for approximately one in three hospital deaths, and is associated with very high health care costs due to prolonged lengths of stay in the intensive care unit and hospital. Sepsis is essentially an immunologic response to infection that is propagated systemically, leading to diffuse cellular and microcirculatory dysfunction, vasodilation, vital organ hypoperfusion, and eventual failure. This review covers the pathophysiology, stabilization/assessment, diagnosis, treatment, and disposition and outcomes of sepsis. Figures show the inflammatory and thrombotic response to infection, the action of nitric oxide on vascular smooth muscle cells, accelerated glycolysis and increased lactate production as a result of the catecholamine surge seen in septic shock, sepsis mortality associated with number of organ failures identified in the emergency department (ED), and protocolized therapy for septic shock. Tables list definitions of sepsis syndromes; frequently cited scoring systems for mortality prediction in emergency department patients with sepsis; Sequential Organ Failure Assessment (SOFA) score; current recommendations regarding treatment bundles at 3 and 6 hours of resuscitation; antibiotic recommendations based on suspected source; and vasopressors used in septic shock with recommended dosing, mechanism of action, and indications.
This review contains 5 figures, 7 tables, and 57 references
Keywords: Sepsis; Surviving Sepsis Campaign guidelines, definitions, SEP-1 sepsis quality measure, time-to-antibiotics, volume resuscitation, lactated ringers
- 2
Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
By Andrew J Schissler, MD; George Washko, MD; Carolyn E. Come, MD, MPH
Purchase PDFChronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- ANDREW J SCHISSLER, MDClinical and Research Fellow, Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- GEORGE WASHKO, MDAssociate Professor of Medicine, Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- CAROLYN E. COME, MD, MPHInstructor in Medicine, Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFChronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) is a leading cause of disability and death worldwide. This edition reviews the epidemiology and etiologies of COPD, including the gender effects, racial differences, and more recently identified genetic factors associated with this condition. It details the many pathogenetic mechanisms thought to be associated with this disease state, such as increased airway inflammation and turnover of extracellular matrix. There is a detailed discussion about diagnosis, classification, and the therapeutic options available for both stable disease and acute exacerbations. The recent evidence supporting various treatments, such as vaccinations, inhaled bronchodilators, inhaled corticosteroids, oral corticosteroids, antibiotics, supplemental oxygen, pulmonary rehabilitation, and surgery, is reviewed in depth. There is further evaluation of experimental approaches, such as bronchoscopic lung reduction procedures and the use of extracorporeal carbon dioxide removal for hypercapnic respiratory failure. The many complications associated with COPD are described, acknowledging that evidence continues to suggest that COPD has a significant systemic component associated with increased rates of psychiatric illness, cardiovascular disease, osteoporosis, and skeletal muscle dysfunction along with lung cancer. Overall this text serves as an excellent evidence-based guide to better understand, diagnose, and manage COPD and its array of associated complications.
Key words: chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), COPD complications, COPD diagnosis, COPD management, COPD pathophysiology, Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease (GOLD)
This review contains 6 highly rendered figures, 4 tables, and 239 references.
- 3
Glycemic Control in the Intensive Care Unit
By Eden A. Nohra, MD; Grant V. Bochicchio, MD, MPH, FACS
Purchase PDFGlycemic Control in the Intensive Care Unit
- EDEN A. NOHRA, MDResearch Coordinator, Acute and Critical Care Surgery, Washington University in St. Louis School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- GRANT V. BOCHICCHIO, MD, MPH, FACSEdison Professor of Surgery, Chief of Acute and Critical Care Surgery, Washington University in St. Louis School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
Purchase PDFThe human body is programmed to maintain constant homeostasis of all body systems through a complex neuroendocrine and autonomic network. Through a variety of exaggerated autonomic and cytokine responses, illness and injury alter this homeostasis. Mechanisms that are impaired include glucose cellular transport and peripheral and hepatic insulin uptake. Over the past several decades, numerous reports have described the deleterious effects of glucose variability and hyperglycemia. In a randomized prospective study of critically ill patients, Van den Berghe first reported that intensive glucose control (≤ 110 mg/dL) significantly decreased morbidity and mortality. This study was a catalyst for a multitude of subsequent reports evaluating the effects of glycemic control in other patient populations.
This review contains 1 figures, 5 tables, and 90 references.
Keywords: Hyperglycemia, critical illness, intensive care unit, tight glycemic control, stroke, myocardial infarction, postoperative period, sepsis
- 4
Inotropes and Vasopressors for Shock
By Amour B U Patel, MBBS, BSc; Gareth L Ackland, PhD, FRCA, FFICM
Purchase PDFInotropes and Vasopressors for Shock
- AMOUR B U PATEL, MBBS, BSCAnaesthetist, Department of Anaesthesia, University College London Hospital, University College London Hospitals NHS Trust, London, UK
- GARETH L ACKLAND, PHD, FRCA, FFICMConsultant Anaesthetist, William Harvey Research Institute, QMUL Queen Mary, University of London, Department of Anaesthesia, Royal London Hospital, BartsHealth NHS Trust, London, UK
Purchase PDFInotropes and vasopressors play a key role in the management of shock. The goal of therapy is to restore end-organ perfusion by augmenting cardiac output (CO) and vascular tone. Clinical trial data have thus far failed to identify precise hemodynamic end points associated with better outcomes; in any event, such end points are highly likely to be determined on an individualized basis, reflecting patients’ chronic arterial blood pressure, baseline cardiac function, and other pathophysiologic factors (e.g., end-stage renal failure, cardiac ischemia).1 Inotropes enhance cardiac contractility and CO; vasopressors raise blood pressure. The impact of these drugs in restoring hemodynamic parameters to “normal” values has principally been used to evaluate their effectiveness, with clinical practice guided by extrapolation from animal studies and pharmacologic trials.2 However, these drugs have important extra-cardiovascular effects on metabolic, neurohormonal, and autonomic regulation that are also injurious. This review discusses the mechanisms and evidence base for inotropes and vasopressors in various types of shock.
This review contains 3 figures, and 39 references.
Keywords: inotropes, vasopressors, catecholamines, monitoring, shock states, cardiogenic, hemorrhagic, septic, neurogenic
- 5
Assessment of Acute Respiratory Failure
By Nathan R. Manley, MD/MPH; Martin A Croce, MD, FACS
Purchase PDFAssessment of Acute Respiratory Failure
- NATHAN R. MANLEY, MD/MPHResident, Department of Surgery, University of Tennessee Health Science Center, Memphis, TN
- MARTIN A CROCE, MD, FACSProfessor, Department of Surgery, University of Tennessee Health Science Center, Memphis, TN
Purchase PDFAcute respiratory failure (ARF) is fundamentally a dysfunction of gas exchange and can be due to either inadequate carbon dioxide elimination causing hypercapnia or poor oxygen exchange and delivery causing hypoxemia. A variety of etiologies exist that cause ARF in the surgical patient, including previous lung disease, such as chronic obstructive pulmonary disease or asthma, neurologic compromise of respiratory drive, nutritional and metabolic derangements that can alter respiratory metabolism and mechanics, direct lung injury, and infection. The type of surgery and the time since surgery are other key factors that influence medical decision making and that will influence priorities in the assessment and management of ARF. This review explores the full spectrum of ARF in the surgical patient, focusing particularly on its assessment and initial management. Figures illustrate algorithms in the approach to the surgical patient with ARF and show example radiographic images of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), a common complication. Tables summarize indications for emergent intubation, key etiologies of ARF, and the evolving definitions of acute lung injury and ARDS.
Key words: acute respiratory distress syndrome, acute respiratory failure, hypercapnia, hypoxemia, mechanical ventilation
- 6
Respiratory Viral Infections
- MICHAEL G. ISON, MD, MSCAssociate Professor, Divisions of Infectious Diseases & Organ Transplantation, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL
Purchase PDFThe respiratory tract can be infected by a diverse group of viruses that produce syndromes ranging in severity from mild colds to fulminant pneumonias. Respiratory viral infections are a leading cause of morbidity, hospitalization, and mortality throughout the world; influenza and pneumonia were the most prevalent infectious causes of death during the 20th century in the United States.
This review contains 8 figures, 26 tables and 87 references.
Keywords: Virus, infection, respiratory tract, antiviral, pneumonia, croup, pharyngitis, epidemic, pandemic, outbreak
- 7
Approach to the Patient With Acute Respiratory Failure
By Eddy Fan, MD; Alice Vendramin, MD
Purchase PDFApproach to the Patient With Acute Respiratory Failure
- EDDY FAN, MDAssistant Professor, Interdepartmental Division of Critical Care Medicine, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada
- ALICE VENDRAMIN, MDFellow, Interdepartmental Division of Critical Care Medicine, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada
Purchase PDFAcute respiratory failure (ARF) is a common reason for admission to the intensive care unit (ICU), and is associated with significant morbidity and mortality. Failure of one or more components of the respiratory system can lead to hypoxemia, hypercabia, or both. Initial evaluation of patients with ARF should include physical examination, chest imaging, and arterial blood gases (ABG) sampling. As ARF is often a life-threatening emergency, a patient’s oxygenation and ventilation will need to be supported at the same time that diagnostic and therapeutic interventions are planned. The priorities for early treatment are essentially those of basic life support: airway and breathing. The first step is to assess a patient’s airway and ascertain that it is patent. This is followed by efforts to support both oxygenation and ventilation. This can include non-invasive or invasive mechanical ventilatory support. As with all interventions, there are risks inherent in the use of mechanical ventilation, which may be minimized by the use of lung protective ventilation (i.e., with low tidal volumes and airway pressures). Finally, due to the potential complications associated with mechanical ventilation, it is important to regularly assess whether a patient continues to require the assistance of the ventilator, and to liberate patients from mechanical ventilation at the earliest opportunity when clinically safe and feasible to do so. Figures depict pressure-time curve. Tables list the clinical causes of hypoxemic respiratory failure, oxygen delivery devices, indications for noninvasive positive pressure support, common causes of abnormal respiratory mechanics, and common causes of acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).
This review contains 2 highly rendered figures, 5 tables, and 86 references.
- 8
Hypertensive Crises
By Akinyi Ragwar, MD; Jeffrey Siegelman, MD, FACEP; Erasmo Espino, DO
Purchase PDFHypertensive Crises
- AKINYI RAGWAR, MDResident Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
- JEFFREY SIEGELMAN, MD, FACEPAssistant Professor, Assistant Residency Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
- ERASMO ESPINO, DOResident, Emergency Department, Emory University School of Medicine Atlanta, GA
Purchase PDFHypertension is the most common chronic medical condition, affecting more than 1 billion people worldwide. When acute hypertension causes end-organ damage, this is termed a hypertensive emergency. Hypertension can result in a variety of life-threatening clinical scenarios, including aortic dissection, intracerebral hemorrhage, renal dysfunction, pulmonary edema, acute coronary syndrome, and eclampsia. These require aggressive management, whereas asymptomatic hypertension can be managed on an outpatient basis. This review covers the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition of patients with hypertensive crises, including a discussion of the various pharmacologic agents available to the emergency physician. Figures show the types of hypertensive emergency, clinical manifestations, and pharmacologic treatment.
This review contains 3 figures, 21 tables, and 37 references.
Key words: acute coronary syndrome, aortic dissection, asymptomatic hypertension, eclampsia, hypertension, hypertensive crisis, hypertensive encephalopathy, stroke
- 9
Seizure
- ROBERT SILBERGLEIT, MDProfessor, Neurological Emergencies Research, Department of Emergency Medicine, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFA seizure is a sudden change in behavior that is accompanied by electrical discharges in the brain. Many patients presenting with a first-ever seizure are surprised to find that it is a very common event in both children and adults. Epilepsy, a chronic disorder of the brain characterized by recurrent unprovoked seizures, is far less common. Patients who present to the emergency department with seizures vary considerably in underlying etiology, symptoms, and prognosis. Optimal care of the seizure patient in the emergency department requires differentiating those who need little intervention from those requiring intensive resuscitation. This review presents the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes of seizure. Figures show the progression of selected neuronal pathophysiologic mechanisms involved over time during and after status epilepticus, tongue bite from seizure, a general emergency department management strategy for patients with seizure presentations, an electroencephalogram of a patient who experienced convulsive syncope after placement of an intravenous line, and staged treatment of status epilepticus.
This review contains 5 figures, 8 tables, and 55 references.
Key words: Acute seizure, convulsion, epilepsy, seizure, status epilepticus, antiepileptic drug, neuroimaging
- 10
Heart Failure
- SACHIN P SHAH, MDCenter for Advanced Heart Disease, Brigham and Women’s Hospital Heart and Vascular Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, Director, Cardiovascular Intensive Care Unit, Lahey Hospital and Medical Center, Burlington, MA
- MANDEEP R. MEHRA, MDMedical Director, Brigham and Women’s Hospital Heart and Vascular Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFHeart failure is a syndrome related to abnormal cardiac performance with a consequence of impaired cardiac output at rest or with exertion and/or congestion, which usually leads to symptoms of fatigue, dyspnea, and edema. The syndrome is characterized by various phenotypes related to a vast array of etiologies with diverse management targets. The current broad categorization of heart failure separates patients based on ejection fraction. Further description of the phenotype beyond ejection fraction is imperative to correctly identify the etiology of heart failure and, ultimately, to choose medical, device, and surgical therapies appropriately. This review covers the epidemiology of heart failure, defining the phenotype and etiology of heart failure, recognition and management of acute decompensated heart failure, management of chronic heart failure with a reduced ejection fraction, implantable cardioverter-defibrillators in heart failure with a reduced ejection fraction, management of heart failure with a preserved ejection fraction, and advanced heart failure. Figures show the evolution of therapy in chronic heart failure from the symptom-directed model, the complex pathophysiology and principal aberrations underlying heart failure with preserved ejection fraction, and concepts underlying surgical therapy in advanced heart failure using Laplace’s law. Tables list various etiologies of heart failure; sensitivity and specificity of clinical, biomarker, and radiographic data in the diagnosis of acute decompensated heart failure; drugs and devices with a demonstrated survival benefit in heart failure with a reduced ejection fraction; neurohormonal antagonist dosing in heart failure with a reduced ejection fraction; randomized, placebo-controlled trials in heart failure with a preserved ejection fraction; categorization of heart failure according to American Heart Association/American College of Cardiology heart failure stage, New York Heart Association functional class, and Interagency Registry for Mechanically Assisted Circulatory Support level; and poor prognostic indicators in heart failure.
This review contains 4 figures, 8 tables, and 114 references.
- 11
Acid-base Disorders
- AARON SKOLNIK, MD, FAAEMMedical Toxicologist, Banner – University Medical Center Phoenix, Assistant Medical Director, Banner Poison & Drug Information Center, Clinical Assistant Professor, Department of Emergency Medicine, University of Arizona College of Medicine – Phoenix, Phoenix, AZ
- JESSICA MONAS, MD, FAAEM, FACEPEmergency Physician, Banner – University Medical Center Phoenix, Clinical Assistant, Professor, Dept. of Emergency Medicine, University of Arizona College of Medicine – Phoenix, Phoenix, AZ
Purchase PDFUnder physiologic conditions, the acid-base balance of the body is maintained via changes in ventilation that eliminate carbon dioxide, buffering of acid loads, and renal excretion of hydrogen ions. Failure to maintain the pH of the blood between 7.35 and 7.45 can result in life-threatening conditions. This review details the pathophysiology, stabilization and assessment, diagnosis and treatment, and disposition and outcomes of acid-base disorders. Figures show the relationship between hydrogen ions and blood pH, proximal tubular bicarbonate reabsorption, the secretion of hydrogen ions, renal ammonia production, ammonium diffusion, metabolic alkalosis, electrocardiographic changes in hypokalemia and hyperkalemia, pseudoinfarction caused by hyperkalemia, and an algorithmic approach to suspected acid-base disorders. Tables list causes of high–anion gap metabolic acidosis, metabolic acidosis with a normal anion gap, type 1 renal tubular acidosis, type 4 renal tubular acidosis and aldosterone resistance, metabolic alkalosis, respiratory acidosis, and respiratory alkalosis; treatment of hyperkalemia; and a stepwise approach for the evaluation of suspected acid-base disorders.
This review contains 9 highly rendered figures, 9 tables, 64 references, and a list of pertinent Web sites.
- 12
Appropriate Antibiotic Selection and Use for Intensive Care Unit Patients, Part I: Rationale for Antibiotic Choices
By Richard M Pino, MD, PhD, FCCM; Molly Paras, MD; Erica S Shenoy, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFAppropriate Antibiotic Selection and Use for Intensive Care Unit Patients, Part I: Rationale for Antibiotic Choices
- RICHARD M PINO, MD, PHD, FCCMAssociate Professor and Division Chief of Critical Care in the Department of Anesthesia, Critical Care and Pain Medicine
- MOLLY PARAS, MDDivision of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine
- ERICA S SHENOY, MD, PHDAssistant Professor of Medicine at Harvard Medical School, and the Associate Chief of the Infection Control Unit
Purchase PDFThe aim of this review is to help clinicians optimize treatment of infections and reduce adverse events. With that goal in mind, we discuss the basis for the selection of antibiotics for the surgical patient in the intensive care unit (ICU), the mechanism of antibiotic action, and resistance of pathogens to antibiotic therapy—factors that may affect antibiotic levels, the rationales for dosing, and the role of antimicrobial stewardship programs. The evaluation and management of infections in critically ill patients are uniquely different from those of the general patient population. Age, medical comorbidities, alterations in anatomy, changes in vascular supply, insertion of vascular conduits, and orthopedic hardware are some factors that increase the risk of infection and influence antibiotic choice in the surgical ICU patient.
This review contains 2 figures, 6 tables, 51 references
Keywords: antibiotics, antibiotic resistance, antibiotic stewardship, intensive care unit
- 13
Acute Kidney Injury in Critically Ill Patients
By Monica G Valero, MD; Zara Cooper, MD, MSc, FACS
Purchase PDFAcute Kidney Injury in Critically Ill Patients
- MONICA G VALERO, MD
- ZARA COOPER, MD, MSC, FACS
Purchase PDFAcute kidney injury is a common disease that affects critically ill patients and increases morbidity and mortality. Even though there have been extensive efforts to prevent this disease, the incidence has steadily increased over the last decade. This could be attributed to better recognition or to overestimation of the disease based on the most recent consensus criteria. Complications of acute kidney injury have a significant effect on quality of life, morbidity, and mortality. Despite advances in the field, this disease continues to be a challenge, and decreasing the mortality associated with it remains difficult. Plenty of literature has been published about the appropriate definition, diagnosis, and treatment of the disease. One of the topics of ongoing discussion deals with the lack of consensus about the exact timing for initiation of renal replacement therapy (RRT). Even though RRT adds more complexity to the treatment, recent publications suggest that early versus late initiation of RRT is related to reduced mortality in critically ill patients. Further high-level studies of this intervention are warranted to standardize treatment.
This review contains 5 figures, 8 tables, and 78 references
Keywords: Acute Kidney Injury Network (AKIN), acute kidney injury, chronic kidney disease, Kidney Disease: Improving Global Outcomes (KDIGO), renal biomarkers, replacement therapy, Risk, Injury, Failure, Loss of kidney function and End-stage kidney disease (RIFLE)
- 14
Disclosure of Error in the Intensive Care Unit
By Leslie Hale, MD; Katrina Kirksey Harper, MD; Anna Bovill Shapiro, MD
Purchase PDFDisclosure of Error in the Intensive Care Unit
- LESLIE HALE, MDClinical Instructor in the Department of Anesthesiology, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, NY.
- KATRINA KIRKSEY HARPER, MDAssistant Clinical professor, emergency medicine and critical care medicine, in the Departments of Emergency Medicine and Pulmonary Critical Care Medicine, NYU Langone and NYU Lutheran Medical Centers, Brooklyn, NY.
- ANNA BOVILL SHAPIRO, MDAnesthesiologist and Intensivist at Guam Regional Medical City, Guam.
Purchase PDFEach year, as many as 98,000 hospital deaths in the United States can be attributed to medical error. Considering that at least half of all medical errors go unreported, the impact they have on mortality, morbidity, prolonged hospital stay, rising hospital costs, and the doctor-patient relationship cannot be overemphasized. At the heart of the dilemma are patients and their family members, who rely on clinicians to provide optimal medical care, devoid of mistakes and error, and want an apology if an error has taken place. In this review, we discuss the moral obligation of hospitals to disclose medical error, no matter what the impact. Whereas in the past, a paternalistic approach to medicine viewed this acknowledgment as weakness, there is now a consensus to advocate for full disclosure, apology, and discussions that facilitate early disclosure of error using teams representing administration, patient care liaisons, and treatment providers. Many institutions now recognize that medical errors are commonly the result of a breakdown of checks and balances, and an increasing number are implementing protocols that target system errors to prevent similar future occurrences. We examine institutions across the United Statesthat take a proactive approach by assembling “communication and resolution” programs to address the concerns of patients and their families through the process of disclosure. We also explore barriers to disclosure, which are attributed to lack of training, fear of litigation, and the “shame and blame culture.” We discuss the benefit, to both patient and provider, of disclosure of accountability as we move toward a culture of strengthening systems and improving patient care and patient-provider relationships.
Key words: apology, culture, disclosure, error, resolution
- 15
Cardiac Support Devices
- CHARLES C. HILL, MD
- LINDSAY RALEIGH, MD
Purchase PDFMechanical circulatory support (MCS) involves the use of intra-aortic balloon pump (IABP), short-term percutaneous ventricular assist devices, long-term surgically implanted continuous-flow ventricular assist devices (cf-LVADs), and extracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO) for the treatment of acute and chronic heart failure and cardiogenic shock. IABP is increasingly recognized as an important adjunct in the postoperative treatment arsenal for those patients with severely reduced left ventricular systolic function. Short-term percutaneous options for the treatment of acute right and left heart failure include both the Impella and Tandem Heart, whereas the Centrimag is often used in the surgical setting for acute cardiogenic shock and heart failure. Long-term surgical MCS options include the total artificial heart and the cf-LVADs HeartWare and Heartmate II. ECMO is frequently used for the treatment of acute cardiogenic shock and may be placed peripherally via a percutaneous approach or with central cannulation. ECMO is also increasingly used in the setting of acute cardiac life support, known as extracorporeal life support.
This review contains 6 figures, 13 tables and 119 references
Keywords: cardiac critical care, extracorporeal membrane oxygenation, long-term ventricular assist device, mechanical circulatory support, short-term ventricular assist device
- 16
Hypertensive Crises
By Akinyi Ragwar, MD; Jeffrey Siegelman, MD, FACEP; Erasmo Espino, DO
Purchase PDFHypertensive Crises
- AKINYI RAGWAR, MDResident Physician, Department of Emergency Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
- JEFFREY SIEGELMAN, MD, FACEPAssistant Professor, Assistant Residency Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA
- ERASMO ESPINO, DOResident, Emergency Department, Emory University School of Medicine Atlanta, GA
- 17
Glycemic Control in the Intensive Care Unit
By Eden A. Nohra, MD; Grant V. Bochicchio, MD, MPH, FACS
Purchase PDFGlycemic Control in the Intensive Care Unit
- EDEN A. NOHRA, MDResearch Coordinator, Acute and Critical Care Surgery, Washington University in St. Louis School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- GRANT V. BOCHICCHIO, MD, MPH, FACSEdison Professor of Surgery, Chief of Acute and Critical Care Surgery, Washington University in St. Louis School of Medicine, St. Louis, MO
- 18
Seizure
- ROBERT SILBERGLEIT, MDProfessor, Neurological Emergencies Research, Department of Emergency Medicine, Ann Arbor, MI
- 19
Heart Failure
- SACHIN P SHAH, MDCenter for Advanced Heart Disease, Brigham and Women’s Hospital Heart and Vascular Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, Director, Cardiovascular Intensive Care Unit, Lahey Hospital and Medical Center, Burlington, MA
- MANDEEP R. MEHRA, MDMedical Director, Brigham and Women’s Hospital Heart and Vascular Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 20
Acid-base Balance and Electrolyte Management
By Lewis J Kaplan, MD, FACS, FCCM, FCCP; Jennifer Leonard, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFAcid-base Balance and Electrolyte Management
- LEWIS J KAPLAN, MD, FACS, FCCM, FCCPProfessor of Surgery, Department of Surgery, Division of Trauma, Critical Care and Emergency Surgery, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, 51 N. 39th Street, 1MOB, Suite 120, Philadelphia, PA 19104, United States, Section Chief, Surgical Critical Care, Corporal Michael J Crescenz VA Medical Center, 3900 Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19104
- JENNIFER LEONARD, MD, PHD
- 21
Acid-base Balance and Electrolyte Management
By Lewis J Kaplan, MD, FACS, FCCM, FCCP; Jennifer Leonard, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFAcid-base Balance and Electrolyte Management
- LEWIS J KAPLAN, MD, FACS, FCCM, FCCPProfessor of Surgery, Department of Surgery, Division of Trauma, Critical Care and Emergency Surgery, Perelman School of Medicine, University of Pennsylvania, 51 N. 39th Street, 1MOB, Suite 120, Philadelphia, PA 19104, United States, Section Chief, Surgical Critical Care, Corporal Michael J Crescenz VA Medical Center, 3900 Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19104
- JENNIFER LEONARD, MD, PHD
Purchase PDFPerhaps the most ubiquitous set of interlinked clinical issues to be addressed in inpatient medicine is fluids, electrolytes, and acid-base balance. Decision making for the first two directly and measurably impacts the latter. Unlike most other critical therapies whose management is tied to a specific skill set and competency, every practitioner is empowered to prescribe and direct fluid and electrolyte management and, secondarily, pH. Downstream consequences in terms of compensation, both pulmonary and renal, may be singularly important for those with preexisting conditions that impact organ function and drive the need for unanticipated monitoring and therapy, including organ support. Therefore, the basics of fluid and electrolyte management are essential to be mastered, as is specific knowledge of the consequences of that prescription to enhance recovery and avoid preventable errors with important sequelae. Accordingly, current different but complementary methods of assessing acid-base balance are presented so that the reader may have a systematic approach to determining pH before intervention as well as after the initiation of fluid and electrolyte therapy.
This review contains 12 figures, 7 tables, and 38 references
Keywords: acid, base, electrolyte disturbances, Henderson-Hasselbach, maintenance, proton, resuscitation, Stewart methodology
- 22
Rhabdomyolysis
- ANTHONY BALDEA, MD
Purchase PDFRhabdomyolysis is a condition that results from the breakdown of skeletal muscle. The etiologies can be broken down into three main categories of causes: traumatic, atraumatic exertional, and atraumatic nonexertional. Patients with rhabdomyolysis often present with myalgia and are found to have myoglobinuria with elevations in serum creatine kinase levels. The mainstay in therapy is focused on restoration of intravascular volume with large-volume fluid resuscitation using isotonic fluids. Adequate hydration is necessary to prevent the potential complications of rhabdomyolysis, including the development of acute kidney injury. Practitioners should maintain a high level of suspicion of compartment syndrome in patients with rhabdomyolysis. If extremity compartment syndrome is diagnosed, prompt decompressive fasciotomies should be performed to preserve muscle and nerve viability. The early use of renal replacement therapy in patients with rhabdomyolysis has been described in the literature and may represent another modality of therapy to prevent the adverse sequelae of rhabdomyolysis.
This review contains 8 tables and 42 references
Keywords: acute kidney injury, compartment syndrome, creatine kinase, disseminated intravascular coagulation, rhabdomyolysis
- 23
- 24
Renal Support Therapy
- SAMUEL M GALVAGNO JR, DO, PHD, FCCMAssociate Professor, Department of Anesthesiology and Chief, Division of Critical Care Medicine, Associate Medical Director, Surgical Intensive Care Unit, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD
- ANTHONY E TANNOUS, MDSurgical Critical Care Fellow, Program in Trauma, R Adams Cowley Shock Trauma Center, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD
Purchase PDFKnowledge regarding the practical aspects of managing continuous renal replacement therapy (CRRT) in the surgical intensive care unit is a prerequisite for achieving desired physiologic end points. Familiarity with the initiation, dosing, adjustment, and termination of CRRT is a core skill for surgical intensivists. Modalities, terminology, and components of CRRT are discussed in this review, with an emphasis on the practical aspects of dosing, adjustments, and termination. Filter selection and management of electrolyte and acid-base derangements are emphasized.
This review contains 4 figures, 9 tables and 32 references
Keywords: continuous renal replacement therapy, continuous venovenous hemofiltration, continuous venovenous hemofiltration dialysis, dialysis, intensive care unit
- 25
Renal Support Therapy
- SAMUEL M GALVAGNO JR, DO, PHD, FCCMAssociate Professor, Department of Anesthesiology and Chief, Division of Critical Care Medicine, Associate Medical Director, Surgical Intensive Care Unit, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD
- ANTHONY E TANNOUS, MDSurgical Critical Care Fellow, Program in Trauma, R Adams Cowley Shock Trauma Center, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD
- 26
Appropriate Antibiotic Selection and Use for Intensive Care Unit Patients, Part I: Rationale for Antibiotic Choices
By Richard M Pino, MD, PhD, FCCM; Molly Paras, MD; Erica S Shenoy, MD, PhD
Purchase PDFAppropriate Antibiotic Selection and Use for Intensive Care Unit Patients, Part I: Rationale for Antibiotic Choices
- RICHARD M PINO, MD, PHD, FCCMAssociate Professor and Division Chief of Critical Care in the Department of Anesthesia, Critical Care and Pain Medicine
- MOLLY PARAS, MDDivision of Infectious Diseases, Department of Medicine
- ERICA S SHENOY, MD, PHDAssistant Professor of Medicine at Harvard Medical School, and the Associate Chief of the Infection Control Unit
- 27
- 28
Acute Kidney Injury in Critically Ill Patients
By Monica G Valero, MD; Zara Cooper, MD, MSc, FACS
Purchase PDFAcute Kidney Injury in Critically Ill Patients
- MONICA G VALERO, MD
- ZARA COOPER, MD, MSC, FACS
- 29
Principles of Initial Trauma Management and Evaluation
By Shelby Resnick, MD; Brian Smith, MD; Patrick Reilly, MD, FCCP, FACS
Purchase PDFPrinciples of Initial Trauma Management and Evaluation
- SHELBY RESNICK, MD
- BRIAN SMITH, MD
- PATRICK REILLY, MD, FCCP, FACS
Purchase PDFTrauma accounts for almost 10% of deaths worldwide and is the fourth most common cause of death in the United States. Treatment of the injured patient requires multiple unique resources, including multidisciplinary teams, surgical subspecialties, and dedicated resuscitation areas. Evaluation and initial management of the trauma patient is performed systematically to quickly identify and treat life-threatening injuries. This review serves as an introduction to care for the critically injured patient. It covers the initial steps for evaluation, resuscitation, diagnosis and treatment of the trauma patient and provides a brief overview of various injury patterns resulting from both blunt and penetrating trauma.
This review contains 6 figures, 21 tables and 50 references
Keywords: blunt trauma, damage control resuscitation, FAST exam, lateral canthotomy, penetrating trauma, primary survey, rapid sequence intubation, secondary survey, trauma systems
- 30
Principles of Initial Trauma Management and Evaluation
By Shelby Resnick, MD; Brian Smith, MD; Patrick Reilly, MD, FCCP, FACS
Purchase PDFPrinciples of Initial Trauma Management and Evaluation
- SHELBY RESNICK, MD
- BRIAN SMITH, MD
- PATRICK REILLY, MD, FCCP, FACS
- 31
New Techniques in Hemorrhage Control
By Megan Brenner, MD, MS, RPVI, FACS; Joseph DuBose, MD, RPVI, FCCM, FACS
Purchase PDFNew Techniques in Hemorrhage Control
- MEGAN BRENNER, MD, MS, RPVI, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, R. Adams Cowley Shock Trauma Center, University of Maryland Medical Center, Baltimore, MD
- JOSEPH DUBOSE, MD, RPVI, FCCM, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Associate Professor of Surgery, University of California, Davis Davis, CA
Purchase PDFThe use of interventional procedures in trauma has increased steadily over the past 10 years. With advancements in both imaging and device technology, endovascular techniques have become part of the treatment algorithm for both large and small vessel injury. Endovascular therapy in trauma involves a minimally invasive, catheter-based approach, which can be used as a temporizing measure in patients in extremis or as definitive therapy in a wide variety of diagnoses. Sheaths, catheters, and guide wires are universal instruments, regardless of procedure. Devices passed over guide wires form the basis of diagnosis and treatment. Using this technology provides many advantages to traditional open surgical therapy, namely the avoidance of large and potentially morbid incisions. Angioembolization, stent grafting, and resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA) are being used with increasing frequency in trauma centers, with established algorithms, multiinstitutional trials, and more published data available, particularly for solid-organ and pelvic hemorrhage.
This review contains 5 figures, 2 tables and 56 references
Keywords: angiography, embolization, hemorrhage, resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta, stent graft
- 32
New Techniques in Hemorrhage Control
By Megan Brenner, MD, MS, RPVI, FACS; Joseph DuBose, MD, RPVI, FCCM, FACS
Purchase PDFNew Techniques in Hemorrhage Control
- MEGAN BRENNER, MD, MS, RPVI, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, R. Adams Cowley Shock Trauma Center, University of Maryland Medical Center, Baltimore, MD
- JOSEPH DUBOSE, MD, RPVI, FCCM, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Associate Professor of Surgery, University of California, Davis Davis, CA
- 33
Infection Control in Surgical Practice
By Caroline E. Reinke, MD, MSHP; Rachel R. Kelz, MD, MSCE, FACS; Elizabeth A Bailey, MD, MEd
Purchase PDFInfection Control in Surgical Practice
- CAROLINE E. REINKE, MD, MSHPInstructor of Surgery, Department of Surgery Education, University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA
- RACHEL R. KELZ, MD, MSCE, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA
- ELIZABETH A BAILEY, MD, MED
Purchase PDFHealth care–associated infections (HAIs) are those that are acquired while patients are being treated for another condition in the health care setting. HAIs are associated with substantial morbidity and mortality, with 75,000 deaths attributable to HAIs each year. This review outlines the evolution of HAI as a quality metric and introduces key governmental and professional organization stakeholders. The role of the local infection control program is also discussed. Using the example of surgical site infection, we detail the multitude of factors that contribute to the occurrence of an HAI, evidence-based preventive strategies, and systems-based programs to reduce preventable infections. Specific diagnostic criteria and preventive strategies are also introduced for catheter-associated urinary tract infection, central line–associated bloodstream infection, ventilator-associated pneumonia, Clostridium difficile infection, and various multidrug-resistant organisms.
This review contains 3 figures, 11 tables, and 76 references
Keywords: catheter-associated urinary tract infection, central line–associated bloodstream infection, Clostridium difficile, hospital-acquired infection, infection, quality, surgical site infection, ventilator-associated pneumonia
- 34
Infection Control in Surgical Practice
By Caroline E. Reinke, MD, MSHP; Rachel R. Kelz, MD, MSCE, FACS; Elizabeth A Bailey, MD, MEd
Purchase PDFInfection Control in Surgical Practice
- CAROLINE E. REINKE, MD, MSHPInstructor of Surgery, Department of Surgery Education, University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA
- RACHEL R. KELZ, MD, MSCE, FACSAssistant Professor of Surgery, Department of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania Perelman School of Medicine, Philadelphia, PA
- ELIZABETH A BAILEY, MD, MED
- 1
- Ethics & Professionalism
- 1
Management of Psychosocial Issues in Terminal Illness
By Jane DeLima Thomas, MD; Eva Reitschuler-Cross, MD; Susan D Block, MD
Purchase PDFManagement of Psychosocial Issues in Terminal Illness
- JANE DELIMA THOMAS, MDAttending Physician, Department of Psychosocial Oncology and Palliative Care, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Instructor in Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- EVA REITSCHULER-CROSS, MDClinical Assistant Professor of Medicine, University of Pittsburgh, Section of Palliative Care and Medical Ethics, University of Pittsburgh Medical Center, Pittsburgh, PA
- SUSAN D BLOCK, MDChair, Department of Psychosocial Oncology and Palliative Care, Dana-Farber Cancer Institute and Brigham and Women’s Hospital Co-Director, HMS Center for Palliative Care, Professor of Psychiatry and Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFPatients facing serious or life-threatening illness experience challenges to their psychological, social, and spiritual lives as well as to their physical function and comfort. Physicians may be accustomed to focusing on the biomedical aspects of illness, but they have a critical role in assessing the patient's psychosocial issues to identify sources of distress and help implement a plan for mitigating them. An appropriate psychosocial assessment requires a methodical and rigorous approach and includes assessment of any psychosocial issue affected by or affecting a patient's experience of illness. This chapter outlines a structured approach to addressing psychosocial issues by discussing (1) the doctor-patient relationship; (2) coping with illness; (3) family dynamics and caregiving; (4) ethnic and cultural issues; (5) religious, spiritual, and existential issues; (6) mental health issues, including adjustment disorder, depression, anxiety, personality disorders, aberrant drug behaviors, and major mental health issues; and (7) grief and bereavement. Tables outline psychosocial assessment questions, factors predisposing patients with serious illness to depression, risk factors for suicide in patients with terminal illness, and classes of antidepressants, anxiolytics, and sedatives. The Alcohol Use Disorders Identification Test-Consumption (AUDIT-C) questionnaire is provided, as well as a list of Web sites with further resources about psychosocial issues in serious illness.
This review contains 1 highly rendered figure, 6 tables, and 216 references.
- 2
Brain Death and Organ Donation
- THOMAS I. COCHRANE, MD, MBAAssociate Neurologist, Division of Neuromuscular Disease, Department of Neurology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Assistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFBrain death is the state of irreversible loss of the clinical functions of the brain. A patient must meet strict criteria to be declared brain dead. They must have suffered a known and demonstrably irreversible brain injury and must not have a condition that could render neurologic testing unreliable. If the patient meets these criteria, a formal brain death examination can be performed. The three findings in brain death are coma or unresponsiveness, absence of brainstem reflexes, and apnea. Brain death is closely tied to organ donation, because brain-dead patients represent approximately 90% of deceased donors and thus a large majority of donated organs. This review details a definition and overview of brain death, determination of brain death, and controversy over brain death, as well as the types of organ donation (living donation versus deceased donation), donation after brain death, and donation after cardiac death. A figure presents a comparison of organ donation after brain death and after cardiac death, and a table lists the American Academy of Neurology Criteria for Determination of Brain Death.
This review contains 1 highly rendered figure, 3 table, and 20 references.
- 3
Advance Care Planning
By Lauren Jodi Van Scoy, M.D.; Michael Green, M.D., M.S.; Benjamin Levi, M.D., Ph.D.
Purchase PDFAdvance Care Planning
- LAUREN JODI VAN SCOY, M.D.Assistant Professor, Departments of Medicine and Humanities, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey, PA
- MICHAEL GREEN, M.D., M.S.Professor, Departments of Humanities and Medicine, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey, PA
- BENJAMIN LEVI, M.D., PH.D.Professor, Departments of Humanities and Pediatrics, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey, PA
Purchase PDFAdvance care planning (ACP) is defined by the Institute of Medicine as an iterative process that involves discussing end-of-life issues, clarifying relevant values and goals of care, and embodying preferences through written documents and medical orders. ACP is predicated on the principle of respect for autonomy, which recognizes an individual’s right to accept or decline medical therapies. With the development of medical technologies that can sustain life (including mere physiologic existence), effective ACP has become a critical yet underused process for patients, their families, and clinicians. This review discusses the emergence of ACP, promises and pitfalls of advance directives, and promising approaches, including ACP interventions and research, as well as a focus on public engagement and future directions. Figures show a timeline of important advances in ACP since 1990, key features of the comprehensive ACP process, the three core aspects or pillars for implementation of ACP, stages of change for ACP behaviors, and two commercially available end-of-life games. Tables list theoretical pros and cons of advance directives, ACP resources, examples of recent research studies on ACP interventions, types and examples of ACP resources, and public engagement campaigns.
This review contains 5 figures, 12 tables, and 101 references
Keywords: Advance care planning, advance directive, end-of-life
- 4
Clinical Trial Design and Statistics
By Julie Ann Sosa, MA, MD, FACS; Samantha M. Thomas, MS; April K.S. Salama, MD
Purchase PDFClinical Trial Design and Statistics
- JULIE ANN SOSA, MA, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, Divisions of Endocrine Surgery and Surgical Oncology, Department of Surgery, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT
- SAMANTHA M. THOMAS, MSBiostatistician, Department of Biostatistics & Bioinformatics, Duke Cancer Institute, Durham, NC
- APRIL K.S. SALAMA, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Medical Oncology, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC
Purchase PDFA clinical trial is a planned experiment designed to prospectively measure the efficacy or effectiveness of an intervention by comparing outcomes in a group of subjects treated with the test intervention with those observed in one or more comparable group(s) of subjects receiving another intervention. Historically, the gold standard for a clinical trial has been a prospective, randomized, double-blind study, but it is sometimes impractical or unethical to conduct such in clinical medicine and surgery. Conventional outcomes have traditionally been clinical end points; with the rise of new technologies, however, they are increasingly being supplemented and/or replaced by surrogate end points, such as serum biomarkers. Because patients are involved, safety considerations and ethical principles must be incorporated into all phases of clinical trial design, conduct, data analysis, and presentation. This review covers the history of clinical trials, clinical trial phases, ethical issues, implementing the study, basic biostatistics for data analysis, and other resources. Figures show drug development and clinical trial process, and type I and II error. Tables list Food and Drug Administration new drug application types, and types of missing data in clinical trials.
This review contains 2 figures, 3 tables, and 38 references
Keywords: Clinical trial, study design, type I error, type II error, double-blind study, ethics
- 5
Withdrawing Life Support and Medical Futility
- DAVID OXMAN, MD
Purchase PDFLife support technologies have the potential to save many lives. However, in some cases – particularly when disease is advanced or incurable – the use of these interventions may simply prolong the dying process while causing significant pain and suffering. The ethical basis for withdraw of life support has been clearly elucidated in medical ethics and the law, but given the emotions surrounding these issues, it is not surprising that controversy still exists. This review discusses withdrawal of life support and withdrawal of artificial nutrition. Additionally, this review explores medical futility, including the historical background, futility and the law, focus on process: hospital futility policies and ethics committees, and current practice and the future of medical futility. Illustrative case reports are presented. The table lists some examples of responding to requests for non-beneficial care from patients or surrogates.
This review contains 1 figure, 4 tables, and 28 references
Key Words: Withdrawal of life support; Withdrawal of care; Medical futility
- 6
Preparing for the Ethical Practice of Precision Medicine
By Megan A Allyse, PhD; Richard R Sharp, PhD
Purchase PDFPreparing for the Ethical Practice of Precision Medicine
- MEGAN A ALLYSE, PHD
- RICHARD R SHARP, PHD
Purchase PDFThe role of genetics in medicine is changing quickly. New discoveries are rapidly bridging the chasm from bench to bedside, and in addition to medical advances, thousands of people are exploring their genetic traits and ancestry through direct-to-consumer companies. Staying abreast of these changes and their potential implications for patient care can be difficult. To help, we suggest several high-level points of reference regarding the current state of genomic medicine, with a focus on the ethical and social issues raised by these technologies. This review covers the rise of genomic medicine, information overload, direct access to genetic information, genetic discrimination, and informed consent. Tables list the American College of Medical Genetics and Genomics recommendations for reporting of incidental findings in clinical exome and genome sequencing, an excerpt from the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act, and genetics education resources for physicians.
This review contains 3 tables, and 44 references.
Key words: Genomic medicine, genetic medicine, medical genetics, genetic testing, direct-to-consumer genetics, genetic discrimination
- 7
Ethical and Social Issues in Medicine
By Roberta Springer Loewy, PhD (PHIL, ETHICS); Erich H. Loewy, MD, FACP (deceased); Faith T. Fitzgerald, MD, MACP
Purchase PDFEthical and Social Issues in Medicine
- ROBERTA SPRINGER LOEWY, PHD (PHIL, ETHICS)Professor and Bioethics Education Consultant, VCF, University of California, Davis, Sacramento, CA
- ERICH H. LOEWY, MD, FACP (DECEASED)Professor and Founding Chair of the Bioethics Program (Emeritus), University of California, Davis, Sacramento, CA
- FAITH T. FITZGERALD, MD, MACPProfessor of Internal Medicine, University of California, Davis, Sacramento, CA
Purchase PDFSo rapidly has the field of health care ethics continued to grow that, when recently “googled,” the term produced 28.2 million hits. The challenge is to address the ethical and social issues in medicine in this very limited article space. It remains an impossible task to present more than a superficial discussion of these complex issues and the complicated cases in which they are to be found. Like good medicine, good ethics cannot be practiced by algorithm. The authors have opted to provide an operational guide to help clinicians sort through the ethical and social quandaries they must face on a daily basis. To that end, the authors have chosen to divide this chapter into the following sections:
1. A brief description of the biopsychosocial nature of ethics and how it differs from personal morality
2. A method for identifying and dealing with ethical issues
3. A discussion of the role of bioethicists and ethics committees
4. The professional fiduciary role of clinicians
5. Listings of some of the common key bioethical and legal terms (online access only)
6. A very brief discussion of the terms cited in the above listings (online access only)This reviews contains 4 tables, 8 references, 1 appendix, and 20 additional readings.
Keywords: Ethical, social, right, wrong, good, bad, obligation, moral authority, critically reflective, and multiperspectival activity, Curiosity, Honesty, Patience, Open-mindedness
- 8
- 9
Advance Care Planning
By Lauren Jodi Van Scoy, M.D.; Michael Green, M.D., M.S.; Benjamin Levi, M.D., Ph.D.
Purchase PDFAdvance Care Planning
- LAUREN JODI VAN SCOY, M.D.Assistant Professor, Departments of Medicine and Humanities, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey, PA
- MICHAEL GREEN, M.D., M.S.Professor, Departments of Humanities and Medicine, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey, PA
- BENJAMIN LEVI, M.D., PH.D.Professor, Departments of Humanities and Pediatrics, Penn State College of Medicine, Hershey, PA
- 10
Clinical Trial Design and Statistics
By Julie Ann Sosa, MA, MD, FACS; Samantha M. Thomas, MS; April K.S. Salama, MD
Purchase PDFClinical Trial Design and Statistics
- JULIE ANN SOSA, MA, MD, FACSAssociate Professor of Surgery, Divisions of Endocrine Surgery and Surgical Oncology, Department of Surgery, Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, CT
- SAMANTHA M. THOMAS, MSBiostatistician, Department of Biostatistics & Bioinformatics, Duke Cancer Institute, Durham, NC
- APRIL K.S. SALAMA, MDAssistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Medical Oncology, Duke University School of Medicine, Durham, NC
- 1
- Internal Medicine
- Elective Specialty Areas
- Nephrology
- 1
Nephrolithiasis
- JOSÉ LUIZ NISHIURA, MD, PHDAssociate Researcher, Nephrology Division, Federal University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil.
Purchase PDFNephrolithiasis is a highly prevalent condition, but its incidence varies depending on race, gender, and geographic location. Approximately half of patients form at least one recurrent stone within 10 years of the first episode. Renal stones are usually composed of calcium salts (calcium oxalate monohydrate or dihydrate, calcium phosphate), uric acid, or, less frequently, cystine and struvite (magnesium, ammonium, and phosphate). Calcium oxalate stones, the most commonly encountered ones, may result from urinary calcium oxalate precipitation on the Randall plaque, which is a hydroxyapatite deposit in the interstitium of the kidney medulla. Uric acid nephrolithiasis, which is common among patients with metabolic syndrome or diabetes mellitus, is caused by an excessively acidic urinary pH as a renal manifestation of insulin resistance. The medical evaluation of the kidney stone patient must be focused on identifying anatomic abnormalities of the urinary tract, associated systemic diseases, use of lithogenic drugs or supplements, and, mostly, urinary risk factors such as low urine volume, hypercalciuria, hyperuricosuria, hypocitraturia, hyperoxaluria, and abnormalities in urine pH that can be affected by dietary habits, environmental factors, and genetic traits. Metabolic evaluation requires a urinalysis, stone analysis (if available), serum chemistry, and urinary parameters, preferably obtained by two nonconsecutive 24-hour urine collections under a random diet. Targeted medication and dietary advice are effective to reduce the risk of recurrence. Clinical, radiologic, and laboratory follow-ups are needed to prevent stone growth and new stone formation, to assess treatment adherence or effectiveness to dietary recommendations, and to allow adjustment of pharmacologic treatment.
This review contains 5 figures, 3 tables, and 107 references.
- 2
Medical Management of Transplant Patients
- NELSON B GOES, MDRenal Transplant Program, Swedish Medical Center, Seattle WA
Purchase PDFKidney transplant is the best form of renal replacement therapy for most end-stage kidney disease patients due to improved quality of life and superior patient survival compared to chronic maintenance dialysis. Long-term outcome of kidney allograft recipients depends on the longevity of the allograft and optimal management of their comorbidities such as cardiovascular disease risk factors. According to organ procurement and transplant data in the United States, 14.5% of the deceased donor kidney wait list comprised patients who failed their first allograft and were awaiting second kidney transplant. Optimal immunosuppression management is key to both short- and long-term outcomes of allograft transplant by preventing rejection while avoiding or minimizing risk of over immunosuppression such as with infections and neoplasia. Cardiovascular disease is the leading cause of mortality after kidney transplant. It accounts for approximately 50% of deaths in the post transplant period and 30% of deaths among patients with preserved renal allograft function. Hence, it is crucial to optimally manage cardiovascular risk factors such as hypertension and diabetes post transplant. In this chapter, we review medical management of kidney transplant recipients, including commonly used induction therapies, maintenance immunosuppressive agents, and posttransplant medical complications such as posttransplant diabetes mellitus, hypertension, cardiovascular disease, bone disease, and BK viral infection.
This review contains 1 table and 47 references
Key Words: kidney transplantation, immunosuppression, rejection, post transplant diabetes mellitus (PTDM), BK viral infection, calcineurin inhibitors,
- 3
Approach to the Patient With Glomerular Disease
- FERNANDO C. FERVENZA, MD, PHDDivision of Nephrology and Hypertension, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN
Purchase PDFGlomerular diseases of the kidneys are associated with a limited array of clinical syndromes, including asymptomatic hematuria and/or proteinuria, acute nephritis, nephrotic syndrome, rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis, and chronic glomerulonephritis. The specific diseases that underlie these syndromes are numerous and heterogeneous. Broadly, they may be divided into primary and secondary disorders depending on whether the kidneys are the sole organs affected or whether other organ systems are also involved in the disease processes. A systematic approach involving a careful history, physical examination, assessment of renal function, and urinalysis (composition and microscopy) and protein excretion, combined with biochemical and serologic testing, can provide important clues to diagnosis and prognosis. Renal biopsy is often required for a complete and accurate diagnosis as well as a prognosis and therapeutic decision making.
This review contains 4 figures, 6 tables and 92 references
Key words: glomerular filtration rate, glomerulonephritis, hematuria, nephrotic syndrome, proteinuria, renal biopsy, serum complement
- 4
Nutritional Support in Acute Kidney Injury
- FILIPPO FANI , MD Parma University Medical School, Parma, Italy
Purchase PDFProtein-energy wasting (PEW) is particularly common in patients with acute kidney injury (AKI). It is correlated, at least in part, with specific factors of the reduction of renal function and is associated with significant increase in mortality and morbidity. In this clinical condition, the optimal nutritional support remains an open question due to its qualitative composition in terms of macro- and micronutrients. In fact, data on critically ill patients have confirmed that nutritional support targeting the real protein and energy needs is associated with improvement of clinical outcome. However, data available in AKI patients are still scarce. AKI is characterized by increased risk of both under- and overfeeding because of the coexistence of many factors that can influence the evaluation of nutrient needs, such as a rapid change in body weight due to alterations in fluid balance, loss of nutrients during renal replacement therapy (RRT), and the presence of hidden calories in the RRT (ie, calories derived from anticoagulants and/or from solutions used in the different dialysis methods). As AKI comprises a highly heterogeneous group of patients, with oscillatory nutrient needs during patients’ clinical course, nutritional requirements should be frequently reassessed, individualized, and carefully integrated with RRT. Nutrient needs in patients with AKI can be difficult to estimate and should be directly measured, especially in the intensive care unit setting.
This review contains 4 figures, 3 tables and 104 references
Keywords: Malnutrition In ICU Patients, Acute Kidney Injury, Nutritional Support, Indirect Calorimetry, Resting Energy Expenditure, Lipid Oxidation Rate, Glucose Oxidation Rate, Micronutrients
- 5
Kidney Neoplasia
- PABLO M BARRIOSPUCRS School of Medicine, Porto Alegre, Brazil
Purchase PDFThe incidence of kidney cancer is rising. Due to the widespread use of abdominal imaging for unrelated indications, small renal masses have been increasingly detected incidentally. A better understanding of the biology underlying the different tumor types arising from the kidney cortex has opened new avenues to define diagnosis, prognosis, and treatment strategies. Complete surgical resection remains the standard approach to treat renal neoplasms, and no systemic treatments have proven to be effective after a curative intent surgery. Approximately 30 to 40% of patients with kidney cancer will experience recurrence after a definitive treatment and will ultimately succumb to their disease. Drugs targeting the vascular endothelial growth factor and mammalian target of rapamycin pathways have significantly changed the outcome of patients with metastatic renal cell carcinoma (mRCC). Recently, the new era of immunotherapy has brought a new breath to the treatment of mRCC and will integrate into the landscape of treatment, improving clinical outcome.
This review contains 3 figures, 7 tables and 129 references
Key words: benign kidney tumors, cystic renal mass, kidney cancer, kidney neoplasms, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, small renal masses
- 6
Conservative Management of Acute Kidney Injury
- ROLANDO CLAURE-DEL GRANADO, MD, FASNHead, Division of Nephrology, Hospital Obrero #2 - Caja Nacional de Salud, Professor of Medicine, School of Medicine, Universidad Mayor de San Simon, Cochabamba, Bolivia
Purchase PDFAcute kidney injury (AKI) is one of the most common complications occurring among intensive care unit (ICU) patients and is independently associated with a higher risk of mortality. In critically ill patients, AKI presentation is heterogeneous, varying from asymptomatic elevations in serum creatinine to the need for dialysis in the context of multiorgan failure. Within this range of clinical presentation, the kidney is often overlooked because improving and maintaining cardiac performance are the focus. In addition, aggressive fluid resuscitation may impose significant demands on the kidney wherein the normal excretory capacity may be overwhelmed. ICU patients often have underlying comorbidities, including chronic kidney disease and heart failure, which further limit the range of renal capacity. Drug and nutritional administration contribute to the demand for fluid removal to maintain fluid balance. The dissimilarities of the critical care environment and the extra demand kidney capacity highlight the need for different strategies for management and treatment of AKI in the critically ill patients. We focus this review on the general and nondialytic therapy of AKI.
This reference contains 5 figures, 3 tables and 90 references
Key words: Acute kidney injury, fluid resuscitation, loop diuretics, vasoactive agents, fluid overload, hiperkalemia, and metabolic acidosis.
- 7
Metabolic Alkalosis
- FOUAD T CHEBIB, MD
Purchase PDFMetabolic alkalosis is a common clinical problem encountered by the nephrologist. An understanding of the pathogenesis of this electrolyte disorder, which includes a generative and a maintenance phase, is essential to elucidating the etiology and deciding on the appropriate treatment. Metabolic alkalosis is characterized by an increase in pH, a decrease in [H+], and an increase in [HCO3–]. The generative phase of metabolic alkalosis involves either loss of acid (e.g., gastrointestinal losses), gain of bicarbonate (e.g., antacids), or cellular shift (e.g., hypokalemia). The maintenance phase involves impairment of the renal handling of bicarbonate (decreased glomerular filtration, increased bicarbonate tubular reabsorption). We discuss the different etiologies, such as chloride depletion (e.g., vomiting), potassium depletion (e.g., primary hyperaldosteronism), and hypercalcemic states (e.g., milk-alkali syndrome). This review also discusses the symptoms, diagnosis, and prognosis of metabolic alkalosis. A diagnostic algorithm based on volume status and urine electrolytes will help differentiate the different etiologies. Treatment options are summarized based on chloride-sensitive or chloride-resistant metabolic alkalosis.
This review contains 5 figures, 3 tables and 12 references
Key words: chloride resistance, chloride sensitivity, generative phase, maintenance phase, metabolic alkalosis, syndromes with metabolic alkalosis
- 8
Kidney Transplantation: an Overview--recipient Evaluation and Immunosuppression
By Jamil Azzi, MD
Purchase PDFKidney Transplantation: an Overview--recipient Evaluation and Immunosuppression
- JAMIL AZZI, MDInstructor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFKidney transplantation remains the optimal renal replacement therapy for patients with end-stage renal disease (ESRD). A timely referral to kidney transplantation and a thorough pretransplantation evaluation ensure improvement in the morbidity and mortality of ESRD patients. Basic knowledge of immune biology and an in-depth understanding of the different induction and maintenance therapies used post kidney transplantation are imperative for optimal patient management. In this review, we discuss the multidisciplinary process of pretransplantation evaluation of kidney transplant recipients. We also discuss state-of–the-art early management post kidney transplantation with the different immunosuppressive therapies currently available.
This review contains 3 figures, 8 tables, and 108 references.
Key words: crossmatch, donor-specific antibody, immunosuppression, human leukocyte antigen, immunosuppression, induction, maintenance, medical evaluation, transplantation
- 9
Management of Chronic Kidney Disease and Its Complications
- JOSHUA S. HUNDERT, MDClinical Fellow, Department of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFManagement of early renal failure helps in the reduction or prevention of end-stage renal disease. The monitoring of renal function is discussed, and the chapter includes a table that shows commonly used methods for monitoring. Risk factors for chronic renal failure include stroke and cardiac disease. Risk factors for renal disease progression are diabetes mellitus, hypertension, proteinuria, smoking, protein intake, and hyperlipidemia. Complications of chronic renal failure that are addressed include sodium and water imbalance, potassium imbalance, acidosis, calcium and phosphorus imbalance, and anemia. There is also a section that discusses the case for early referral to a nephrologist. Tables present the equations used to estimate the glomerular filtration rate (GFR); stages of chronic kidney disease and the appropriate steps in their management; risk factors for chronic kidney disease in which the testing of proteinuria and estimation of GFR are indicated; appropriate diet for patients who have chronic kidney disease; and guidelines for diagnosing and treating anemia resulting from chronic kidney disease. An algorithm outlines the steps in management of calcium and phosphate in patients with kidney disease.
This review contains 3 figures, 10 tables and 50 references
Key Words End-stage renal disease, chronic kidney disease, glomerular filtration rate, Modification of Diet in Renal Disease, Proteinuric renal disease, Hyperuricemia
- 10
Kidney Biopsy
- GEAROID MCMAHON, MDAssociate Physician Renal Division Brigham Health Boston, MA Instructor in Medicine Harvard Medical School
Purchase PDFThe introduction of renal biopsies has transformed practice in nephrology, particularly with regard to glomerular disease and the care of kidney transplant recipients. A biopsy can provide information about the diagnosis and prognosis of kidney disease while most importantly often leading to changes in therapy that can be life saving. Four groups of patients benefit most from renal biopsy: those with nephrotic syndrome, those with acute nephritic syndromes with rapid deterioration of renal function, those with unexplained acute kidney injury and renal transplant recipients. Non-nephrotic range proteinuria and/or hematuria or unexplained chronic kidney disease represent indications in selected cases. The evaluation of patients prior to undergoing a kidney biopsy requires a careful assessment that includes a detailed history to confirm the relative benefit of a biopsy in making an accurate diagnosis compared with individual’s risk of bleeding. The use of real-time ultrasound or CT-guidance with gun-mounted biopsy needles is paramount for the successful performance of the biopsy and reduction of risks. renal biopsies are mostly done as an inpatient but can be performed on an outpatient basis in selected cases. A renal biopsy has a bleeding risk of up to 5% and is considered a “high bleeding risk procedure”. For patients receiving -antithrombotic therapy, the approach to periprocedural use of antithrombotic agents needs to be individualized. Because it is a high-risk procedure, all efforts must be undertaken to minimize the risk including a careful assessment of the patient's specific situation, and only experienced operators at institutions that can care for post-biopsy complications should perform the procedure.
This review contains 7 tables, 7 figures and 83 references
Key words: kidney biopsy, native kidney, transplant kidney, indications, preparation, performing biopsy, ultrasound guidance, transjugular, CT-guided, complications
- 11
Strategies of Hemodialysis Access
- ROBYN A. MACSATA, MD, FACSChief, Vascular Surgery Program, Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Associate Professor, Department of Surgery, George Washington University Hospital, Washington, DC
Purchase PDFChronic kidney disease and end-stage renal disease (ESRD) have become common diagnoses in the United States; in response, several clinical practice guidelines for the surgical placement and maintenance of arteriovenous (AV) hemodialysis access have been published. This review examines temporary hemodialysis access, permanent hemodialysis accesses, and the Hemodialysis Reliable Outflow (HeRO) graft. Figures show trends in the number of incident cases of ESRD, in thousands, by modality, in the US population, 1980 to 2012, Medicare ESRD expenditures, algorithm for access location selection, autogenous posterior radial branch-cephalic wrist direct access (snuff-box fistula), autogenous radial-cephalic wrist direct access (Brescia-Cimino-Appel fistula), autogenous radial-basilic forearm transposition, prosthetic radial-antecubital forearm straight access, prosthetic brachial (or proximal radial) antecubital forearm looped access, autogenous brachial (or proximal radial) cephalic upper arm direct access, autogenous brachial (or proximal radial) basilic upper arm transposition, prosthetic brachial (or proximal radial) axillary (or brachial) upper arm straight access, prosthetic superficial femoral-femoral (vein) lower extremity straight access and looped access, prosthetic axillary-axillary (vein) chest looped access, straight access, and body wall straight access, HeRO graft, banding of the outflow access tract, distal revascularization with interval ligation, upper extremity edema and varicosities associated with venous hypertension, internal jugular to subclavian venous bypass, and puncture-site pseudoaneurysms of an AV access. Tables list AV access configuration, autogenous AV access patency rates, and prosthetic AV access patency rates.
This review contains 20 figures, 16 tables, and 77 references
Keywords: Chronic Kidney Disease, End-stage renal disease, Short- and Long-term dialysis catheters, Autogenous AV access, Prosthetic AV access, HeRO graft, Arterial Steal, Venous hypertension, Pseudoaneurysm, Megafistula
- 12
Nephrolithiasis
- JOSÉ LUIZ NISHIURA, MD, PHDAssociate Researcher, Nephrology Division, Federal University of São Paulo, São Paulo, Brazil.
- 13
Kidney Transplantation: an Overview--recipient Evaluation and Immunosuppression
By Jamil Azzi, MD
Purchase PDFKidney Transplantation: an Overview--recipient Evaluation and Immunosuppression
- JAMIL AZZI, MDInstructor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Boston, MA
- 14
Strategies of Hemodialysis Access
- ROBYN A. MACSATA, MD, FACSChief, Vascular Surgery Program, Veterans Affairs Medical Center, Associate Professor, Department of Surgery, George Washington University Hospital, Washington, DC
- 1
- Radiology
- 1
Focused Assessment With Sonography for Trauma
- DAVID BAROUNIS, MD Attending Physician, Departments of Emergency Medicine and Critical Care Medicine, Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, IL
Purchase PDFThe focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST) is a screening ultrasound examination used to identify traumatic free fluid in the pericardium and peritoneum through four key windows: the subxiphoid, the hepatorenal recess, the splenorenal recess, and the suprapubic views. The primary role for the FAST examination is in the bedside evaluation of hemodynamically unstable blunt trauma patients to help direct operative management. The extended FAST (E-FAST) examination involves additional evaluation of the thorax and can reliably identify hemothorax and pneumothorax. The advantages of these modalities include rapid speed, low cost, and a lack of ionizing radiation. The limitations include operator dependence, although validated assessments hold promise in mitigating this issue, and poor sensitivity in identifying retroperitoneal hemorrhages, diaphragmatic injuries, and solid-organ injuries that do not produce significant intraperitoneal hemorrhage. In the future, contrast-enhanced ultrasonography may improve ultrasonographic evaluation of solid-organ injury. Nevertheless, significant concerns remain regarding the wide ranges of sensitivity reported for the FAST examination overall, and ongoing research may better identify its optimal role in evaluating trauma patients.
This review contains 10 figures, 7 tables, 8 videos and 58 references
Keywords: Blunt trauma; focused assessment with sonography for trauma (FAST); extended FAST (E-FAST); hemothorax; pneumothorax; ultrasonography
- 2
Neuroimaging for the Clinician
- JOSHUA P KLEIN, MD, PHDChief, Division of Hospital Neurology, Department of Neurology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, and Assistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFModern neuroimaging has revolutionized the practice of neurology by allowing visualization and monitoring of evolving pathophysiologic processes. High-resolution magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) can now resolve structural abnormalities on a near-cellular level. Advances in functional imaging can assess the in vivo metabolic, vascular, and functional states of neuronal and glial populations in real time. Given the high density of data obtained from neuroimaging studies, it is essential for the clinician to take an active role in understanding the nature and significance of imaging abnormalities. This chapter reviews computed tomography and MRI techniques (including angiography and advanced sequences), specialized protocols for investigating specific diagnoses, risks associated with imaging, disease-specific imaging findings with general strategies for interpretation, and incidental findings and artifacts. Figures include computed tomography, T1- and T2-weighted signal intensity, diffusion-weighted magnetic resonance imaging, magnetic resonance spectroscopy, imaging in epilepsy and dementia, extra-axial versus intra-axial lesions, typical lesions of multiple sclerosis, spinal imaging, spinal pathology, vascular pathology, intracranial hemorrhage, and common imaging artifacts. Tables list Hounsfield units, patterns of enhancement from imaging, advanced techniques in imaging, magnetic resonance imaging sequences, and the evolution of cerebral infarction and intraparenchymal hemorrhage on magnetic resonance imaging.
This chapter contains 12 figures, 13 tables and 216 references
Keywords: computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, angiography, intracranial hemorrhage, embolism, neuroimaging, multiple sclerosis, spinal imaging
- 3
Trauma Imaging
- KATHLEEN R. FINK, MDAssistant Professor, Department of Radiology, University of Washington, Seattle, WA
Purchase PDFDue to increased use of computed tomography (CT) and ultrasonography, technological advances in equipment design, and increased availability of imaging equipment in the emergency department, imaging studies have revolutionized the assessment of the trauma patient in the past three decades. This review examines commonly used imaging modalities in trauma evaluation, initial and additional imaging, brief introduction to CT, and an overview of CT image processing and reviewing a CT scan. Head imaging, spine imaging, chest imaging, and abdominal and pelvic imaging are presented, along with injury grading, solid-organ injury appearances and specific abdominal solid-organ injuries, urinary system injury, penetrating trauma, unexplained intraperitoneal fluid, vascular injury and musculoskeletal injury. Figures show lateral view of the cervical spine; volume rendering of the pelvis; CT windows; CT imaging of acute intracranial bleeding, herniation in acute subdural hemorrhage, post-traumatic pseudoaneurysm of descending thoracic aorta, subscapular hematoma of the liver, liver laceration, pseudoaneurysm of the liver, shattered kidney and the nonperfused right kidney attributable to a traumatic renal artery injury, tigroid spleen, a focus of gas and stranding adjacent to the lateral wall of the ascending colon, extravasated urinary contrast (white material) surrounding the proximal right indicating ureteral laceration or transection, intraperitoneal bladder rupture, and contrast extravasation in the liver; magnetic resonance imaging versus CT of shear injuries; and magnetic resonance imaging in the setting of cervical spine trauma.
This review contains 18 highly rendered figures, 23 tables, and 83 references.
Keywords:Trauma, computed tomography, radiography, magnetic resonance imaging, ultrasonography, imaging study
- 4
Imaging of Malignant and Benign Tumors of the Pancreas
- ERSAN ALTUN, MDAssistant Professor of Radiology, Department of Radiology, School of Medicine, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, NC
Purchase PDFPancreatic cross-sectional imaging has been widely used to diagnose and stage pancreatic neoplasms. The most commonly used techniques include multidetector CT, MRI, and endoscopic ultrasonography. Hybrid imaging including positron emission tomography combined with CT has a limited role. Dedicated imaging applications of these modalities for the evaluation of pancreatic neoplasms and their accuracies for different neoplasms are summarized in this review. Critical and differential imaging findings of the most common neoplasms of the pancreas, including adenocarcinoma, neuroendocrine tumors, cystic neoplasms, lymphoma, and metastases, emphasizing the most accurate imaging techniques are also discussed. Additionally, the most common mimics of the pancreatic neoplasms and their imaging findings are reviewed.
This review contains 32 references, 13 figures, and 5 tables.
Key words: adenocarcinoma, CT, EUS, intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm, mucinous cystic neoplasm, MRI, neuroendocrine tumors, PET-CT, serous cystadenoma
- 5
Critical Care Ultrasonography
- S PATRICK BENDER, MD
Purchase PDFThe use of bedside ultrasonography in the intensive care unit continues to expand due to its broad utility, including diagnosis of various conditions, evaluation of hemodynamics, and improvement in the speed and safety of certain bedside procedures. In this review, the reader will gain a better understanding of the physical properties of ultrasound waves and potential artifacts. The five standard views to perform a basic echocardiographic evaluation are described. This examination provides an adequate assessment of the left ventricle, helping to differentiate acute coronary syndrome, stress cardiomyopathy, and regional or global left ventricular dysfunction. Right ventricular function can be assessed qualitatively or, if desired, quantitatively via measurement of tricuspid annular plane excursion. Echocardiography also allows for assessment of volume status, detection of cardiac tamponade, and signs of hemodynamically significant pulmonary embolism. We also describe bedside ultrasound use for pulmonary assessment and for guidance of thoracentesis. Lung ultrasonography is very sensitive for the detection of pneumothoraces and pleural effusions. The lung parenchyma may also be evaluated by identifying various artifacts such as A-lines and B-lines to delineate underlying pulmonary pathology. Understanding these artifacts allows an experienced practitioner to detect various pathologies such as pneumonia, cardiogenic pulmonary edema, atelectasis, and other conditions. Finally, we discuss abdominal ultrasonography, including the performance of a focused assessment with sonography in trauma examination, performance of a paracentesis, and diagnosis of a pneumoperitoneum.
This review contains 11 figures, 1 table, and 53 references.
Key words: bedside ultrasonography, echocardiography, focused assessment with sonography in trauma (FAST), focused cardiac ultrasonography (FoCUS), point-of-care ultrasonography
- 6
Endoscopic Ultrasonography
- NITKIN KUMAR, MDDirector, Bariatric Endoscopy Institute, Addison, IL
Purchase PDFEndoscopic ultrasonography (EUS) is a versatile tool that can be used to perform a variety of diagnostic and therapeutic procedures in the upper or lower gastrointestinal tract. The proximity of the echoendoscope to the pancreas, liver, and other thoracic and abdominal organs allows detailed examination or minimally invasive intervention that would not be feasible by surgical or percutaneous approaches. EUS is available with radial or linear scanning arrays and is capable of guiding fine-needle aspiration to acquire tissue for cytologic analysis. This review covers the role of EUS in chronic pancreatitis; pancreatic cysts; submucosal tumors; suspected choledocholithiasis; fecal incontinence; staging of malignancy in esophageal, pancreatic, gastric, and rectal cancer; celiac plexus block/neurolysis; fiducial placement; pseudocyst drainage and cystogastrostomy/cystoduodenostomy; endoscopic necrosectomy; and biliary drainage. Figures show peripancreatic cysts, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, common bile duct stone, esophageal adenocarcinoma, pancreatic head mass causing biliary obstruction and invading portal confluence, fine-needle aspiration of a pancreatic head mass, rectal adenocarcinoma, abdominal aorta with celiac artery and superior mesenteric artery, celiac plexus neurolysis, necrosectomy, and EUS-guided choledochoduodenostomy for failed endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography. Tables list the Rosemont criteria for chronic pancreatitis and pancreatic cystic lesions.
Key words: bile duct stone, biliary drainage, echoendoscope, endoscopic ultrasonography, fine-needle aspiration, pancreatic cyst
This review contains 12 highly rendered figures, 2 tables, and 62 references.
- 7
Imaging for Nephrolithiasis
- JOANNE DALE, MD
Purchase PDFNephrolithiasis is a common condition that affects a large number of Americans. An imaging diagnosis is required for adequate treatment and follow-up, and a large variety of imaging modalities exist for this purpose. In this review, we discuss the advantages, disadvantages, and specific uses for a wide array of imaging methods, including plain radiography, ultrasonography, CT, and others. In addition, special attention is paid to specific clinical situations for individual tests, such as when dealing with children, pregnant women, and patients in an intraoperative setting. Approximate costs and radiation doses of each modality are discussed as well. At the conclusion of this review, the reader should understand the utility of each imaging technique, along with the optimal situation for use and reasoning for these decisions.
This review contains 5 highly rendered figures, 2 tables, and 85 references
Key words: CT, diagnosis, digital tomosynthesis, fluoroscopy, follow-up, imaging, intravenous pyelography, MRI, nephrolithiasis, radiation dose, radiography, ultrasonography - 8
Focused Assessment With Sonography for Trauma
- DAVID BAROUNIS, MD Attending Physician, Departments of Emergency Medicine and Critical Care Medicine, Advocate Christ Medical Center, Oak Lawn, IL
- 9
Neuroimaging for the Clinician
- JOSHUA P KLEIN, MD, PHDChief, Division of Hospital Neurology, Department of Neurology, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, and Assistant Professor of Neurology, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
- 1
- Anesthesiology
- 1
Preoperative Testing and Planning for Safer Surgery
- JILL ANTOINE, MDMedical Director, Anesthesiology, Pre-Operative Clinic, Department of Anesthesia, Highland Hospital, Alameda Health Systems, Oakland, CA
Purchase PDFConsensus statements and regulatory guidelines endorse the process of identifying patients at increased risk for surgical morbidity and mortality. This is termed prognostic testing, and it identifies patients who are deemed to be too sick to benefit from the anticipated gain of surgery. However, much more valuable than prognostic testing is predictive, or directive, testing. A predictive test pinpoints the patient’s problem that will benefit from a specific available intervention. This review covers what is risk?, changing paradigms of surgical success, building a case for moderation, so, does anyone disagree?, timing, frailty and age (and the eyeball test), is the heart the only organ that counts?, changing paradigms, the enhanced importance of functional capacity, resting electrocardiogram, exercise stress testing, ventricular function testing, stair climbing: putting it all together, pulmonary function tests, obstructive airway disease, perioperative nutrition, how can we make surgery safer?, enhanced recovery after surgery, putting it all together, extended enhanced recovery after surgery, tight glucose control, smoking cessation, and timing of collaboration with anesthesia. Figures show routine preoperative tests for elective surgery (adapted from the National Institute for Health and Care Excellence clinical guideline 3, preoperative assessment strategies and recommended risk-reducing therapy relative to American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) classification performed by the surgeon and age, ASA Class I and II patients may be safely be evaluated by an anesthesiologist on the day of their scheduled surgery for a full preoperative history and physical examination, flow volume loop. Tables list ASA physical status classification, effect of abnormal screening results on physician behavior, and minimum preoperative test requirements at the Mayo Clinic (in 1997).
This review contains 4 highly rendered figures, 3 tables, and 111 references
- 2
Noninvasive and Invasive Ventilatory Support I
- CARL HAAS, MLS,2 RRT-ACCSEducation and Research Coordinator, Adult Respiratory Care, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFInvasive and noninvasive ventilation are important tools in the clinician’s armamentarium for managing acute respiratory failure. Although these modalities do not treat the underlying disease, they can provide the necessary oxygenation and ventilatory support until the causal pathology resolves. Care must be taken, as even appropriate application can cause harm. Knowledge of pulmonary mechanics, appreciation of the basic machine settings, and an understanding of how common and advanced modes function allow the clinician to optimally tailor support to the patient while limiting iatrogenic injury. This first chapter reviews pulmonary mechanics, machine settings, and current options for noninvasive and invasive support of respiratory failure.
This review contains 7 figures, 3 tables and 44 references
Key Words: hypoxemia, hypercapnia, mechanical ventilation, noninvasive ventilation, respiratory failure
- 3
Noninvasive and Invasive Ventilatory Support II
- CARL HAAS, MLS,2 RRT-ACCSEducation and Research Coordinator, Adult Respiratory Care, University of Michigan Health System, Ann Arbor, MI
Purchase PDFInvasive and noninvasive ventilation are important tools in the clinician’s armamentarium for managing acute respiratory failure. Although these modalities do not treat the underlying disease, they can provide the necessary oxygenation and ventilatory support until the causal pathology resolves. Care must be taken as even appropriate application can cause harm. Knowledge of pulmonary mechanics, appreciation of the basic machine settings, and an understanding of how common and advanced modes function allows the clinician to optimally tailor support to the patient while limiting iatrogenic injury. This second chapter reviews indications for mechanical ventilation, routine management, troubleshooting, and liberation from mechanical ventilation
This review contains 6 figures, 7 tables and 60 references
Keywords: Mechanical ventilation, lung protective ventilation, sedation, ventilator-induced lung injury, liberation from mechanical ventilation
- 4
Ventilator Weaning
- BRIAN BRAJCICH, MDGeneral Surgery Resident, Northwestern University
Purchase PDFVentilator weaning/liberation is a complex process that requires focus on a patient’s respiratory mechanics, strength, awareness, airway patency, and secretions while also keeping in mind a patient’s overall clinical status and critical illness. The recommendations in the chapter are based on evidence-based medicine when available. When no clear data can definitively guide patient management, clinical guidelines and accepted practices are described. Our hope is that the reader finds this chapter as a reliable and safe way to approach ventilator liberation.
This review contains 4 figures, 6 tables and 77 references
Key Words: ABCDE bundle, diaphragm dysfunction, negative inspiratory force, reintubation, RSBI, sedation, spontaneous breathing trial, tracheostomy, ventilator liberation, ventilator weaning
- 5
Transfusion Therapy
- RONALD CHANG, MD
Purchase PDFExsanguination occurs rapidly after trauma (median 2 to 3 hours after admission) and is the leading cause of preventable trauma deaths. The modern treatment for traumatic hemorrhagic shock is simultaneous mechanical hemorrhage control and damage control resuscitation (DCR), which emphasizes using plasma as the primary means for volume expansion. Other core DCR principles include minimization of crystalloid, permissive hypotension, and balanced blood product resuscitation. The treatment of traumatic hemorrhage is complicated by trauma-induced coagulopathy (TIC); DCR is thought to address TIC directly despite incomplete understanding of the underlying mechanisms. Recent data point to a 1:1:1 ratio of plasma and platelets to red blood cells as the optimal blood product ratio for acute traumatic hemorrhage. However, this paradigm may soon be supplanted by a transition back to whole blood. Although it is intuitive to apply these same protocols and algorithms to patients with nontraumatic hemorrhage, the scientific evidence is lacking.
This review contains 5 figures, 8 tables and 76 references
Keywords: massive transfusion, hemorrhage, endotheliopathy, trauma-induced coagulopathy
- 6
Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation
- RICHARD HA , MDAssociate Physician, Cardiothoracic Surgery Surgical Directory of Mechanical Circulatory Support, Department of Cardiothoracic Surgery, The Permanente Medical Group,
Purchase PDFExtracorporeal membrane oxygenation (ECMO), also known as extracorporeal life support, is the practice of using circulatory assist devices and a gas exchange system to maintain sufficient tissue oxygen delivery, supplementing pulmonary and/or cardiac function in patients whose native physiology is too severely altered to be successfully supported solely by conventional life support techniques (eg, mechanical ventilation and inotropic and vasopressor drugs). ECMO should be considered in patients who are at a high risk of death due to a potentially reversible etiology of cardiopulmonary collapse. Indications for ECMO can be broadly divided into profound respiratory failure and/or cardiogenic shock. The indications include acute respiratory distress syndrome, heart failure, postoperative cardiogenic shock, and as an adjunct to cardiopulmonary resuscitation in patients with cardiac arrest. ECMO is currently experiencing a renaissance, and familiarity with its concepts is important for all critical care practitioners.
This review contains 8 figures, 8 tables and 34 references
Key Words: complications, equipment, indications, management basics, outcomes
- 7
Modes of Ventilation
- MICHAEL J HARRISON, MBBS, MD, FRCA, FANZCAHonorary Clinical Associate Professor, University of Auckland, New Zealand
Purchase PDFLung ventilation is required to maintain oxygenation and eliminate carbon dioxide. The basic parameters of ventilation—tidal volume, respiratory rate, airway resistance, and lung and thoracic compliance—all combine to affect the airway pressure. These parameters, in turn, can affect cardiac output and hemodynamic stability through their effect on intrathoracic pressure and on venous return to the heart. Since the 1950s, many machines have been designed to allow the physician to optimize ventilation. These designs have revolved around three physical variables: volume, pressure, and time. Volume is required to overcome the anatomic respiratory dead space and allows gas exchange in the alveoli. Pressure is required to inflate the elastic system comprising the lungs and thorax, but must also be limited to prevent tissue damage. Time not only determines the respiratory rate but also the rate of flow of gas in and out of the lungs.
Many permutations of these basic parameters in anesthesia machines are available today. Knowledge of the common forms of ventilation and their advantages and disadvantages will guide the anesthesiologist in choosing from among these various complex systems.
This review contains 5 figures, 3 tables, and 27 references.
Key words: CPAP, HFOV, IMV, IPPV, jet ventilation, PEEP, pressure cycled, pulmonary ventilation, SIMV, spontaneous, volume cycled
- 8
Airway Procedures
- JU-MEI NG, MDAssistant Professor of Anesthesia, Harvard Medical School, Department of Anesthesiology, Perioperative and Pain Medicine, Brigham & Women’s Hospital, Boston
Purchase PDFThere has been a marked increase in the number and complexity of airway procedures performed both in the operating room and procedural areas. The anesthesiologist is challenged with establishing a patent shared airway and maintaining adequate gas exchange in patients with compromised airways and/or respiratory function. This review presents a general approach to the patient presenting for an airway procedure and highlights the commonly occurring complications. Airway fire, bleeding, and airway disruption or obstruction may occur. Some of the newer interventional bronchoscopic procedures are introduced, with emphasis on anesthetic implications. A more detailed discussion surrounds the anesthetic management of central airway obstruction and airway stenting.
This review contains 8 figures, 5 tables, 30 references.
Key Words: anesthesia for flexible bronchoscopy, anesthesia for rigid bronchoscopy, airway stenting, bronchoscopy, central airway obstruction, interventional pulmonology, total intravenous anesthesia, ventilation
- 9
Acute Kidney Injury and Renal Replacement Therapy
- DIEGO CASALI, MDCardiothoracic Intensivist, Cedars Sinai Medical Center
Purchase PDFAcute kidney injury (AKI) is a common syndrome encountered in critical illness and is associated with significant morbidity and increased mortality. Despite attempts to prevent the development of AKI, its incidence continues to rise, probably due to increased recognition in the setting of clearer definitions of the stages of AKI. Despite advances in the field of Nephrology, the treatment of AKI and its complications remains difficult in clinical practice. Critical care clinicians must have an understanding of the current definitions, pathophysiology, and treatment modalities. Renal replacement therapy (RRT) is a mainstay of treatment, but a lack of consensus regarding the optimal timing for initiation remains. There is a need for further research regarding both the timing of initiation of RRT and biomarkers that might allow earlier detection, differentiation of etiologies and monitoring of interventions.
This review contains 3 figures, 7 tables, and 33 references
Key Words: acute kidney injury (AKI), KDIGO, renal replacement therapy (RRT), risk, injury, failure, loss of kidney function, end stage renal disease (RIFLE), nephrology
- 10
Physiologic and Anatomic Changes During Pregnancy
- ABDULAZIZ ALFADHEL, MBBSResident in Anesthesia, Tufts Medical Center, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFPregnancy results in physiologic and anatomic changes that allow the mother to adapt to the greater metabolic requirements of pregnancy. These changes include the enlarging uterus, which results in compression of surrounding structures, and increased hormonal production, which exerts its effects on maternal physiology. Cardiac output increases to maintain higher uterine blood flow, and minute ventilation increases, which results in a chronic respiratory alkalosis. Plasma volume increases, which results in physiologic anemia of pregnancy and may contribute to gestational thrombocytopenia. An understanding of these and other changes that occur in pregnancy is important for the anesthesiologist because they have important implications for management of the parturient undergoing an anesthetic procedure. The goal of this chapter is to highlight some of the most salient features of physiologic changes that occur during pregnancy and to begin to offer some basic anesthetic management strategies.
This review contains 6 tables, 5 figures and 36 references.
Key Words: airway changes during labor, cardiovascular changes during pregnancy, gastroesophageal reflux disease, gestational thrombocytopenia, hydronephrosis during pregnancy, left uterine displacement, physiologic anemia, ventilatory mechanics
- 11
Acute Kidney Injury and Renal Replacement Therapy
- DIEGO CASALI, MDCardiothoracic Intensivist, Cedars Sinai Medical Center
- 12
Postoperative Management for the Obese Patient
- SHILIANG ALICE CAO, M.D., SCMMassachusetts General Hospital, Department of Anesthesia, Critical Care & Pain Medicine
Purchase PDFObesity results in physiologic changes that effect nearly every organ system, including respiratory, cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, endocrine, genitourinary, and neuropsychiatric. These changes are associated with complications in the postoperative period that the anesthesia provider must take into account when planning the anesthetic of the obese patient. Obesity is associated with obstructive sleep apnea, obesity hypoventilation syndrome, and restrictive-type changes in lung volumes that decrease the obese patient’s ability to compensate for the changes that take place with anesthesia. The anesthetic provider should conduct a thorough preoperative evaluation, ensure complete reversal of neuromuscular blockade prior to extubation to prevent obstruction, ensure adequate pain control without compromising respiratory function, and consider use of Continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) machines for patients on home CPAP. Obesity is also associated with an increased risk of perioperative arrhythmias, thrombotic events, impaired wound healing, decreased kidney function, and postoperative cognitive decline. Anesthetic providers should make every effort to take steps in order to prevent these complications and be knowledgeable about their management should they occur.
This review contains 3 figures, 2 tables, 37 references
- 13
Nonobstetric Surgery During Pregnancy: an Overview for Anesthesia Providers
By Dan M Drzymalski, MD
Purchase PDFNonobstetric Surgery During Pregnancy: an Overview for Anesthesia Providers
- DAN M DRZYMALSKI, MDObstetric Anesthesiologist, Assistant Professor, Department of Anesthesiology and Perioperative Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston MA
Purchase PDFA pregnant patient’s surgery can be challenging for the anesthesia provider—the needs of the parturient and fetus must be addressed while balancing the physiologic and pharmacologic changes that occur during pregnancy. Improved outcomes have led to an increase in the frequency of surgeries in parturients, with approximately 50,000 procedures performed annually in the US. Due to a lack of randomized controlled studies, determining the optimal anesthetic technique for nonobstetric surgery during pregnancy is predicated on understanding the physiologic changes of pregnancy. The anesthesia provider must become familiar with specific changes and challenges in each parturient to formulate a safe anesthetic plan. Here, we review physiologic and pharmacologic conditions observed in common surgical cases that may occur during pregnancy. Our goal is to inform safe clinical practices determined by the latest scientific methods for nonobstetric surgery during pregnancy.
This review contains 5 figures, 4 tables and 46 references
Keywords: anesthesia, nonobstetric surgery, obstetric anesthesia, pregnancy, surgery, physiology, pharmacology, gynecology
- 14
Nonobstetric Surgery During Pregnancy: an Overview for Anesthesia Providers
By Dan M Drzymalski, MD
Purchase PDFNonobstetric Surgery During Pregnancy: an Overview for Anesthesia Providers
- DAN M DRZYMALSKI, MDObstetric Anesthesiologist, Assistant Professor, Department of Anesthesiology and Perioperative Medicine, Tufts University School of Medicine, Boston MA
- 15
- 16
Cardiac Patients for Non-cardiac Surgeries
By Zhe Amy Fang, MD, FRCPC; Annette Y. Schure, MD, DEAA
Purchase PDFCardiac Patients for Non-cardiac Surgeries
- ZHE AMY FANG, MD, FRCPCFellow in Pediatric Cardiac Anesthesia Boston Children’s Hospital Harvard Medical School 25 Shattuck St Boston, MA 02115 United States
- ANNETTE Y. SCHURE, MD, DEAASenior Associate in Anesthesia Boston Children’s Hospital Instructor in Anesthesia Harvard Medical School 25 Shattuck St, Boston, MA 02115, United States
Purchase PDFCongenital heart disease (CHD) is the most common congenital malformation; and recent advances in pediatric cardiology, surgery and critical care have significantly improved the survival rates of even the most complex defects. Many children will not only require multiple cardiac surgeries, but also various imaging studies and corrective procedures for extra-cardiac anomalies. Cardiac patients undergoing non-cardiac surgery are at increased risk, especially those with complex lesions, young age (<2 years), pulmonary hypertension, congestive heart failure or significantly decreased ventricular function. Given the current survival rates for CHD, all anesthesiologists, with or without additional pediatric or cardiac training, will encounter more patients in their daily practice who have either repaired or unrepaired CHD. The perioperative management of children with cardiac disease requires a thorough understanding of the underlying pathophysiology, the implications of various repairs and long term problems. The preoperative evaluation can be extensive and has to be customized to the individual patient and the procedure. Careful planning and consideration of disease specific challenges are important.
This review contains 14 figures, 7 tables and 47 references
Keywords: Congenital heart disease, pediatric cardiac disease, non-cardiac surgery, preoperative evaluation, anesthetic management, cardiac patients, extra-cardiac anomalies, congenital malformations
- 17
Cardiac Patients for Non-cardiac Surgeries
By Zhe Amy Fang, MD, FRCPC; Annette Y. Schure, MD, DEAA
Purchase PDFCardiac Patients for Non-cardiac Surgeries
- ZHE AMY FANG, MD, FRCPCFellow in Pediatric Cardiac Anesthesia Boston Children’s Hospital Harvard Medical School 25 Shattuck St Boston, MA 02115 United States
- ANNETTE Y. SCHURE, MD, DEAASenior Associate in Anesthesia Boston Children’s Hospital Instructor in Anesthesia Harvard Medical School 25 Shattuck St, Boston, MA 02115, United States
- 1
- Dermatology
- 1
Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
- SANDRA KNOWLES, BSCPHMAssistant Professor (Status Only), Department of Pharmacy, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
Purchase PDFAn adverse drug reaction is defined as any noxious, unintended, and undesired effect of a drug that occurs at doses used in humans for prophylaxis, diagnosis, or therapy. A cutaneous eruption is one of the most common manifestations of an adverse drug reaction. This chapter reviews the epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, clinical manifestations, and differential diagnosis of adverse drug reactions, as well as laboratory tests for them. Also discussed are the types of cutaneous eruption: exanthematous eruption, urticarial eruption, blistering eruption, pustular eruption, and others. The simple and complex forms of each type of eruption are reviewed. The chapter includes 4 tables and 12 figures. Tables present the warning signs of a serious drug eruption, clinical features of hypersensitivity syndrome reaction and serum sickness-like reaction, characteristics of Stevens-Johnson Syndrome and toxic epidermal necrolysis, and clinical pearls to identify anticoagulant-induced skin necrosis. Figures illustrate hypersensitivity syndrome reaction, a fixed drug eruption from tetracycline, pseudoporphyria from naproxen, linear immunoglobulin A disease induced by vancomycin, pemphigus foliaceus from taking enalapril, pemphigus vulgaris from taking penicillamine, toxic epidermal necrolysis after starting phenytoin therapy, acneiform drug eruption due to gefitinib, acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis from cloxacillin, coumarin-induced skin necrosis, a lichenoid drug eruption associated with ramipril, and leukocytoclastic vasculitis from hydrochlorothiazide.
This chapter contains 12 figures, 8 tables and 108 references
Keywords: Adverse drug reaction, rash, urticaria, blisters, pustular eruption, exanthema, Stevens-Johnson syndrome, toxic epidermal necrolysis, skin necrosis
- 2
Benign Cutaneous Tumors
- ELIZABETH A ABEL, MDAdjunct Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA, Private Practice, California Skin Institute, Mountain View, CA
Purchase PDFTumors of the cutaneous surface may arise from the epidermis, dermis, or subcutaneous tissue or from any of the specialized cell types in the skin or its appendages. Broad categories include tumors derived from epithelial, melanocytic, or connective tissue structures. Within each location or cell type, lesions are classified as benign, malignant, or, in certain cases, premalignant. Benign epithelial tumors include tumors of the surface epidermis that form keratin, tumors of the epidermal appendages, and cysts of the skin. Melanocytic (pigment-forming) lesions are very common. One of the most frequently encountered forms is the nevus cell nevus. Tumors that are derived from connective tissue include fibromas, histiocytomas, lipomas, leiomyomas, and hemangiomas. This chapter provides an overview of each type of tumor, including sections on epithelial tumors, tumors of the epidermal appendages, familial tumor syndromes, melanocytic tumors, neural tumors, connective tissue tumors, vascular birthmarks, acquired vascular disorders, Kimura disease, lipoma, leiomyoma, and lymphangioma circumscriptum. The sections discuss various forms and their diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment. Figures accompany the descriptions.
This review contains 22 tables, 26 figures, and 88 references
Keywords: Epithelial tumor, melanosis, cyst, angioma, hemangioma, neurofibromatosis, lipoma, leiomyoma, seborrheic dermatitis, nevus
- 3
Malignant Cutaneous Tumors
- ALLAN C HALPERN, MDChief, Dermatology Service, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
Purchase PDFThis chapter reviews the most common malignant cutaneous tumors. The section on malignant tumors of the epidermis discusses nonmelanoma skin cancer (i.e., basal cell carcinoma and squamous cell carcinoma) and malignant melanoma. The section on malignant tumors of the dermis covers metastatic tumors, primary tumors (Merkel cell carcinoma, Paget disease, extramammary Paget disease, angiosarcoma, and dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans), and Kaposi sarcoma (i.e., classic Kaposi sarcoma, African Kaposi sarcoma, organ-transplant Kaposi sarcoma, and HIV-associated Kaposi sarcoma). The final section covers cutaneous lymphomas. The coverage of each disease includes a discussion of epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis. Tables provide the adjusted estimated relative risks of melanoma by nevus type and number, the American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) TNM classification and staging system, the estimated probability of 10-year survival in patients with primary cutaneous melanoma, and an overview of overview of therapy for cutaneous T cell lymphoma. Figures illustrate the presentation of many malignant cutaneous tumors.
This review contains 10 figures, 11 tables, and 111 references.
- 4
Eczematous Disorders, Atopic Dermatitis, and Ichthyoses
- SETH R STEVENS, MDPartner Physician, Southern California Permanente Medical Group, Woodland Hills, CA, and Assistant Clinical Professor, Case Medical School, Cleveland, OH
Purchase PDFThis review describes eczematous dermatitis, or eczema, a skin disease that is characterized by erythematous vesicular, weeping, and crusting patches; atopic dermatitis, a common chronic inflammatory dermatosis that generally begins in infancy; and the ichthyoses, a group of diseases of cornification that are characterized by excessive scaling. The purpose of this review is to examine the major variants, epidemiology, etiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, and treatment of these dermatologic diseases. Figures depict chronic eczematous dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis to poison ivy, seborrheic dermatitis, nummular eczema, acute eczematous patches, lichenified patches that appear after chronic rubbing of eczematous patches, erythroderma (total body erythema), and marked scaling (acquired ichthyosis). Tables list the diagnostic criteria for atopic dermatitis and the differential diagnosis of atopic dermatitis.
This review contains 9 highly rendered figures, 2 tables, and 88 references.
- 5
Infestations
- DIRK ELSTON, MDDirector, Ackerman Academy of Dermatopathology, New York, NY
Purchase PDFThis review looks at parasitic diseases of the skin. Scabies, caused by the human itch mite (Sarcoptes scabiei), and pediculosis, caused by the bloodsucking louse, are the most prevalent parasitic diseases in temperate regions. For treatment of scabies, ivermectin is suitable for mass drug administration during severe outbreaks, although patients with heavy scabies infestation may exhibit Mazzotti reactions during treatment with oral ivermectin. Another promising scabicide is Tinospora cordifolia lotion. The increase in global travel has also meant a worldwide increase in parasitic disorders endemic to tropical regions; these disorders include cutaneous larva migrans, pyodermas, arthropod-reactive dermatitis, myiasis, tungiasis, urticaria, and cutaneous and mucocutaneous leishmaniasis. Finally, patients with delusional parasitosis will express the belief that parasitical organisms are infesting their skin. Pimozide, an antipsychotic, has been successfully used to treat delusional parasitosis.
This module contains 16 highly rendered figures, 2 tables, 15 references, and 5 MCQs.
- 6
Malignant Cutaneous Tumors
- ALLAN C HALPERN, MDChief, Dermatology Service, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY
- 7
Benign Cutaneous Tumors
- ELIZABETH A ABEL, MDAdjunct Clinical Professor of Dermatology, Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, CA, Private Practice, California Skin Institute, Mountain View, CA
- 8
Cutaneous Adverse Drug Reactions
- SANDRA KNOWLES, BSCPHMAssistant Professor (Status Only), Department of Pharmacy, Sunnybrook Health Sciences Centre, University of Toronto, Toronto, CA
- 1
- Urology
- 1
Urologic Infections
- NISA S ATIGAPRAMOJ, MDAssistant Clinical Professor of Pediatrics and Emergency Medicine, Department of Emergency Medicine, UCSF Benioff Children’s Hospital, San Francisco, CA
Purchase PDFUrinary tract infections (UTIs) affect people of all ages. Although the incidence of invasive bacterial diseases continues to decline, the prevalence of UTIs in febrile pediatric patients continues to remain a focus for serious bacterial infection in this population. In older age groups, symptoms become more obvious and present more classically. Clinical practice guidelines have been developed because morbidity can be dependent upon the rapid identification of a UTI with prompt initiation of appropriate antimicrobials. This review provides a summary for the evaluation of UTIs with discussion of diagnosis and management.
This review contains 6 figures, 5 tables and 47 references
Key words: antibiotics, cystitis, pyelonephritis, urinary tract infection, uropathogens
- 2
Management of Small Renal Masses
- ANTONIO FINELLI , MD, MSC, FRCSCDivision of Urology, Department of Surgical Oncology, Princess Margaret Cancer Centre, University Health Network, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON
Purchase PDFThe rise in incidentally discovered enhancing solid renal tumors has spurred the development of new approaches to managing this unique clinical entity known as the small renal mass (SRM). These approaches are grounded on a better understanding of the natural history of SRM, with the goal to reduce the morbidity associated with their management and avoid overtreatment. In this chapter, we review the body of evidence pertaining to the classification and clinical management of SRMs with respect to diagnosis, treatment, and follow-up. In addition, we discuss the controversies and active areas of development for this rapidly evolving field that strides towards a precision medicine paradigm.
This review contains 6 figures, 6 tables and 63 references
Keywords: Small renal mass, renal cell carcinoma, radical nephrectomy, renal tumor biopsy, active surveillance, natural history, oncocytoma, robotic surgery, partial nephrectomy
- 3
Introduction to Ureteroceles: Presentation, Diagnosis, and Initial Management
By David A Diamond, MD
Purchase PDFIntroduction to Ureteroceles: Presentation, Diagnosis, and Initial Management
- DAVID A DIAMOND, MDUrologist-in-Chief, Associate Clinical Ethicist, & Senior Associate in Urology, Boston Children’s Hospital Professor of Surgery (Urology), Harvard Medical School Alan B. Retik Chair & Professor of Surgery, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA
Purchase PDFThe diagnosis and treatment of ureteroceles continue to evolve. Not only are the majority of patients diagnosed prenatally, but a significant proportion of cases can be dealt with in a minimally invasive, endoscopic fashion. Although a single treatment strategy for all ureteroceles is an unrealistic expectation, more valuable to the practicing urologist is an understanding of the variable anatomy and presentation of this entity and an appreciation for the breadth of treatment options at his or her disposal. This, the first of our two reviews on ureteroceles, provides the necessary background.
This review contains 10 figures, 6 tables and 35 references
Key words: bladder trigone, cecoureterocele, ectopic ureterocele, extravesical ureterocele, intravesical ureterocele, lower tract approach, obstructed ureterocele, reflux, transurethral incision, transurethral puncture, upper tract approach, ureterocele, ureterocele algorithm
- 4
Conservative Management of Male Stress Urinary Incontinence
- TAMMY HO, MD
Purchase PDFStress urinary incontinence is a demoralizing complication of common urologic procedures such as radical prostatectomy. Basic evaluation of postprostatectomy incontinence should include a careful history and physical examination with a focus on assessing the degree of incontinence and amount of bother and to rule out detrusor dysfunction. Evaluation can be supplemented by a voiding diary, pad test, urodynamics, and cystoscopy as indicated. Management options include behavioral modification, pelvic floor physical therapy, external drainage devices, and occlusive penile clamps. Randomized controlled trials have shown that pelvic floor physical therapy improves continence or enhances recovery of continence in the postoperative period but only when initiated before or immediately after catheter removal. Men who have intrinsic sphincter deficiency can be evaluated for injection of urethral bulking agents, including collagen, carbon-coated zirconium oxide beads, calcium hydroxylapatite particles, and heat-vulcanized polydimethylsiloxane. Injectable bulking agents have the advantage of being minimally invasive and are generally considered safe. However, multiple reinjections are often required due to deteriorating efficacy over time and thus should be considered only in patients with mild stress incontinence or in patients who are poor surgical candidates for slings or the artificial urinary sphincter.
This review contains 3 figures and 54 references
Key words: conservative management, injectable urethral bulking agents, pelvic floor physical therapy, postprostatectomy urinary incontinence, stress urinary incontinence
- 5
Erectile Dysfunction: Evaluation, Including Diagnostic Studies (doppler Ultrasound, Cavernosography/cavenosometry)
By Sevann Helo, MD
Purchase PDFErectile Dysfunction: Evaluation, Including Diagnostic Studies (doppler Ultrasound, Cavernosography/cavenosometry)
- SEVANN HELO, MD
Purchase PDFErectile dysfunction (ED) is a common condition in the aging population that can be broadly classified as organic, psychogenic, or mixed. A thorough evaluation of a patient with ED begins with acknowledging that it is intimately related to a host of medical, neurologic, and psychological conditions. Providers should be confident in their ability to obtain a relevant history, perform a targeted physical exam, and, when indicated, select appropriate diagnostic testing. Patients should also be evaluated for associated urologic conditions, including male hypogonadism and lower urinary tract symptoms, the treatment of which may improve ED symptoms. It is also important that clinicians be aware that ED may be a “sentinel event” for undiagnosed cardiovascular disease as the implications of intervention can potentially be lifesaving.
This review contains 7 figures, 10 tables and 138 references
Key words: cardiovascular disease, Doppler ultrasonography, erectile dysfunction, hypogonadism, lower urinary tract symptoms, male impotence, metabolic syndrome, penile tumescence, Peyronie disease, premature ejaculation, sexual desire, testosterone
- 6
Pediatric Renal Trauma
- DOUGLAS A HUSMANN, MDAnson L Clark Professor of Urology, Mayo Clinic, Rochester MN
Purchase PDFThis review addresses the new staging criteria applied to classify renal trauma accurately. We discuss the unique differences in the etiology and management of renal trauma between adults and children. The commentary defines the differences in managing low-, medium-, and high-velocity traumatic injuries compared with blunt renal trauma, and the criteria and methods used to screen for these injuries in children are provided. Absolute and relative indications for surgical exploration of traumatic renal injuries are examined. Management of the complications of acute and delayed renal hemorrhage, asymptomatic and symptomatic urinomas, chronic pain, and hypertension is discussed. Recommendations for physical activity following the traumatic loss of a kidney are reviewed.
This review contains 10 figures, 7 tables and 49 references
Key words: false aneurysm, hematuria, kidney, nonpenetrating wounds, penetrating wounds, renal hypertension, renal trauma, therapeutic embolization, traumatic shock, urinoma
- 7
Role of Radiotherapy in Localized Prostate Cancer
- JOELLE HELOU, MD, MSCRadiation Oncologist, Radiation Medicine Program, Princess Margaret Cancer Centre; Department of Radiation Oncology, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON
Purchase PDFRadiation is a standard treatment approach in the treatment of prostate cancer, in either a definitive or postoperative setting. There is mounting evidence of improved cancer outcomes with higher doses of radiation in all risk categories, including low-risk prostate cancer patients. Technical advances with the emergence of inverse planning intensity-modulated techniques combined with image guidance have allowed for dose escalation using external-beam radiation therapy (EBRT). However, despite more accurate treatment delivery, dose-escalated radiation has consistently translated into increased toxicity. Stereotactic body radiotherapy and brachytherapy offer great means of dose escalation to the prostate without increasing the dose to the surrounding organs. Radiation options for low-risk patients include hypofractionated EBRT and brachytherapy monotherapy. Intermediate-risk patients can be divided into favorable and unfavorable groups. For favorable-risk disease, monotherapeutic approaches could be considered, whereas for unfavorable intermediate-risk and high-risk disease, a combination of therapies must be considered. In the postoperative setting, adjuvant radiation improves biochemical outcomes in patients with adverse pathologic features (pT3 and/or positive margins).
This review contains 2 figures, 5 tables, 1 video and 135 refereces
Key words: prostate cancer, radiation therapy, brachytherapy, stereotactic ablative body radiation, hypofractionation, hormonal therapy
- 8
Stress Urinary Incontinence Assessment and Conservative Treatments
By Benjamin M Brucker, MD
Purchase PDFStress Urinary Incontinence Assessment and Conservative Treatments
- BENJAMIN M BRUCKER, MD
Purchase PDFStress urinary incontinence (SUI) is a prevailing condition affecting women’s physical, psychological, and social well-being. SUI is the most common type of urinary incontinence, with an estimated prevalence of 8 to 33%. Despite increased awareness, it is still commonly underreported. Identifying the problem and developing an individualized assessment and treatment plan are essential for achieving the best outcome and quality of life for these women. Numerous tools exist that may aid clinicians in making an appropriate diagnosis and then selecting the optimal treatment, including behavioral, medical, and surgical approaches. Although a plethora of treatment options exist for SUI, conservative management is considered an effective first-line option for most patients. The purpose of this review is to discuss the current understanding of SUI in women and to outline the evaluations and conservative management options with the best available scientific evidence.
This review contains 3 highly rendered figures, 2 tables, and 57 references
Key words: Stress Urinary Incontinence, Conservative management, Pelvic Floor Exercises, Pessary, Vaginal inserts, medical treatment
- 9
Pathophysiology and Treatment of Infection Stones
- PATRICK T GOMELLA, MD, MPH
Purchase PDFInfection stones are a well-known clinical entity that can cause significant long-term morbidity and even mortality if not treated appropriately. Infection stones are primarily composed of magnesium ammonium phosphate and calcium carbonate apatite. These stones form in alkaline urine containing ammonium. This environment is generated by infection with urease-producing organisms. Definitive treatment is aimed at removal of all stone. Percutaneous nephrolithotomy is typically the procedure of choice. Medical therapy can be used as an adjunct to surgery or as primary treatment in patients who are not surgical candidates.
This review contains 8 highly rendered figures, 4 tables, and 72 references
Key words: Infection stone; struvite; percutaneous nephrolithotomy; urease; dissolution therapy; magnesium ammonium phosphate; calcium carbonate apatite
- 10
Nephrolithiasis in Pregnancy
- VERNON M PAIS JR, MD
Purchase PDFNephrolithiasis is a common condition that practicing urologists will encounter and manage. The pregnant patient presents unique challenges when it comes to the diagnosis and treatment of stones. Altered anatomy and physiology, considerations of the fetus, and various imaging and procedural contraindications make navigating the care of pregnant patients with nephrolithiasis more complex than that of the general population. This review presents an algorithmic approach to the diagnosis and management of nephrolithiasis in the pregnant patient. Certain areas that are highlighted include diagnostic imaging modalities and the pros and cons of each with regard to the pregnant patient. Also discussed in detail are various treatment options, including medical management and available surgical interventions. As renal colic is the most common reason for nonobstetric hospitalization in pregnant women, it is important that they are managed with a multidisciplinary approach.
This review contains 2 highly rendered figures, 4 tables, and 26 references
Key words: low-dose CT, medical expulsive therapy, nephrolithiasis, obstructive hydronephrosis, percutaneous nephrostomy, physiologic hydronephrosis, pregnancy, renal colic, resistive index, ureteral stent, ureteroscopy
- 11
Medical Management of Neurogenic Bladder
- ANNE P CAMERON, MD, FRCSC, FPMRS
Purchase PDFIn the management of neurogenic bladder (NGB), the goals are first and foremost to protect the upper tract from damage. The second treatment goal is to maintain urinary continence, but all the while maintaining the patient’s quality of life. These goals are achieved by treating most patients with NGB in a targeted fashion based on urodynamic findings. Medical therapy optimization and appropriate bladder drainage are the cornerstones of NGB management. Detrusor overactivity, poor bladder compliance, and incontinence related to these are best initially managed with antimuscarinic agents,; however, there is an increasing role for the new beta3 agonists. In the event these therapies fail, botulinum toxin is often the next choice; however, is an expensive treatment, and some patients may be treated with combination drug therapy. Nocturnal polyuria is also extremely common in this group of patients and is quite bothersome. After other risk factors have been excluded, medical treatment with desmopressin may be a suitable alternative.
This review contains 3 highly rendered figures, 2 tables, and 85 references
Key words: adrenergic alpha blockers, antimuscarinics, botulinum toxin, desmopressin, imipramine, mirabegron, multiple sclerosis, neurogenic bladder, spinal cord injury - 12
Urogenital Fistulas and Female Urethral Diverticula
- LINDSEY COX, MDAssociate Professor of Urology, Department of Urology, Medical University of South Carolina Charleston, SC
Purchase PDFUrogenital fistulas are a group of conditions in which the urinary tract is apparently connected to another organ system. Causes of fistula range from congenital anomalies, malignancy, trauma, infection or inflammatory conditions, ischemia, parturition, and iatrogenic sources – including surgery and radiation. Signs and symptoms of urinary tract fistula are variable and depend on the organ system involved and the size of the fistula. For patients who are appropriate surgical candidates, elective surgical repair is the mainstay of treatment of urinary tract fistula. Surgical techniques can be complex, but rely on the same key concepts: adequate exposure of the fistula tract; careful dissection and separation of the tissue layers, while minimizing cautery; multi-layer closure; watertight closure of each layer; meticulous hemostasis to prevent hematoma formation, but preserve vascular supply of tissues; use of well-vascularized tissue flaps; tension-free, non-overlapping suture lines; biopsy of tissues concerning for malignancy.
This review contains 6 figures, 5 tables, and 82 references.
Keywords: urogenital fistula, female bladder, vesical fistula, urinary bladder fistula, vesicovaginal fistula, urethrovaginal fistula, vaginal fistula, urethral diverticulum, urethral diverticulectomy, female urethra
- 13
Medications and Botulinum Toxin for Overactive Bladder
- ANGELO E GOUSSE, MDBladder Health and Reconstructive Urology Institute, Miramar, FL
Purchase PDFPreviously published literature has estimated that approximately 16.5% of American adults have OAB, and up to 37% of OAB patients have concomitant urinary incontinence (OAB-wet). In fact, OAB is one the most common urologic disorders, accounting for more than 2 million physician office visits in the United States (2007). Nonneurogenic OAB is a symptom complex, which is defined by the International Continence Society standardization committee as urgency, with or without urgency incontinence, usually with frequency and nocturia, in the absence of proven infection or other obvious pathology. Urgency with at least one other symptom is essential to diagnose OAB and is the cornerstone component of OAB. To date, there is a paucity of validated instruments to define urinary urgency, and therefore, the diagnosis of OAB is based on patient symptomatology. Diagnosis does not rely on urodynamic findings or characteristics and therefore a thorough history and physical examination are essential. Treatment for this nonsurgical condition is therefore aimed toward symptom control. This review provides the reader with a better understanding of the voiding cycle and available medical treatment options for nonneurogenic overactive bladder (OAB).
This review contains 11 figures, 7 tables, and 90 references.
Key Words: anticholinergic, β3 agonist, botulinum toxin, chemodenervation, cialis, intradetrusor onabotulinumtoxinA, micturation cycle, mirabegron, overactive bladder, phosphodiesterase type 5 inhibitors, urinary retention
- 1
- Otolaryngology
- 1
Geriatric Otolaryngology
- CHRISTIAN CACERES, B.S.University of Connecticut School of Medicine, CT, USA
Purchase PDFWith increasing life expectancy, the unique healthcare needs of the older patient are being better appreciated. To address these growing needs, which differ from those of the average adult patient, otolaryngologists must acquire new knowledge and competencies. This chapter provides a broad overview of geriatric otolaryngology and highlights subspecialty topics where otolaryngologists are called upon to administer care. These include age-related hearing loss, balance disorders, sinonasal disease, voice and swallowing disorders, obstructive sleep apnea and head and neck cancer. Geriatric concerns in each of these specific areas have to be addressed in the broader context of geriatric syndromes in coordination with geriatricians or other geriatric-trained providers to advance an integrated, team-based approach to maintaining or restoring the older patients’ well-being.
This review contains 3 figures, 2 tables and 161 references
Keywords: Cognitive decline, delirium, frailty, age-related hearing loss, presbystasis, presbylarynx, immunosenecense, presbynasalis, vasomotor rhinitis, chronic sinusitis, age-related oflactory decline, dysphagia, head and neck malignant neoplasms, obstructive sleep apnea, geriatric syndromes and perioperative optimization.
- 2
Blepharoplasty and Eyelid Reconstruction
- ALISHA KAMBOJ, M.D., MBADepartment of Ophthalmology and Visual Neurosciences, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Purchase PDFA mastery of facial and eyelid anatomy is paramount to perform oculoplastic surgery safely and successfully. An understanding of periocular structures, vasculature, and innervation highlights the delicate relationship between form and function, which establishes the foundation for cosmetic and reconstructive procedures. This knowledge, coupled with an appreciation for the patient’s goals – both functional and aesthetic – and expectations for the outcome of surgery allows one to complete an effective, multidimensional pre-operative assessment encompassing patient selection, history, physical examination, and ancillary testing. Ultimately, the synthesis of these principles guides the selection and execution of appropriate and efficacious surgical technique for blepharoplasty and eyelid reconstruction.
This review contains 15 figures and 28 references
Keywords: Eyelid anatomy, Eyelid crease, Eyelid margin, Canthal tendons, Lacrimal system, Blepharoplasty, Tenzel flap, Hughes flap, Cutler-Beard procedure, Canthotomy and cantholysis
- 3
Endoscopic Sinus Surgery
- DAVID A. GUDIS, M.D., FACSChief, Rhinology & Anterior Skull Base Surgery Dept of Otolaryngology – Head & Neck Surgery Columbia University Irving Medical Center
Purchase PDFEndoscopic sinus surgery has revolutionized the field of otolaryngology and is now the surgical standard of care in treating most paranasal sinus disorders. A graduating otolaryngology resident must be proficient in performing endoscopic sinus surgery (ESS) to care for common sinonasal pathology. Thus, our goal with this chapter is to provide a systematic guide of ESS for surgeons at all stages of training. We discuss the indications for ESS, the thorough review of preoperative computed tomography, the intraoperative technique for ESS, as well as complications. We believe that careful review of this chapter will provide physicians with a comprehensive base to understand the concept of endoscopic sinus surgery and will allow them to develop their technique and skills as they continue to train.
This review contains 5 figures, 5 tables, 34 references
Keywords: Endoscopic Sinus Surgery, Surgical Education, Surgical Technique, Surgical Complications, Open Sinus Surgery Approaches
- 1
- Ophthalmology
- 1
Eye and Orbit
- STEVEN PATRICK DAVIS, MDAssistant Professor, Clerkship Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, The George Washington University School of Medicine & Health Sciences, Washington, DC
Purchase PDFPathologic conditions involving the eye and orbit can range from benign lesions to conditions resulting in vision loss and, potentially, death. These conditions may be difficult for the clinician to identify, as many manifest similarly on gross examination. This review presents the assessment and stabilization, diagnosis, treatment and disposition, and outcomes for 15 conditions affecting the eye and orbit. Figures include photographs of a chalazion, dacrocystitis and postoperative cellulitis, preseptal cellulitis, orbital cellulitis, epidemic keratoconjunctivitis, hyperacute conjunctivitis caused by Neisseria gonorrhoeae, corneal abrasions, varicella-zoster virus keratitis, dendritic herpes simplex virus keratitis, corneal ulcers, chemical keratitis, acute angle closure glaucoma, posterior vitreous detachment, and acute and superior retinal detachment.
This review contains 23 figures, 23 tables, 2 videos, and 78 references.
Keywords: Hordeolum, chalazion, blepharitis, dacrocystitis, orbital cellulitis, conjunctivitis, corneal abrasion, keratitis, glaucoma, uveitis, scleritis, episcleritis, retinal detachment
- 2
Eye and Orbit
- STEVEN PATRICK DAVIS, MDAssistant Professor, Clerkship Director, Department of Emergency Medicine, The George Washington University School of Medicine & Health Sciences, Washington, DC
- 1
- Nephrology

- 1905-522-8526
- 1-855-647-6511
- For Individuals: [email protected]
For Residency: [email protected]
Copyright © 2025 Decker Medicine LLC. All rights reserved.
Trusted since 1980
